The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutPermit D12-251 - WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER MALL - AEROSOLES - TENANT IMPROVEMENTAEROSOLES 690 SOUThCENTER MALI. D12 -251 City Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Inspection Request Line: 206- 431 -2451 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Address: 690 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Suite No: Project Name: AEROSOLES Permit Number: D12-251 Issue Date: 09/04/2012 Permit Expires On: 03/03/2013 Owner: Name: WESTFIELD PROPERTY TAX DEPT Address: PO BOX 130940 , CARLSBAD CA 92013 Contact Person: Name: MARGO KOZICH Address: 2136 PURCELL DR , FERNANDINA FL 32034 Contractor: Name: SHILSHOLE DEVEELOPMENT LLC Address: 2811 FAIRVIEW AV E, SUITE 1002 , SEATTLE WA 98102 Contractor License No: SHI SDL912K7 Lender: Name: Address: Phone: 904 491 -6314 Phone: 206 - 777 -2087 Expiration Date: 05/27/2013 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: NEW TENANT: INTERIOR TENANT IMPROVEMENT Value of Construction: $100,000.00 Fees Collected: $2,433.96 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS /AFA International Building Code Edition: 2009 Type of Construction: IIB Occupancy per IBC: 0019 Electrical Service Provided by: PUGET SOUND ENERGY * *continued on next page ** doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -251 Printed: 09 -04 -2012 Public Works Activities: Channelization / Striping: N Curb Cut / Access / Sidewalk / CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hauling: N Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Start Time: End Time: N Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Private: Public: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Profit: N Non - Profit: N Water Main Extension: Private: Public: Water Meter: N Permit Center Authorized Signature: Date: Q''- 1-'k - I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit and agree to the conditions attached to this permit. Signature: Date: l Print Name: U S\ O-Q r- This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes shall be made to the approved plans unless approved by the design professional in responsible charge and the Building Official. 3: All mechanical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center (206/431- 3670). 4: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be at the job site and available to the inspectors prior to start of any construction. These documents shall be maintained and made available until final inspection approval is granted. 5: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the non - building structures seismic design requirements of ASCE 7. 6: Partition walls that are tied to the ceiling and all partitions greater than 6 feet in height shall be laterally braced to the building structure. doc: IBC -7/10 DI 2 -251 Printed: 09 -04 -2012 7: All construction shall be done in confo a with the approved plans and the require of the International Building Code or International Residential e, International Mechanical Code, Washingt ate Energy Code. 8: All rack storage requires a separate permit issued through the City of Tukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8 -feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage or bracing shall be prepared by a registered professional engineer licensed in the State of Washington. 9: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 10: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tanks, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 11: Manufacturers installation instructions shall be available on the job site at the time of inspection. 12: Ventilation is required for all new rooms and spaces of new or existing buildings and shall be in conformance with the International Building Code and the Washington State Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Code. 13: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Thkwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 14: .All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Thkwila Building Department (206- 431 - 3670). 15: VALIDITY OF PERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances of the City of Tukwila shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. 16: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 17: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by the Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 18: Install mechanical stops on the mobile shelving units or in the tracks so that when the units are rolled together, a minimum 6 inch transvers flue space is maintained every 4 ft. along the length of the shelving. Please contact Al Metzler at 206 - 971 -8718 with any questions. 19: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated at one extinguisher for each 1,500 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 20B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (IFC 906.3) (NFPA 10, 3 -2.1) 20: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers or brackets shall be securely anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand -held portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 3.5 feet (1067 mm) above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand -held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (IFC 906.7 and IFC 906.9) 21: Fire extinguishers shall not be obstructed or obscured from view. In rooms or areas in which visual obstruction cannot be completely avoided, means shall be provided to indicate the locations of the extinguishers. (IFC 906.6) 22: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall be along normal paths of travel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of travel. (IFC 906.5) 23: Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall be emptied and subjected to the applicable recharge procedures. If the required monthly and yearly inspections of the fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 4 -3, 4 -4) 24: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (IFC 1008.1.8.3 subsection 2.2) doc: IBC-7/10 D12 -251 Printed: 09 -04 -2012 25: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary oors unless the dead bolt is automatically r�ted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (IF hapter 10) 26: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. (IFC 1008.1.8.1) 27: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the International Fire Code. (WC Chapter 10) 28: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of the building and the required width of the aisles shall be unobstructed. (IFC 1013.4) 29: Maintain sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition/relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and/or adding sprinkler heads. (IFC 901.4) 30: Sprinklers shall be installed under fixed obstructions over 4 feet (1.2 m) wide such as ducts, decks, open grate flooring, cutting tables, shelves and overhead doors. (NFPA 13- 8.6.5.3.3) 31: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of Factory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. 2327). 32: A fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P.A. 72 and City Ordinance #2328. (ALL FIRE ALARM COMPONENTS TO BE TIED TO THE MAIN MALL FIRE ALARM PANEL.) 33: Maintain fire alarm system audible /visual notification. Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition of audible /visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #2328) 34: All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #2328) (IFC 104.2) 35: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206 - 431 -3670) is required for this project. 36: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 803.5 of the International Building Code. 37: Post address on storefront per approved Westfield standards. 38: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2327 and #2328) 39: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 40: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 511. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575 -4407. doc: IBC -7/10 D12 -251 Printed: 09 -04 -2012 Air CITY OF TUK Community Develop led Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100' Tukwila, WA 98188 : / /www.TukwilaWA. ov Building Pet No. Project No. Dtt- TS I, Date Application Accepted: Di • 121) - i2 Date Application Expires: Ol • 239 ' 14 (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. * *Please Print ** SITE LOCATION Site Address: Tenant Name: 77,t4-6 ,4/9 King Co Assessor's Tax No.: ti .P0 0 —91 ^ v0 ( O 2()777,(27,06z- ,4 4 WI / Suite Number: ZZ-f Floor: / g� PROPERTY OWNER Name: /'7,14 � /4 „Zah' Name: v/ /t/Gte l i A city: /�G�V/4 /f/O //✓/¢ State:/ fL Zip: 500,,4 �''/T Address: //(90/ j� /Lf/ .. f ,a ''' City: mfr 01�afeef States! Zi pq CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: /'7,14 � /4 „Zah' Address: 0/90 /71/416.,4 n6Q 14. city: /�G�V/4 /f/O //✓/¢ State:/ fL Zip: 500,,4 �''/T Phone 64 _ 9/' 65i�1 Fax: ¢Gd , P9 y7 7 Emai / ,4070ea2//''!i/%644544Fe a. GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Architect Name: g'AZOO v.e/ee (/ Address: fief/ /`/ ,0'.r 121/ Abity Address: 0 el� Phone 0.4, 4 _ 85 Fax: mt _OZD Email a/Iv /lJi9l/!%/t�04✓C� 60X/ //t% City: State: Zip: Phone: Fax: Contr Reg No.: Exp Date: Tukwila Business License No.: H:Wpplications\Fonns- Applications On Line \2012 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 2- 7- 12.docc Revised: February 2012 bh New Tenant: El Yes pa.. No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: Architect Name: g'AZOO v.e/ee (/ Address: fief/ /`/ ,0'.r 121/ Abity City* -4117 Ze State-Az Zip y— Phone 0.4, 4 _ 85 Fax: mt _OZD Email a/Iv /lJi9l/!%/t�04✓C� 60X/ //t% ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: , /T 1 64/41,/N66.4 64/41,/N66.4 , Engineer Name: Address: /, 1 /ab fwO » �/iG /1 City://:-j724; i,4 , State:A/ Zip 4,01 . 5� Phone: ir _ 4z _ gQ�Fax: fr, � Email J %/il/E,/Ve“ /f X4h1 CNC7 . L LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: Address: City: State: Zip: Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATION — 206 - 431 -3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid pric ' $ /eq, t'O Existing Bui ding Valuation: $ /00/ 000 — Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): //VTG4/04(T /) tLL–/...e i _ ,*VQ /716-444)1//e/Ste. /46&,/%'0e rd &.)0 r/v6,7 Will there be new rack storage? ❑ ....Yes If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint,(area of the foundation -of all structures, pius any decks over 18 inches,and overhangs greater than 18 inches) 'For an Accessory dwelling, provide the'following: Lot Area (sq fl): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: rgSprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes ❑ No If 'yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1/2" x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:1ApplicationslForms- Applications On Line12012 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 2- 7- 12.docx Revised: February 2012 bh Page 2 of 4 Existing Interior Remo1el Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 1 at Floor _ / 4 / %�O� //t3 /1 __., rd Floor - 3'd Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck • PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint,(area of the foundation -of all structures, pius any decks over 18 inches,and overhangs greater than 18 inches) 'For an Accessory dwelling, provide the'following: Lot Area (sq fl): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? ❑ Yes ❑ No If "yes ", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: rgSprinklers ❑ Automatic Fire Alarm ❑ None ❑ Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? ❑ Yes ❑ No If 'yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8 -1/2" x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. H:1ApplicationslForms- Applications On Line12012 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 2- 7- 12.docx Revised: February 2012 bh Page 2 of 4 PERMIT APPLICATION NOTES — • Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING GM Signature: V \I\ Print Name: 14//e6- /X'E , / cs /1 t4/ Mailing Address: i / %7/1/5ioemlorav HORIZED AGENT: H:\ApplicationsTomu- Applications On Line \2012 Applications\Permit Application Revised - 2- 7- 12.docx Revised: February 2012 bh Date: 171°14 Day Telephone: f03-.5/94495 //er1._■//vV 17L 974 City State Zip Page 4 of 4 1. t PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFWTION — 206- 433 -0179 1 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #1 for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ❑ .. Tukwila ❑ ...Water District #125 ❑ .. Water Availability Provided Sewer District ❑ .. Tukwila ❑ .. Sewer Use Certificate Septic System: ❑ On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. ❑... Highline ❑ ...Valley View 0... Renton ❑ ...Sew`erAv#ilability Provided 0... Renton 9 ❑... Se tfle Submitted with A i ' lication mark b es which a ' P I ❑ .. Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Siz 22" x 34 ") ❑ .. Technical Information Report (Sto 1 rainage) ❑... Geotechnical ❑ .. Bond ❑... Insurance ❑... Easement(s) ❑... Maintenanc Re ort greement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ .. Right -of -way Use - Nonprofit for less than 7 ours ❑ .. Right -of -way Use - No Disturbance ❑ .. Construction/Excavation /Fill - Right -of -way ❑ Non Right -of -way ❑ .. Total Cut ❑ .. Total Fill ❑ .. Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ .. Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ .. Hold Harmless — (ROW) ❑... Rips " -of -way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours t -of -way Use — Potential Disturbance cubic yards cubic yards ❑ .. Sanitary Side Sewer ❑ .. Cap or Remove Utilities ❑ .. Frontage Improvements ❑ .. Traffic Control ❑ .. Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection Irrigation Domestic Water ❑ .. Permanent Water Meter Size (1) ❑ .. Temporary Water Meter Size (1) ❑ .. Water Only Meter Size ❑ .. Sewer Main Extension ❑ .. Water Main Extension FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property L ❑ .. Water I .. Sewer Monthly Service Billin to• Name: eptt 0... Work in Flood Zone ❑... Storm Drainage Tank blic blic WO # (2) WO # (2) WO # Private ❑ Private ❑ f) ti ❑. ❑...Grease Interceptor ❑ ... Channelization 0... Trench Excavation 0... Utility Undergrounding WO # (3) " WO # WO # (3) " WO # educt Water Meter Size " Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) ❑ .. Sewage Treatment Day Telephone: Mailing Address: Water eter R i d/Billin Name: Mailing Address: City State Zip Day Telephone: City State Zip H:1Applications\Forms •Applications On Line12012 Applications\Fermit Application Revised - 2- 7- 12.docx Revised: February 2012 bh Page 3 of 4 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: / /www.TukwilaWA.gov RECEIPT Parcel No.: 9202470010 Permit Number: D12-251 Address: 690 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: APPROVED Suite No: Applied Date: 07/30/2012 Applicant: AEROSOLES Issue Date: Receipt No.: R12 -02525 Payment Amount: $1,476.90 Initials: WER Payment Date: 09/04/2012 03:42 PM User ID: 1655 Balance: $0.00 Payee: UNIQUE STRUCTURES LLC TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Descriptio Amount Payment Check 6262 1,476.90 Authorization No. ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts BUILDING - NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 000.322.100 640.237.114 Total: $1,476.90 1,472.40 4.50 doc: Receiot -06 Printed: 09 -04 -2012 CA, of Tukwila. Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 -431 -3670 Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Web site: http: //www. ci. tukwila. wa. us SET RECEIPT RECEIPT NO: R12 -02230 Initials: JEM Payment Date: 07/30/2012 User ID: 1165 Total Payment: 1,368.77 Payee: COMMERCIAL PERMIT GROUP, INC. SET ID: S000001779 SET NAME: Tmp set/Initialized Activities SET TRANSACTIONS: Set Member D12 -251 EL12 -0705 M12 -115 TOTAL: Amount 957.06 350.50 61.21 957.06 TRANSACTION LIST: Type Method Description Amount Payment Check 3283 1,368.77 TOTAL: 1,368.77 ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: Description Account Code Current Pmts ELECTRICAL PERMIT - NONR 000.322.101.00.0 PLAN CHECK - NONRES 000.345.830 TOTAL: 350.50 1,018.27 1,368.77 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION N . PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 g,,. (206) 431 -36 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: /4 F ) 6Lsrc Type of Inspection: % =iA/4G Address: t,.. C U Sd (WI' /9A1/ Date Called: Special Instructions: !/ Date Wanted:. /a-//-/7 a.m. CPS Requester: Phone No: .206- 74'3-75/66 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Insp' ctor: REINSPECTION FEE R QUIRED.kPrior to next inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: 10 — 1% -11._. _ INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 (206) 431 -367, Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 �I .5 ,) /, 25 Project: fie -/ ?6S 0 S Type of Inspection: ( :LITZ -iNfis e70 p(k 6t/6t-7-1nom Address: r 5 5cirrA r- /n/7// Date Called: t0 J LJ /P S,) 1/4,-r- c IM ae,. s et...11 Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. /0 — - '2 la. . "p-rri Requester: Phone No: ElApproved per applicable codes. orrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: — e70 p(k 6t/6t-7-1nom ,/ 0 p s-r Lo ukk.R_ ,r )C i s,..? &A/ t0 J LJ /P S,) 1/4,-r- c IM ae,. s et...11 ''PA--`-'' , 1 P Inspect(pr: Date: 1 c9 -1 n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. • INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING\ DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 „ (206) 431 =3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 Project: thi Type of Inspection: W Addre s: 0 C 6 MAI Date Called: Special Instructions: US A • Date Wanted:. r jQ •- S'- %� ':,a.m P.M. Requester: P a o No: /__ Approved per applicable codes. ElCorrections required prior to approval. %. COMMENTS: Insd'ector: Date' :0 . ' !..� n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee Inuit be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule-ieinspection: INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. PERMIT NO. • CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila. WA 98188 IZ (206) 431 -3670 Permit Inspection Request Line (206) 431 -2451 .25/ Project: AEilt)SOLS Type of Inspection: /= aR4- 7.1,1/4/C Address: G 9a nn4LJ Date Called: Special Instructions: Date Wanted:. /D - 41-/Z a. Requester: Phone No: 206 - 793- yGd Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. r COMMENTS: Inspect Date: 1 0 n REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to next inspection. fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd.. Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit D/9- - 3s-/ /a -- 3o`� PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 ProjectAeioo/s Sprinklers: • Type of Inspection: Sp - -c',,0AC - fin, .: f, 0,46 Address: ti ? � s c Suite #: y Z� Contact Person: Special Instructions: Phone No.: IAApproved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: c/ KJ A L - ok Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: • Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: .c-,. 5 Date: %0M0 Z_ Hrs.: cD— $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. CaII to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: 1 Company Name: Address: City. State: 1 Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 • • s . r. • • •:1 INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit tra — a 1 PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206 - 575 -4407 Project: .r o so I . S Type of In pection: S Pro Fire Alarm: Address: 6.7o Suite ##: 45. c _ 01,q_ Contact Person: p4J Special Instructions: Phone No.: l . A 7, i\-(40,4) Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. • • .S COMMENTS: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: l . A 7, i\-(40,4) p-er 6)lAa s e 14"VC e' a . 0-e-, '1lIk k--1,i7 001&JA y rea),.. .0,0 ti as 4io% - 0 ic. tgiNe-dk eitie 1'N 6 (a-7;• 1-0 51 SIPAee e tk 1P.) pInee . OL —1?) `5\-64.— Needs Shift Inspection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: Occupancy Type: Inspector: klA. z,.ts- a_ Date: iv fhb 2 Hrs.: $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Call to schedule a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: 1 Company Name: Address: City: State: 1 Zip: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 • .ti ro; INSPECTION NUMBER INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit - as-/ /(3' -s PERMIT NUMBERS CITY OF TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT 444 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Wa. 98188 206- 575 -4407 Project; Sprinklers: Date: Alp L. Type of Inspection: Address: 6/ 0 Suite #: S .0 .; c Contact Person: Special Instructions: Pre -Fire: Phone No.: proved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Needs thift Inspection: Sprinklers: Date: Alp L. Hrs.: Fire,4arm: -Hood & Duct: ., L Monitor:. Pre -Fire: '`„.., Permits: Occupancy A Inspector: sa— Date: Alp L. Hrs.: 1 n $100.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. You will receive an invoice from the City of Tukwila Finance Department. Ca II to sche ute a reinspection. Billing Address Attn: 1 Company Name: Address: • City: State: Word /Inspection Record Form.Doc 6/11/10 Zip: T.F.D. Form F.P. 113 ri 1 • t •:� 1 • •i a : August 8, 2012 • Citj' of Tukwila • Jim Haggerton, Mayor Department of Community Development Jack Pace, Director Margo Kozich Commercial Permit Group 2136 Purcell Dr Fernandina, FL 32034 RE: Correction Letter #1 Development Permit Application Number D12 -251 Aerosoles — 690 Southcenter Mall Dear Ms. Kozich, This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Department. At this time the Fire, Planning, and Public Works Departments have no comments. Buildin! Department: Allen Johannessen at 206 -433 -7163 if you have questions regarding the attached comments. Please address the attached comments in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that four (4) sets of revised plans, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `Revision Submittal Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, I can be reached at (206) 431 -3670. Sincerely, ja Bill Rambo Permit Technician encl File No. D12 -251 W:\Pemmit Center\Correction Letters\2012\D12 -251 Correction Letter #1.doc 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Tukwila Building Division Allen Johannessen, Plan Examiner Building Division Review Memo Date: August 2, 2012 Project Name: Aerosoles Permit #: D12 -251 Plan Review: Allen Johannessen, Plans Examiner The Building Division conducted a plan review on the subject permit application. Please address the following comments in an itemized format with revised plans, specifications and/or other applicable documentation. (GENERAL NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11x17 to maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size). (If applicable) Structural Drawings and structural calculations sheets shall be original signed wet stamped, not copied.) 1. The bathroom shows the sink overlapping the required clear space for the water closet. Revise the bathroom details to show the toilet has a clear space of 60 inches minimum between the adjacent - wall of the toilet to the side of the sink. (ANSI 604.3 & Fig. 604.3) Should there be questions concerning the above requirements, contact the Building Division at 206- 431 -3670. No further comments at this time. • • PER CO COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D12-251 08 =23 -12 PROJECT NAME: AEROSOLES SITE ADDRESS: 690 SOUTHCENTER MALL Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # X Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # After Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS. Building " Division et IF Public Works ❑ Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division ❑ Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Comments: Incomplete n DUE DATE: 08-28 -12 Not Applicable Permit Center;Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES/THURS ROUTING: Please Route ❑ Structural Review Required U No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 09 -25 -12 Approved U Approved with Conditions ki Not Approved (attach comments) ❑ Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only ' • CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: Documents/routing slip.doc 2 -28 -02 *PERMIT COORD COP? PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D12 -251 PROJECT NAME: AEROSOLES SITE ADDRESS: 690 SOUTHCENTER MALL DATE: 07/30/12 X Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # after Permit Issued DEPART ENTSj MIA ugi �_-�- �� v� . ,& /4 i ing Ivlslon Fire Prevention ICI Planning Division Pbfic WNA ��I ``� Structural Permit Coordinator n DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Nty] Incomplete n DUE DATE: 07/31/12 Not Applicable n Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route 4, Structural Review Required El REVIEWER'S INITIALS: No further Review Required DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: DUE DATE: 08/28/12 Approved n Approved with Conditions n Not Approved (attach comments) tiXf Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: •_& LL Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: • • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 Fax: 206 -431 -3665 Web site: hitp: /At'ww.ci.trrktvila.wa.us Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, far, etc. Date: t' �a •l'z- Plan Check/Permit Number: D12-251 ❑ Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # 1 ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued ❑ Revision requested by a City Building Inspector -or Plans Examiner Project Name: Aerosoles Project Address: 690 Southcenter Mall Contact Person: $fled FlAgit4U61 f Phone Number: 9.09 'Seri • 70 Summary of Revision: (Ze/1t6a) 1,+PC-,p Acc35 TOILET- T- Poi 1-15 I,"-j Gip C,C.C74 fiz*I-1 LTAtL la VATOWT RECEIVED Cn-y QF TUKWILA AUG 2 3 202 Sheet Number(s): A • if A • 2 , 4•3, A • '-f "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date.of revisow, Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: (�— Entered in Permits Plus on ->1 1 Z \applications \forms - applications on line \revision submittal Created: 8-13-2004 Revised; PEautrT CENTEP 1 Contractors or Tradespeople ter Friendly Page • General /Specialty Contractor A business registered as a construction contractor with Lai to perform construction work within the scope of its specialty. A General or Specialty construction Contractor must maintain a surety bond or assignment of account and carry general liability insurance. Business and Licensing Information Name Phone Address Suite /Apt. City State Zip County Business Type Parent Company SHILSHOLE DEVELOPMENT LLC 2067772087 2811 Fairview Ave E SUITE 1002 Seattle WA 98102 King Limited Liability Company UBI No. 602310597 Status Active License No. SHILSDL912K7 License Type Construction Contractor Effective Date 5/27/2009 Expiration Date 5/27/2013 Suspend Date Specialty 1 General Specialty 2 Unused Other Associated Licenses License Name Type Specialty 1 Specialty 2 Effective Date Expiration Date Status GFCON "077K4 G & F CONSTRUCTION Construction Contractor General Unused 5/24/1993 4/15/2003 Archived GFCONFC974MSG & F CONSTRUCTION INC Construction Contractor General Unused 7/10/2003 7/28/2009 Expired Business Owner Information Name Role Effective Date Expiration Date GATLIN, ALBERT G Partner /Member 05/27/2009 Amount YUKEVICH, MICHAEL A Partner /Member 05/27/2009 SLPGGL087100 Bond Information Page 1 of 1 Bond Bond Company Name Bond Account Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Bond Amount Received Date 1 DEVELOPERS SURETY & INDEM CO 361188C 05/27/2009 Until Cancelled $12,000.00 05/27/2009 Assignment of Savings Information No records found for the previous 6 year period Insurance Information Insurance Company Name Policy Number Effective Date Expiration Date Cancel Date Impaired Date Amount Received Date 4 Starr Surplus Lines Insurance SLPGGL087100 05/27/2011 05/27/2013 $1,000,000.00 04 /02/2012 3 American Safety Indemnity Co 156AU16047400 05/27/2011 05/27/2012 11/02/2011 $1,000,000.00 04 /12/2011 2 UNITED SPECIALTY INSURANCE COM 05101078 05/27/2010 05/27/2011 $1,000,000.00 04 /02/2010 1 UNITED SPECIALTY INS. CO. 05100861 05/27/2009 05/27/2010 $1,000,000.00 05/27/2009 Summons /Complaint Information No unsatisfied complaints on file within prior 6 year period Warrant Information No unsatisfied warrants on file within prior 6 year period https://fortress.wa.gov/lni/bbip/Print.aspx 09/04/2012 NOTES: TENANT CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL WORK RELATED TO THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA MANUAL INCLUDING THE MALL RULES AND REGULATIONS. THIS NOTE SUPERSEDES ANY AND ALL NOTES ON DRAWINGS IN REFERENCE TO LANDLORD. WESTFIELD IS RESPONSIBLE FOR NO WORK OR EXPENSE. ANY AND ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT'S G.C. AT TENANT'S EXPENSE. IF NOT EXISTING, TENANT TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL AT TENANT'S EXPENSE. KEY PLAN SPACE 224 LEVEL one VICINITY MAP NORTH 2.1 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER TENANT SPACE #224 633 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 REVIEWED FOR ._ CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 2 8 2012 City •' T' kwila BUILDIN IVISION WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER TENANT SPACE #224 633 SOUTHCENTER PARKWAY SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 PROJECT DIRECTORY 1. STORE DESCRIPTION: 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION: 3. TENANT: LANDLORD: ARCHITECT: DESIGNER: ENGINEER: RETAIL SHOE SALES INTERIOR TENANT BUILD -OUT AEROSOLES 201 MEADOW ROAD EDISON, NJ 08817 -6030 MIKE BERNARD m b ern a rd ©a erosol es. corn PH: (732) 645 -4424 FAX: (732) 393 -0378 WESTFIELD LLC 11601 WILSHIRE BLVD. LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90025 WAYNE JOHNSON wjohnson©us.westfield.com PH: (206) 714 -3485 DAVID A. UDKOW 11881 N. 133TH WAY SCOTTSDALE, ARIZONA 85259 CONTACT: DAVID A. UDKOW davidaudkow@cox.net PH: (480) 614 -3385 FAX: (480) 614 -0209 POINT ONE DESIGN 425 WEST BONITA AVENUE, #106 SAN DIMAS, CALIFORNIA 91773 CONTACT: BRUCE MARTENEY pod989 ©verizon.net PH: (909) 599 -7054 KLH ENGINEERS 1538 ALEXANDRIA PIKE, SUITE 11 FT. THOMAS, KY 41075 PHONE: (859) 442 -8050 E -MAIL: jtavernelli ©KLHENGRS.com THE GROSS LEASABLE AREA IS 1504 SQUARE FEET. BUILDING CODE CLASSIFICATION 1. MUNICIPAL REVIEW: 2. GOVERNING CODES: 3. NUMBER OF LEVELS: 4. CONSTRUCTION TYPE: 5. OCCUPANCY: 6. GROSS LEASED PREMISES: - 7. OCCUPANT LOAD: 8. EXIT REQUIREMENTS: 9. EXIT ILLUMINATION: 10. FIRE SPRINKLERS: CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DEPARTMENT 6300 SOUTHCENTER BLVD., SUITE #100 TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 98188 PH: (208) 431 -3670 ALL WORK SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE WITH, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FOLLOWING, AND ANY OTHER STATE OR LOCAL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION. BUILDING: INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS MECHANICAL: INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS ELECTRICAL: NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS ENERGY: WASHINGTON NON RESIDENTIAL ENERGY CODE ACCESSIBILITY: CHAPTER 11BC & OTHER INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS FOR ABRRIER FREE DESIGN ACCESS INCLUDING ICC /ANSI A117.1 -2003 FIRE: INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE WITH WASHINGTON STATE AMENDMENTS, ALL LOCAL ORDINANCES HAVING JURISDICTION PLUMBING: 2 TYPE II- B- UNPROTECTED NONCOMBUSTIBLE FULLY AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER THROUGHOUT M (MERCANTILE) 1504 SF OCCUPANCY SALES AREA STOCKROOM TOILET ROOM AREA OCCUPANT - OCCUPANTS 598 SF / 30 - 20 721 SF / 300 - 3 50 SF / 300 1 TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD: 24 (1) REQUIRED / (2) PROVIDED PROVIDE AS SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL SHEETS. EXISTING SPRINKLER MAIN AND CONNECTIONS BY LANDLORD. GC TO PROVIDE AN AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM IN CONFORMANCE WITH CURRENT STANDARDS AND LOCAL CODES AND REGULATIONS. ALL WORK TO BE PERFORMED BY A QUALIFIED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL DESIGN AND PREPARE SHOP DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT THEM TO THE LANDLORD AND CODE OFFICIALS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION. SEPARATE, PERMIT RE U RED FOR: Mechanical Electrical Plumbing Gas Piping City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION FILE COPY Permtt Na, P Plan review approval is subject to errors and om Approval of construction documents does not autho the violation of any adopted cods or on: inane. R 1 approved Aoki Copy and conditions Isacknawledg By Oath -u > 1Z City Of Tkikwila BUILDING DIVISION • ir NOTES: TENANT G.C. IS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE A FIELD SURVEY OF THE ENTIRE PREMISES PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. ANY VARIANCES BETWEEN THESE APPROVED DRAWINGS AND THE ACTUAL CONDITIONS WILL BE THE TENANT G.C. RESPONSIBILITY. ALL BIDDERS ARE TO COI•ITACT THE MALL MANAGEMENT FOR COPIES OF THE RULES AND REGULATIONS PRIOW -T x` -THE PROJECT. THE TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO SCHEDULE A PRE - CONSTRUCTION MEETING WITH THE MALL OPERATIONS. PROVIDE MECHANICAL VENTILATION FOR EACH AREA/ ROOM IN ACCORDANCE WITH 2001 CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE CBC SECTION 12053: ARTIFICIAL LIGHT. ARTIFICIAL LIGHT SHALL BE PROVIDED THAT IS ADEQUATE TO PROVIDE AN AVERAGE ILLUMINATION OF 10 CANDLES (101 LUX) OVER THE AREA OF THE ROOM AT A HEIGHT OF 30" ABOVE THE FLOOR LEVEL. GENERAL NOTES 1. BEFORE SUBMITTING BID PROPOSALS FOR THE WORK IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS, EACH CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE SITE AND FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH ALL EXG CONDITIONS BEFORE PROCEEDING. NO EXTRA COMPENSATION WILL BE ALLOWED BECAUSE OF A MISUNDERSTANDING AS TO THE AMOUNT OF WORK INVOLVED OR LACK OF KNOWLEDGE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. IN CASE OF ANY INCONSISTENCIES OR DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS, THE MOST STRINGENT NOTE OR CONDITION SHALL APPLY AND THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY OF SUCH DISCREPANCIES. NOT REPORTING ANY SUCH UNSUITABLE CONDITION WILL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF ALL CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR AND /OR SUBCONTRACTOR. 2. CONTRACTOR'S CARTS, EQUIP. BOXES, ETC., MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH RUBBER WHEELS. 3. GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR RECEIVING, OFF LOADING, STORAGE, AND PREVENTION OF DAMAGES TO, ALL MATERIALS AFTER DELIVERY TO JOB SITE. 4. GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL MATERIALS SHIPPED TO THE JOB SITE INCLUDING MATERIALS FURNISHED BY OTHERS. COST OF ALL MISSING MATERIALS WILL BE DEDUCTED FROM THE CONTRACT PRICE AND FINAL PAYMENT. GC TO CHECK ALL INVOICES AT TIME SHIPMENT IS RECEIVED AND NOTIFY TENANT REPRESENTATIVE OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. 5. GC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAILY REMOVAL FROM THE PROJECT, ALL TRASH, RUBBISH AND SURPLUS MATERIALS RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION, FIXTURING AND MERCHANDISING OF THE DEMISED PREMISES. COORDINATE REMOVAL OF DEBRIS WITH PROPERTY MGMT. EMPTY DUMPSTER ON COMPLETION /TURNOVER OF STORE. LEAVE DUMPSTER FOR TENANT USE UNTIL 24 HOURS BEFORE OPENING. 6. ALL DEMOLITION /MATERIALS AND WORK TO BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL FEDERAL, STATE, COUNTY, AND LOCAL LAWS, REGULATIONS, RULINGS, CODES, ORDINANCES, REQUIREMENTS AND LANDLORD'S TENANT STORE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION MANUAL. 7. SHOULD ANY CONDITION ARISE WHERE THE INTENT OF THE DRAWINGS IS IN DOUBT, OR WHERE THERE APPEARS TO BE AN ERROR ON THE DRAWINGS OR A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND FIELD CONDITIONS, THE ARCHITECT AND TENANT SHALL BE NOTIFIED AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. IF THE CONTRACTOR PROCEEDS WITH THE WORK SO AFFECTED WITHOUT INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE ARCHITECT AND TENANT, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE GOOD ANY RESULTING DAMAGE OR DEFECTS. THIS INCLUDES ERRORS IN THE SPECIFICATIONS AND NOTATION ERRORS ON THE DRAWINGS WHERE DOUBTFUL OF INTERPRETATION. 8. IN THE CASE WHERE TWO OR MORE DETAILS APPLYING TO THE SAME PART OF THE WORK ARE IN CONFLICT, THE MOST RESTRICTIVE /STRINGENT SHALL GOVERN UNLESS CLARIFIED OR OTHERWISE APPROVED BY ARCHITECT. 9. PROVIDE 2A, 10BC MINIMUM RATED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS REQ. TO BE LOCATED WITHIN 75 FEET OF TRAVEL DISTANCE FROM ALL AREAS. PROVIDE ONE (1) FIRE EXTINGUISHER FOR EACH 75 FEET OF TRAVEL. COORDINATE WITH LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL AS REQUIRED. 10. APPROVAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS MEANS APPROVAL OF THE GENERAL METHOD OF FABRICATION ONLY. DIMENSIONS AND QUANTITIES MAY NOT BE CHECKED, AND APPROVAL OF SHOP DRAWINGS DOES NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR FROM COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENT OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED IN THE APPROVAL. 11. NO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS, LIQUIDS OR CHEMICALS SHALL BE STORED OR USED WITHIN THE SUBJECT BUILDING AS TO REQUIRE A HAZARDOUS CLASSIFICATION. 12. SWITCHES AND CONTROLS FOR LIGHTS, VENTILATION, FIRE ALARMS, ETC. MUST BE PLACED NO MORE THAN 48" AFF. 13. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS, WRITTEN DIMENSIONS GOVERN. FIELD VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND SITE CONDITIONS. 14. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TO THE FACE OF GYPSUM BOARD FINISH, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 15. DIMENSIONS NOTED AS "HOLD" ARE CRITICAL. IF LAYOUT IS OFF, CONTACT ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO FRAMING. 16. DIMENSIONS NOTED AS "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THICKNESS OF ALL FINISHES. 17. A SMOKE -FREE ENVIROMENT IS TO BE MAINTAINED DURING THE ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS. REFER TO MALL GUIDELINES FOR NO- SMOKING AREAS AND COMPLIANCE. 18. WHEREVER EXISTING CONDITIONS ARE TO BE CUT OR DISTURBED TO ALLOW INSTALLATION OF NEW WORK, THIS CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PATCHED TO MATCH THE ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION. 19. ALL MANUFACTURED ARTICLES, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONDITIONED, USED, APPLIED, INSTALLED, CONNECTED, ERECTED, AND CLEANED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN SPECIFICATIONS OR INSTRUCTIONS. 20. ALL FINISH WOOD SHALL BE KILN -DRIED MILL QUALITY FINISH AND ALL WOOD SHALL RECEIVE A FIRE - RETARDANT COATING OR TREATMENT, AS REQUIRED. 21. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH FIRE RESISTIVE FLOORS, WALLS OR SHAFT WALLS SHALL BE PROTECTED BY MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION METHODS THAT CONFORM TO U.L. STANDARDS FOR FIRESTOP SYSTEMS. THE GC SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWING DETAILS WHICH SHOW COMPLETE CONFORMANCE TO THE U.L. LISTING TO THE ARCHITECT. 22. THE GC SHALL PERSONALLY SUPERVISE AND DIRECT ALL WORK. THE GC IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL CONSTRUCTION AND INSTALLATION METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES, PROCEDURES AND FOR COORDINATION OF ALL TRADES OF REQUIRED WORK. 23. ANY EXISTING WALLS DESIGNATED TO BE FIRE -RATED WALLS WHICH ARE NOT TIGHT TO DECK ABOVE OR WITH OPENINGS WITHIN AREA OF WORK SHALL BE BROUGHT TIGHT TO DECK ABOVE AND HAVE OPENINGS COMPLETELY FILLED IN. 24. RECEPTACLES AND SWITCH PLATES IN ALL AREAS TO BE WHITE. 25. COLUMN CENTER LINES (GRID LINES) ARE SHOWN FOR DIMENSIONING. VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS IN THE FIELD. 26. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY AS TO SIZE AND LOCATION OF ANY EXG MALL EXPANSION JOINTS LOCATED IN DEMISING WALLS, FLOOR, OR, CEILING CONSTRUCTION. 27. CONFIRM SUITABILITY OF WALLS TO RECEIVE PAINT AND /OR WALL COVERING IN A FIRST CLASS MANNER. CONTACT ARCHITECT /TENANT IF WALL(S) ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE TO RECEIVE FINISHES SPECIFIED. POOR INSTALLATION OVER UNSUITABLE SURFACES IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY AND WILL RESULT AS AN EXPENSE TO THE CONTRACTOR TO CORRECT. 28. THE STANDARD PROJECT DETAILS FOR THE MALL SHALL BECOME PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. COPIES OF DETAILS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE LANDLORD. SYMBOLS q 9 DEMO NOTE PLAN NOTE DOOR TAG WALL TYPE FIXTURE TAG STOCKROOM FIXTURE TAG FINISH TAG TOILET FIXTURE /ACCESSORY T.O. MASONRY © 20' -0" AFF REVISION TAG CORRECTION LTR #�_ ROOM NAME ### GRID REFERENCE WALL SECTION REFERENCE ELEVATION REFERENCE DETAIL ENLARGEMENT ELEVATION • DATUM REFERENCE ROOM /NAME /NUMBER RECEIVED AUG 2 3 2012 PERMIT CEN"I ER INDEX OF DRAWINGS G -1 TITLE SHEET G -2 RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE, ABBREVIATIONS, AND VENDOR LIST D -1 DEMOLITION PLAN A -1 FLOOR PLAN, LEGEND, DETAIL, AND NOTES A -2 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, SCHEDULES, AND NOTES A -3 FINISH PLAN, SCHEDULES, AND DETAILS A -4 FIXTURE PLAN, SCHEDULES, AND DETAILS A -5 ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN AND ELEVATION A -5.1 KAWNEER STOREFRONT DETAILS & STOREFRONT SIDE ELEVATION A -6 STOREFRONT SECTIONS A -7 INTERIOR ELEVATIONS, TOILET ROOM DETAILS, AND SIGNAGE A -8 FIXTURE ATTACHMENT DETAIL & METAL STUD WALL CALCULATIONS A -9 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES AND DETAILS SP -1 SPECIFICATIONS SP -2 SPECIFICATIONS SP -3 SPECIFICATIONS E -1 ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN E -2 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN E -3 ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM, PANEL SCHEDULE & SPECIFICATIONS E -4 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS M -1 MECHANICAL PLAN & SCHEDULES M -2 MECHANICAL DETAILS & PLAN COMPLIANCE M -3 MECHANICAL SEPCIFICATIONS 9 • • W% SET - 7- 19 -12 100% SET- 5 -14 -12 CONSULTANTS: SEAL: ► 34•: 10 AEROSOLES REGISTERED ARCHITECT "4, AVID A. U t W STATE OF WASHINGTON Q W F-- Q d' a' • N =NIz END w CO V)<0 1- oI- k D �O W Z • Q O W N Z F- M co SHEET TITLE: SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 TITLE SKEET, KEY PLAN VICINITY MAP, PROJECT INFORMATION REVISIONS: NO: DATE: BY: PROJECT NO: JOB.NO. DRAWN BY: G 1 SHEET OF NO. RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ITEM w J Q U Q Z wDZ CO w &) m Lw J _ COMvE \T ITEM NOT APPLICABLE C') z w FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY COMMENT FIREPROOF, FIRE TEv INOT APPLICABLE' 0 Z w J FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY COMMENT 01000 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS •••• CG CORNER GUARD PROTECTION 08000 DOORS & WINDOWS •••• OHCG OVERHEAD COILING GRILLE SPEC(S) 13000 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION ACC ACCESSIBLE CFLG COUNTERFLASHING ." , "„ ,. 1. INSURANCE •• LINEAR G AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND /OR TENANT. 1. STOREFRONT GLAZING SYSTEM •• G G COUNTER SINK 1. SPRINKLER SYSTEM LTG • G G EXISTING MAIN & BRANCHES TO REMAIN."::" RELOCATE AND /OR PROVIDE . . 2. BOND •• ADHESIVE G AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND /OR TENANT. 2. STOREFRONT ENTRY GRILLE 0••• PNL PANEL SSV STAIN, SEAL & VARNISH ADJ ADJUSTABLE, ADJACENT DEG DEGREE ADDITIONAL SPRINKLER HEADS AS REQUIRED PER STORE DESIGN/ 3. PERMITS AND FEES •••• MASONRY PBD PARTICLE BOARD STD 3. INTERIOR DOORS AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING DEMO DEMOLITION GYPSUM MATL MATERIAL PTN PARTITION GOVERNING CODES. SUBMIT SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD & A. BUILDING PERMIT JURISDICTION G DETAIL AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. A. HOLLOW METAL •• G G SEE DOOR SCHEDULE ON A -5 STRUCT STRUCTURAL AL ALUMINUM DIA DIAMETER ALL APPLICABLE CODE OFFICIALS AS REQUIRED. B. BUILDING PLAN CHECK FEE MECH MECHANICAL G PLATE AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. B. SOLID CORE WOOD ■• G G SEE DOOR SCHEDULE ON A -5 2. FIRE ALARM SYSTEM MDF MEDIUM DENSITY G G COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD, SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SHEETS. C. SIGN PERMIT •• APPROXIMATE ARCHITECTURAL S DISPENSER DRAWING AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 4. SERVICE DOOR •• G G SEE DOOR SCHEDULE ON A -5 3. SMOKE DETECTORS ACM ASBESTOS CONTAINING G G AS REQUIRED. SEE MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SHEETS. D. SIGN PLAN CHECK FEE •• MEZZANINE S QUANTITY AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 5. DOOR HARDWARE •• G G SEE DOOR SCHEDULE ON A -5 14000 CONVEYING SYSTEMS GENERAL CONTRACTOR MFR MANUFACTURER QT ,.,n ..:,: :..•.. ..,,... „,,;- .,,.,,,, E. FIRE PROTECTION PLANS /PERMIT •• G AS REQUIRED PER STORE DESIGN AND GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 6. DOOR LOCK CORES AND KEYS GLASS, GLAZING T T ALL LOCKS TO BE RECORED PRIOR TO TENANT TAKEOVER. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. 1. NO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. T.A. TOP OF BM BEAM .. F. OTHER •• GRAB BAR G • ALL OTHER PERMITS AND FEES AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. RADIUS •••• TREAD BTWN GC TO COORDINATE WITH METRO DOOR. 15000 MECHANICAL EXTERIOR INSULATION GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD MO """" "� " "" " °' ^ "~ ' °'�• ° •� °^M- 4. INSPECTIONS •• TYP G BLKG AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL BUILDING DEPARTMENT. 7. PANIC HARDWARE •• T T GC TO COORDINATE WITH METRO DOOR. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE ON A5 1. PLUMBING REQ REQUIRED . 5. TEMPORARY UTILITIES •• ELECTRIC(AL) G G AS REQUIRED. 8. ACCESS PANEL •• G G PAINT TO MATCH ADJ FINISHES. COORDINATE EXACT SIZES, LOCATIONS & B.O. A. STUB -INS EQ • HDWD HARDWOOD NOM 6. TEMPORARY CONST BARRICADE •• REVISION G G PER LANDLORD CRITERIA. SEE SIGNAGE FOR TEMPORARY GRAPHIC. BUILDING EQUIP EQUIPMENT HT QUANTITIES WITH ON -SITE CONDITIONS & TENANT. ALLOW CLEARANCES FOR NIC B. GAS METER R • VB VINYL BASE 7. FIELD VERIFY CONDITIONS & DIMS EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER HDF G PRIOR TO BIDDING. NUMBER •••• ROOF DRAIN VCT FULL OPERATION OF ACCESS PANEL. CPT C. WATER METER EP • HC HOLLOW CORE NTS 8. CLEAN UP RM ROOM G G DAILY SWEEP CLEANING DURING CONSTRUCTION. THOROUGH, PROFESSIONAL 9. SALES AREA MIRRORS •• T G HOLLOW METAL D. WATER RO • VERT VERTICAL CL CENTER LINE EXP EXPANSION HB HOSE BIB CLEAN -UP AT PROJECT COMPLETION. 09000 FINISHES RB RUBBER BASE VIF VERIFY IN FIELD CT E. WASTE EJ • HOR HORIZONTAL OPG 9. TRASH REMOVAL & DUMPSTERS •• G G VERIFY CITY & LL REQUIREMENTS. GC TO REMOVE /DISPOSE OF ALL BOXES /CRATES/ 1. GYPSUM BOARD •• G G AS OUTLINED IN THE PARTITION LEGEND ON Al. OPP F. VENT SCHED • COL COLUMN .u.. TRASH OF TENANT SUPPLIED & INSTALLED ITEMS. 2. EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD •• G G PATCH /REPLACE AS REQUIRED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF NEW FINISHES. 2. PLUMBING FIXTURES FIN • INCAN INCANDESCENT OFCI 10. HAZ -MAT ABATEMENT •• SHEET L L AS REQUIRED PER LEASE. 3. WATER RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD FF G G AT TOILET ROOMS AND "WET" AREAS. SEE THE PARTITION LEGEND. ON Al. 3. WATER HEATER SIM • WP WATERPROOF 11. FLOOR PREPARATION •• FIRE EXTINGUISHER G G MUST BE BROKEN OUT AS A LINE ITEM IN BID. 4. EXTERIOR SHEATHING 5. FLOOR 0 SIMILAR, OPPOSITE HAND W/ WITH CONST 4. BOTTLED WATER STATION X INT INTERIOR INSTALLED 12. FLOORING PROTECTION SLOTTED WALL BOARD W/0 G G PROTECTION FOR FLOOR FINISHES AFTER INSTALLATION. 5. MOP SINK X 13. CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY •• G LEAVE WITH STORE MANAGER AT CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION. A. PORCELAIN TILE B. GROUT AND SEALER C. SHEET VINYL •• •• T G G G G G SEE SEE SEE T1 ON A3. 6. FLOOR DRAINS • G G PER PLANS AND /OR AS DIRECTED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 14. PROJECT SUPERVISION ••• G FULL TIME ON SITE SUPERVISOR - PROVIDE C OF 0 & C OF C. TWO COPIES OF G1 ON A3. 7. HVAC EQUIPMENT • G G SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN "AS- BUILTS ", OPERATIONS MANUAL, WARRANTIES AND LIEN WAIVERS TO TENANT. V2 ON A3. 8. DUCTWORK / DIFFUSERS / GRILLES • G G SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 02000 SITE WORK D. CONCRETE SEALER ••U 9. TEMPERATURE CONTROLS • G G 1. DEMOLITION •• G G E. MALL FLOORING G G PER LANDLORD CRITERIA. 10. EXHAUST FAN • G G IN TOILET ROOM. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS. 2. CORE BORE SLAB U• G G AS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL. SEE MECH & ELEC DWGS. 6. TRANSITIONS •® G G SEE A3 FOR DETAILS. 11. FLOOR / ROOF PENETRATIONS G G PER LANDLORD CRITERIA. 3. GAS SERVICE & MANIFOLD 0••• 7. PAINT •• G G SEE FINISH SCHEDULE ON A3. 12. SMOKE EVAC • G G VERIFY IN FIELD WITH LANDLORD 4. WATER SERVICE (DOM. AND FIRE) L L SEE PLUMBING DWGS 8. STAIN •• T G GC TO TOUCH -UP ALL FIXTURES / FURNITURE AT CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION. 13. BALANCE REPORT G G FORWARD COPY OF CERTIFIED BALANCE REPORT PER MECH SPECS TO 5. ELECTRICAL SERVICE •• L L SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS 9. CEILING TENANT, ARCHITECT, AND LANDLORD. 03000 CONCRETE WORK •••• A. OPEN TO STRUCTURE B. HARD SURFACE C. SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CLG .0 •• G G SEE 16000 ELECTRICAL 1. SAND PAD GBD ON A2, 1. STUB -IN L L 2. VAPOR BARRIER 40 0••• EXISTING TO REMAIN. 2. METERING G G SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS. CONTACT AEROSOLES TO SETUP UTILITY ACCOUNT. 3. REINFORCING FABRIC •• EXISTING TO REMAIN. 10. FRP WALL PANELS 11. WOOD BASE •• G T G G SEE SEE FRP ON A3. 3. PANELS • G G SEE ELECT DWGS. 4. CONCRETE SLAB •••U EXISTING TO REMAIN. B1 AND FM ON A3. 4. TRANSFORMERS • G G SEE ELECT DWGS. 5. POURED CONCRETE 0••• 12. RUBBER BASE 13. WOOD MOULDING 10000 SPECIALTIES e••• •• �� T G SEE 5. DISTRIBUTION IN TENANT SPACE G G SEE ELECT DWGS. 6. FLOOR PATCH UNDERLAYMENT G G AS REQUIRED TO INSURE FLUSH FINISH FLOOR TRANSITIONS & PROPER WM1 ON A3. 6. STUB -UP TO CASHWRAP G G CORE DRILL AS REQUIRED TOPPING •••• FINISH FLOOR INSTALLATIONS. 7. LIGHT FIXTURES 7. EXPANSION JOINT m•UU 1. SIGNAGE A. INTERIOR T G 04000 MASONRY A. STOREFRONT ILLUMINATED SIGN S S HALO LIT "AEROSOLES" LOGO LETTER SIGN. SEE ELEC SHEETS. GC TO COORDINATE B. EXTERIOR X 1. NO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. HOOK -UP. VENDOR TO OBTAIN NECESSARY APPROVALS FOR ALL SIGNAGE. C. SIGNAGE T G PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION 05000 METALS •••• B. VINYL APPLIQUES •• S S "aerosoles.com" INSTALLED ON TENANT'S SIDE OF GLAZING. SEE A5. D. EMERGENCY LIGHTS T G 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL •••• EXISTING TO REMAIN. MAINTAIN FIRE RATING. C. BLADE SIGN / BRACKET •• S S PER LANDLORD REQUIREMETS E. CONNECTION OF FIXT LIGHTING G G 2. METAL DECKING ••u EXISTING TO REMAIN. MAINTAIN FIRE RATING. D. PIN MOUNTED SIGNAGE •• S S PIN- MOUNTED AT REAR OF SALES AREA. SEE INT ELEV 'B'/ A -7 8. FIXTURE LAMPS T G 3. COLD- FORMED METAL FRAMING E. SERVICE DOOR SIGNAGE •• G G 9. TIMECLOCK G G FOR STOREFRONT SIGNAGE AND LIGHTING. A. DEMISING WALLS - STUD WALL U •UU GC TO REPAIR ANY DAMAGE ON WALLS DURING CONSTRUCTION. F. ADA SIGNAGE G G AT TOILET ROOM AND /OR AS DIRECTED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 10. CONDUITS FOR DATA, COMM., G G CONFIRM TRENCHING WITH PROPERTY MANAGER. B. STUDS, JOISTS, FURRING, ETC. SEALED TIGHT TO DECK FOR 1 -HR RATING AS /IF REQUIRED. G. BARRICADE GRAPHICS •• L L AT TENANTS EXPENSE ALARMS, PHONE 4. METAL REVEAL H. MALL DIRECTIONAL L L LANDLORD TO COORDINATE WITH TENANT. 11. TELEPHONE T T CONTACT LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY. SEE ELEC SHEETS. COORDINATE W/ CROSSCON 5. EXPANSION JOINT COVER 40 .e. 2. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS •• G G (2) 10 LB UNITS OR AS REQUIRED BY GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. LOCATIONS PER Al. 12. SECURITY SYSTEM X 6. THREADED ROD •• G G 3/8" THREADED ROD AT LENGTHS AS REQUIRED. 3. KNOX BOX 0••• 13. BUZZER G G 7. SLOTTED CHANNEL FRAMING •• G G 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" UNISTRUT AS REQUIRED. 4. AWNINGS e�� FOR 8. MISCELLANEOUS STEEL G G AS REQUIRED. SEE DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC DESCRIPTIONS. 5. TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES •• G G SEE TOILET / ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE ON A -7 06000 WOOD AND PLASTICS •••• 6. WALK OFF MAT 0.�� 1. ROUGH CARPENTRY / FRT LUMBER UU G G AS REQUIRED. 7. SHELF /WALL STANDARDS •• G G AC10 IN TOILET FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 2. PLYWOOD •1 G G FIRE RETARDANT TREATED CDX PLYWOOD AS REQUIRED. 8. LADDER HOLDER •• G G SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR LOCATION 3. WOOD BLOCKING •• G G FIRE RETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED. 9. WALL GRAPHICS�� 4. CORNER GUARDS G G TRANSPARENT PLASTIC GUARD TO 48" AFF AT LOCATIONS SPECIFIED ON 1/A1. 11000 EQUIPMENT �■�� NOTES: TENANT CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE WITH ALL WORK RELATED TO THE LANDLORD'S CRITERIA MANUAL INCLUDING THE MALL RULES AND REGULATIONS. TI-116 NOTE SUPERSEDES ANY AND ALL NOTES ON DRAWINGS IN REFERENCE TO LANDLORD. WESTFIELD IS RESPONSIBLE FOR NO WORK OR EXPENSE. ANY AND ALL WORK TO SE PERFORMED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT'S G.C. AT TENANT'S EXPENSE. IF NOT EXISTING, TENANT TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL AT TENANT'S EXPENSE. 07000 MOISTURE CONTROL •••• 1. POS /PRINTERS 2. MUSIC SYSTEM 3. TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT WIRING •• •• T T T T T T GC TO COORDINATE GC TO COORDINATE GC TO COORDINATE WITH CROSSCOM. 1. MOISTURE BARRIER 0 WITH CROSSCOM AND INSTALL SYSTEM 2. VAPOR BARRIER 0�� WITH CROSSCOM. 3. BATT INSULATION 0 12000 FURNISHINGS 4. BOARD INSULATION 0••• 1. SALES AREA WALL FIXTURES •• T G GC TO CONFIRM IF SEPARATE PERMIT IS REQUIRED. TOUCH UP STAIN UPON 5. E.I.F.S. 0 2. DISPLAY TABLES AND BENCHES ■�� u. T G COMPLETION. ENSURE PROPER INSTALL GLASS SHELVES AS DIRECTED BY STORE MANAGER. 6. FLASHING /SHEET METAL 0••• EGRESS REQUIREMENTS. TOUCH UP STAIN UPON COMPLETION. REVIEWED CODE COMPLIANCE 7. WATERPROOFING •• G G AT TOILET ROOM PER THE LANDLORD CRITERIA. 3. CASHWRAP •• T G GC TO COORDINATE STUB -UPS. TOUCH UP STAIN UPON COMPLETION. 8. CAULKING /SEALANTS •• G G EACH TRADE TO PROVIDE AS REQUIRED. 4. STOCKROOM FIXTURES 9. SPRAYED -ON FIREPROOFING •••• GC TO REPAIR ANY DAMAGE AT CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION. A. SHELVING SYSTEM •• T G GC TO CONFIRM IF SEPARATE PERMIT IS REQUIRED. SEE A4 FOR DETAIL B. MOBILE CARTS T G AS REQUIRED AND SHOWN ON A4. 5. MANAGER'S DESK �• T G SEE A4 FOR DETAIL. VENDOR LIST FIXTURES LOCK CORES /PANIC HARDWARE ABBREVIATIONS SECURITY SOLUTIONS 800 - 253 -5625 SILVER TEAM Silver ©securitySolutions - usa.com SIGNAGE CROSSCOM NATIONAL, LLC 9 PARKWAY NORTH, SUITE 250 DEERFIELD, IL 60015 KAREN WHITE kwhite ©crosscomnationa1.com PH: (800) 933 -9203 ext 359 FAX: (847) 419 -4876 TILE GRAND & BENEDICTS 301 NE 2ND AVENUE PORTLAND, OREGON 97232 MOLLY CROUSER mollyc©grand- benedicts.com PH: (503) 233 -6222 LIGHTING AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR CJ CONTROL JOINT FP FIREPROOF, FIRE LAV LAVATORY OH OVERHEAD SC SOLID CORE AP ACCESS PANEL CG CORNER GUARD PROTECTION LL LANDLORD, LEASE LINE OHCG OVERHEAD COILING GRILLE SPEC(S) SPECIFICATION(S) ACC ACCESSIBLE CFLG COUNTERFLASHING FLR FLOOR LIN LINEAR SF SQUARE FEET ACT ACOUSTICAL TILE CTSK COUNTER SINK FD FLOOR DRAIN LTG LIGHTING PT PAINT SS STAINLESS STEEL ADH ADHESIVE FLUOR FLUORESCENT PNL PANEL SSV STAIN, SEAL & VARNISH ADJ ADJUSTABLE, ADJACENT DEG DEGREE FRG FIBER REINFORCED MAS MASONRY PBD PARTICLE BOARD STD STANDARD AHJ AUTHORITY HAVING DEMO DEMOLITION GYPSUM MATL MATERIAL PTN PARTITION STL STEEL JURISDICTION DTL DETAIL FRP FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC MAX MAXIMUM PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE STRUCT STRUCTURAL AL ALUMINUM DIA DIAMETER FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED MECH MECHANICAL PL PLATE SUSP SUSPENDED APPD APPROVED, APPROVAL DIM DIMENSION FDN FOUNDATION MDF MEDIUM DENSITY PLBG PLUMBING APPROX ARCH APPROXIMATE ARCHITECTURAL DISP DWG DISPENSER DRAWING FURN FURNISH MTL FIBERBOARD METAL PLYWD PLYWOOD TEMP TEMPERED, TEMPERATURE, TEMPORARY ACM ASBESTOS CONTAINING DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN GA GAUGE MEZZ MEZZANINE QTY QUANTITY THK THICKNESS) MATERIAL DS DOWNSPOUT GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR MFR MANUFACTURER QT QUARRY TILE T &G TONGUE & GROOVE GL GLASS, GLAZING MIN MINIMUM T.A. TOP OF BM BEAM EA EACH GB GRAB BAR MISC MISCELLANEOUS RAD RADIUS T TREAD BTWN BETWEEN EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD MO MASONRY OPENING REF REFER TO TYP TYPICAL BLKG BLOCKING AND FINISH SYSTEM MTD MOUNTED REQ REQUIRED BD BOARD ELEC ELECTRIC(AL) HDW HARDWARE RES RESILIENT UON UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED B.O. BOTTOM OF EQ EQUAL HDWD HARDWOOD NOM NOMINAL REV REVISION BLDG BUILDING EQUIP EQUIPMENT HT HEIGHT NIC NOT IN CONTRACT R RISER VB VINYL BASE EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER HDF HIGH DENSITY FIBERBOARD N.A. NUMBER RD ROOF DRAIN VCT VINYL COMPOSITION TILE CPT CARPET EP ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD HC HOLLOW CORE NTS NOT TO SCALE RM ROOM VWC VINYL WALL COVERING CLG CEILING EXG EXISTING HM HOLLOW METAL RO ROUGH OPENING VERT VERTICAL CL CENTER LINE EXP EXPANSION HB HOSE BIB O.C. ON CENTER RB RUBBER BASE VIF VERIFY IN FIELD CT CERAMIC TILE EJ EXPANSION JOINT HOR HORIZONTAL OPG OPENING VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF CLR CLEARANCE) EXT EXTERIOR HR HOUR OPP OPPOSITE SCHED SCHEDULE COL COLUMN OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER SECT SECTION WC WATER CLOSET CONC CONCRETE FIN FINISH INCAN INCANDESCENT OFCI OWNER FURNISHED/ SHT SHEET WH WATER HEATER CMU CONCRETE MASONRY FF FINISHED FLOOR ID INSIDE DIAMETER CONTRACTOR INSTALLED SIM SIMILAR WP WATERPROOF UNITS FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER INSUL INSULATION OF01 OWNER FURNISHED /OWNER SIM OPP SIMILAR, OPPOSITE HAND W/ WITH CONST CONSTRUCTION FEC FIRE EXTINGUISHER INT INTERIOR INSTALLED SWB SLOTTED WALL BOARD W/0 WITHOUT CONT CONTINUOUS CABINET WD WOOD VENDOR LIST FIXTURES LOCK CORES /PANIC HARDWARE TELECOMMUNICATIONS SECURITY SOLUTIONS 800 - 253 -5625 SILVER TEAM Silver ©securitySolutions - usa.com SIGNAGE CROSSCOM NATIONAL, LLC 9 PARKWAY NORTH, SUITE 250 DEERFIELD, IL 60015 KAREN WHITE kwhite ©crosscomnationa1.com PH: (800) 933 -9203 ext 359 FAX: (847) 419 -4876 TILE GRAND & BENEDICTS 301 NE 2ND AVENUE PORTLAND, OREGON 97232 MOLLY CROUSER mollyc©grand- benedicts.com PH: (503) 233 -6222 LIGHTING DPJ SIGNS 249 WLECOTT DRIVE RAHWAY, NEW JERSEY DAVID MELLINA 99999.com PH: (756) 499 -8600 FAX: STOCKROOM SHELVING NJ TILE & STONE JIM MCCOURT jim ©newjerseytileandstone.net PHONE: 732 - 512 -1818 FAX: 732 - 512 -1881 SPECIALTY LIGHTING GROUP 84 WASHINGTON STREET SUITE #2 WEST HOBOKEN, NJ 07030 MICHAEL GIORDANO mjg©sslighting.com PH: (877) 386 -8171 FAX: (201) 386 -8173 EXCALIBUR SHELVING 146 WILD DUNES WAY JACKSON, NJ 08527 HOWIE MARKOWITZ hrmusa ©aol.com PH: (732) 928 -1687 FAX: (732) 928 -1687 AUG 28 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION LEGEND G - GENERAL CONTRACTOR L - LANDLORD S - SIGNAGE VENDOR T - TENANT NOTE THE 'RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE' IS INTENDED TO BE USED AS A GUIDE ONLY, AND IS NOT ALL - INCLUSIVE. ALL PERSONS BIDDING WORK OR CONTRACTED FOR WORK ARE TO REVIEW THESE DOCUMENTS, THE LANDLORD CRITERIA, AND THE EXECUTED LEASE AGREEMENT, IN THEIR ENTIRETY. RECEIVED AUG 232012 PERMIT CENTER 90% SET- 1-19 -12 100% SET- S -14 -12 CONSULTANTS: SEAL: AEROSOLES 3408 RE GJSTERED ARCHITECT DAVID A. ,DK W STATE OF WASHINGTON 4 W 1- Q • 0- = N F- W 0 U w 00 � < Q 1-- - _• I-0 w w Z &) F- 0 N Z W SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 SHEET TITLE: RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ABBREVIATIONS AND VENDOR LIST REVISIONS: NO: DATE: B Y: PROJECT NO: JOB.NO. DRAWN BY: G � SHEET OF NO. EXISTING ELECT. EQUIP. - SEE ELEC. DWGS. EXISTING TOILET ROOM TO BE REMOVED/ RE- CONSTRUCTED AS REQUIRED TO MEET CURRENT HDCP. ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS: CEILING: EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CLG. +8' -0" A.F.F. TO 5E REMOVED WALLS: EXISTING 5/8" W.R TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. WALLS TO BE REMOVED FLOOR COVERING: EXISTING CERAMIC TILE TO BE REMOVED. EXISTING MARBLE THRESHOLD TO 5E REMOVED EXISTING WATER CLOSET TO REMAIN. EXISTING LAVATORY TO BE REMOVED AND RELOCATED TO NEW LOCATION- SEE FLOOR PLAN. S0' -2 1/2" EXISTING 36"X11-0" H. METAL DOOR TO REMAIN - SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR ADDIT. INFO- ko 34'-11" 5 1/4" 40' -5 5 /S" EXISTING FIXED I0' -0" HIGH SHELVING; TO REMAIN — (TYPICAL) EXISTING STOCKROOM TO REMAIN WITH NO CHANGES: NO CEILING: EXPOSED TO METAL DECK ABOVE WALLS: EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. TO REMAIN FLOOR: EXPOSED CONC. TO REMAIN EXISTING VACCUUM SYSTEM TO BE REMOVED EXISTING SERVICE CORRIDOR ENTRY DOOR EXISTING FIXED 10' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) EXISTING 36" X 1' -0" SC DOOR TO BE REMOVED JAMB TO REMAIN 4' 4' 1 4' 4' 4' 3' 3' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 3' 3' II I1 11 I1 EXISTING ALUM. SLOPE TRANSITION PLATE TO REMAIN XISTING SLOPE DOS+2 1VA(3 0 EXISTING THERMOSTAT TO REMAIN CABINET 1 1 . I I EXISTING WALL BUILD -OUT TO BE REMOVED L rEXISTING BUILT -IN PERIMETER FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED (TYPICAL) EXISTING CASHWRAP TO BE REMOVED. CAP / REMOVE ALL EXTRANEOUS WIRING, CONDUITS, ETC. EXISTING CERAMIC TILE FLOORING TO BE REMOVED THROUGHOUT SALES AREA EXISTING BUILT -IN PERIMETER FIXTURES TO BE REMOVED (TYPICAL) EXISTING IS "XIS" PORCEL IN TILE TO BE REMOVED THIS IS LINE WHERE POP -OUT IS TO PROJECT TO (BASED ON PACSUN STORE) NEW LEASE LINE EXISTING 'BEIGE' *MARBLE MALL TILE TO REMAIN/ BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED FOR NEW STORE- FRONT CONFIGURATION EXISTING 36 "X6' -8" DOOR TO BE REMOVED AND RELOCATED TO NEW TOILET ROOM LOCATION - SEE FLOOR PLAN EXISTING FIXED I0' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) EXISTING 10' -0" HIGH MOBILE SHELVING UNITS TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) NOTE: ALL FIXED AND MOBILE SHELVING UNITS ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN WITH NO CHANGES EXISTING — FIXED 10' -0" HIGH SHELVING 70 REMAIN (TYPICAL) EXISTING CABINET 4 INTERIOR PARTITION 70 BE REMOVED NOTE: G.G. IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYING LANDLORD FOR BARRICADE AND BARRICADE GRAPHIC. VERIFY COST AND CONSTRUCTION OF BARRICADE WITH LANDLORD PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 2 8 2012 City Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISIONN TILE GROUT LINES of EXISTING 'PEACH' MARBLE TILE EXISTING 'BEIGE' X MARBLE MALL TILE TO REMAIN 2' -6 1/2" EXISTING 'PEACH' MARBLE MALL TILE TO REMAIN ENTIRE EXISTING STOREFRONT (let GLAZING, GLAZING BASE, TILE, SOFFIT, ROLLING GRILLE, LIGHTING, ETC.) TO BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED FOR NEW STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION DEMOLITMON FLAN 1/4" I' -0" NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN 4 REVIEW TENANT DESIGN 4 CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA MANUAL PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. BID SHALL REFLECT ALL SHOPPING CENTER REQUIREMENTS (let MALL REQUIRED CONTRACTORS, BARRICADES, FIRE WATCHES, FIRE SPRINKLER DESIGN, SMOKE EVACUATION DESIGN/ INSTALLATION (IF APPLICABLE) ETC.). G.C. SHALL COMPARE MALL CRITERIA/ EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE TENANT SPACE AGAINST CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS TO VERIFY ACCURACY. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. G.C. ACCEPTS RESPONSIBLITY/ COST FOR ALL CHANGES (ADDITIONAL WORK 4 MATERIALS), IF ANY DISCREPANCIES / REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT BROUGHT TO ATTENTION OF OWNER PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID DEMOLITION NOTES DEMOLITION UJALL LEGEND 1. COORDINATE ALL DEMOLITION WORK WITH TENANT, MALL MANAGEMENT, AND ANY OTHER CONCERNED PARTIES, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND PLUMBING PLANS, PRIOR TO START OF WORK 2. CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM ALL DEMOLITION AND PROPERLY DISPOSE OF MATERIALS /EQUIPMENT REMOVED/DEMOLISHED FROM THE JOB -SITE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE AUTHORITIES HAYING JURISDICTION AND PER MALL CRITERIA. ALSO DISPOSE OF ANY HAZARDOUS ITEMS IN THE PROPER MANNER 3. CEASE ALL OPERATIONS AND NOTIFY TENANT IMMEDIATELY IF SAFETY OF STRUCTURE APPEARS TO BE ENDANGERED. TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PROPERLY SUPPORT STRUCTURE. DO NOT RESUME OPERATIONS UNTIL SAFETY IS RESTORED. 4. DEMOLISH IN AN ORDERLY AND CAREFUL MANNER AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW WORK, INCLUDING THAT REQUIRED FOR CONNECTION TO THE EXISTING BUILDING. PROTECT EXISTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS, PHASE DEMOLITION IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 5. DEMOLISH WITHOUT EXCESSIVE NOISE OR FUMES, SO AS NOT TO DISRUPT BUSINESS OF ADJACENT TENANTS. 6. ANY ITEMS, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, SYSTEMS, OR DEVICES AS INDICATED TO REMAIN, ARE TO SE INSPECTED BY QUALIFIED TECHNICIAN OR TRADESPERSON AND ADVISE TENANT OF VIABILITY OF REUSE. 1. PLACE MARKERS TO INDICATE LOCATION OF DISCONNECTED SERVICES. IDENTIFY SERVICE LINES AND CAPPING LOCATIONS ON PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. 8. ARRANGE AND PAY FOR DISCONNECTION, REMOVING AND CAPPING OF UTILITY SERVICES WITHIN AREAS OF DEMOLITION. DISCONNECT AND STUB OFF ALL UTILITIES AFFECTED BY THE DEMOLITION WORK NOTIFY THE AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANY AND BUILDING MANAGER IN ADVANCE AND OBTAIN APPROVAL PRIOR TO THIS WORK 9. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY LIGHTING AND POWER AS REQUIRED FOR THE DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION PHASES. 10. REPAIR ALL DEMOLITION PERFORMED IN EXCESS OF THAT REQUIRED FOR THE WORK DESCRIBED HEREIN, AT NO COST TO THE TENANT. II. WHERE COMMUNICATION, COMPUTER, SECURITY, OR TELEPHONE LINES ARE ( RE)LOCATED, COORDINATE WITH THE TENANT FOR ROUTING AND TIMING OF NEW LINES TO SERVICE REGISTERS AND SECURITY /SOUND. ABANDONED TELEPHONE AND COMMUNICATION LINES ARE TO BE IDENTIFIED, MARKED, CAPPED AS INDICATED /REQUIRED TO NEAREST AVAILABLE JUNCTION 50X OR SOURCE AND /OR REMOVED BY TI-4E CONTRACTOR. VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS IN THE FIELD. 12. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INSPECT EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO DEMOLITION. 13. EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES AT THE EXISTING SALES AREA ARE TO BE REMOVED. ALL EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURES AT THE EXISTING STOCKROOM ARE TO REMAIN. I4. REMOVE ALL EXISTING SALES FIXTURES THROUGHOUT THE SALES AREA ONLY. EXISTING STOCKROOM 51-IELVING AT THE EXISTING STOCKROOM IS TO REMAIN WITH NO CHANGES 15. PATCH AND /OR REPAIR FLOOR, CEILING, AND /OR WALL SURFACES WHERE REMOVALS ARE MADE AND PREPARE TO RECEIVE NEW FINISHES. INTEGRITY OF EXISTING WALLS TO BE MAINTAINED. I. ALL REMOVAL 4 DEMOLITION DEBRIS SHALL BE REMOVED AT LEAST ONCE A DAY, OR AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN SAFE WORKING CONDITIONS. VERIFY METHODS 4 LOCATION OF REMOVAL WITH LANDLORD. 11. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING ALL PERMITS AND PAY ALL FEES AS PART OF TI-4E SCOPE OF WORK FOR THIS PROJECT. 18. G.C. MUST PLAN, SCHEDULE, AND COORDINATE ALL REMOVALS ( AND NEW WORK) TO AVOID INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES ELEC., HVAC, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION 20. REMOVE ALL EXISTING BUILT IN FIXTURES, STANDARDS, MIRRORS, DOORS, ETC. AS SHOWN ON DEMOLITION PLAN,. 21. 714E EXISTING 1NvAC SYSTEM IS TO REMAIN/ BE MODIFIED. SEE REF CLG PLAN FOR ADDIT. INFO. 22. THE ENTIRE EXISTING STOREFRONT (let GLAZING, GLAZING BASE, SIGNAGE, ROLLING GRILLE, NEUTRAL PIERS, ETC) IS TO BE REMOVED AS REQUIRED FOR NEW STOREFRONT CONSTRUCTION 23. THE EXISTING TOILET ROOM 15 TO BE REMOVED/ RE- CONSTRUCTED TO MEET CURRENT HDCP ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. EXISTING WATER CLOSET 4 GRAB BARS ARE TO REMAIN IN THE SMAE LOCATION. EXISTING LAVATORY AND DOOR IS TO BE REMOVED AND SAVED FOR RE -USE IN NEW LOCATION -SEE FLOOR PLAN. 19 STOREFRONT BARRICADE (PER LANDLORDS REQUIREMENTS). PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH 21. THE EXISTING GYP. BD. CEILING IS TO REMAIN THROUGHOUT TENANT SPACE EXCEPT AT TOILET ROOM, EXISTING 6" METAL STUD DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING 6" METAL STUDS g 16" O.C. (FLR. TO METAL DECK ABOVE) WITH EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (FLR TO METAL DECK ABOVE) TO REMAIN. G.C. TO PATCH, TAPE AND FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISHES AND ONE HOUR FIRE RATING. EXISTING NON RATED INTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING 3 5/S " -20 GA. MTL. STUDS AT 16" O.C. (FLOOR TO METAL DECK ABOVE) WITH EXISTING 5/8" W.R TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (FLR TO METAL DECK ABOVE- BOTH SIDES TO REMAIN. G.C. TO PATCH, TAPE 4 FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISHES. EXISTING INTERIOR PARTITIONS, GLASS, TRIM, FIXTURES, DOORS, BASE, FLOORING, SHELVING, STANDARDS, WALL FURRING, ETC. TO BE REMOVED (SHOWN DASHED) bi>s1 RECEIVED AUG 2 3 201? PERMIT CbN I tR 90% SET-1-19-12 100% SET- 8 -14 -12 CONSULTANTS: SEAL: 3408 (40 ID A. UDKO' STATE OF WASHINGTON REGISTERED ARCHITECT AEROSOLES W z w 0 2 I- D 0 CO N 0 �w W I- 0 (I) w cn3 N W 0 Q 01 z Q W Q fY Q 0 Z w 0 2 3 0 01 ti) M (0 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 SHEET TITLE: DEMOLITION PLAN, LEGEND AND NOTES. REVISIONS: N0: DATE: B Y: PROJECT NO: JOB.NO. DRAWN BY: SHEET OF NO. EXISTING ELECT. EQUIP. - SEE ELEC. DWGS. 80' -2 I/2" 6" WIDE X 6" HIGH ROOM IDENTIFICATI SIGNAGE WITH CHARACTERS APP- SE A -9 ADDIT. INFO. HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM RE- CONSTRUCTED AS REQUIRED TO MEET CURRENT HDCP. ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS: CEILING: NEW 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. S. CLG. s +8' -0" AFF.- TAPE, FINISH 4 PAINT 'P3' WALLS: EXISTING/ NEW 5/8" W.R TYPE 'X' GYP. BD., TAPE, FINISH 4 PAINT 'P3'. G.G. TO PROVIDE 48" HIG WHITE FRP WAINSCOT g ALL WALLS FLOOR COVERING: NEW SHEET VINYL FLOORING 4 NEW 6" HIGH INTEGRAL COVE BASE V2 RE -USE EXISTING MARBLE THRESHOLD, LAVATORY AND DOOR TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO INSTALL A WATERPROOF MEMBRANE IN ALL WET AREAS OF THE SPACE. MEMBRANE MUST EXTEND UP THE WALL A MINIMUM OF 6" FROM THE FLOOR BASE, THIS WORK MUST BE INSPECTED BY MALL OPERATIONS TEAM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FLOOR FINISHES. • 011 LE 34' -I1" 5 I/4" 40' -5 5/8" EXISTING FIXED 10' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN — (TYPICAL) EXISTING STOCKROOM TO REMAIN WITH NO CHANGES: NO CEILING: EXPOSED TO METAL DECK ABOVE WA S: EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. TO REMAIN FLOOR: EXPOSED CONC. TO REMAIN 12' -3 3/4" (LOCATION OF STUB -UP) 32' -6 3/4" V.I.F. WITH FIXTURES NOTES: ALL. FLOORING TRANSITIONS M,UST BE SMOOTH AND FLUSH. THE USE OF PLASTIC, VINYL OR RUBBER TRANSITIONS IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED. TENANTS MUST UTILIZE A HARD SURFACE TRANSITION. NO RUBBER OR VINYL BASE IS PERMITTED IN THE SALES AREA OF THE PREMISES. G.G. TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH TRANSITION BETWEEN ALL FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS ALIGNED WITH ADJACENT TENANT 2 -6" 0 1 cA 1 7 m 1' -9" TOW g EXISTING FIXED 10' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) m 4' 4' } 4' 4' i 4' 3' 3' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 3' 3' I� / 25 GA RUNNER WITH 2" LONG LEGS ATTACHED TO METAL DECK WITH 3/S" FRAMING SCREWS STANDARD RUNNER FREE TO SLIDE IN LARGER TRACK 3 5/8" OR6 "x20GA MTL STUDS AT 16" OC MAX TO BE 1" LESS IN LENGTH THAN TOTAL HEIGHT OF WALL BRIDGING PER STUD MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS 1 Ul EXISTING ALUM. SLOPE TRANSITION PLATE TO REMAIN 0 0 1 XISTING LOPE • OWN 2 1/2" `,0 O 4' - 0" lO r- m \. 'LOCATION 0 HDCP. ACCESS 0 +34" AFF CLR 0 0 4' -O" 4'-0" • 4' -3 5/16" SALES S2 EQ 4' -0" IO A -1 3/8" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH BASE NEW LEASE LINE "" PORCE18 LIN NEW MAL TILE X18 TI X TILE FLOORING EQ 4" WIDE X 4" HIGH INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY DECAL -SEE A -9 FOR ADDIT. INFO. PAIR OF 36 "X 10' -0" TEMP. GLASS DOORS (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) EXISTING MALL • %/ TILE FLOORING 3/8" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH BASE 1' -2" PROVIDE FIRE STOP CLOSURE WHEN FIRE RATED PARTITION IS PERPENDICULAR TO DECK RIB. EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. ON BOTH SIDES OF METAL STUDS (FLR TO +3" ABOVE CLG.) BELOW METAL DECK TO ACCOMODATE DECK DEFLECTION. NOTE: USE SLIP CONNECTION AT ALL LOCATIONS WHERE PARTITIONS ARE THRU TO STRUCTURE. OMETAL STUD CONNECTION e EXISTING METAL PECK 3 5/8" OR 6" x 20 GA MTL STUDS AT 16" OC MAX. EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB NOT TO SCALE BRIDGING PER STUD MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. 20 GA CHANNEL SHAPED GALV STEEL RUNNER WITH 1" MIN LEGS, ATTACHED TO FLOOR WITH FASTENERS g 24" OC MAX PER U.11/419. METAL STUD CONNECTION EXISTING- CONC. SL415 NOT TO SCALE EXISTING FIXED 10' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) EXISTING 10' -0" HIGH MOBILE SHELVING UNITS TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) NOTE: ALL FIXED AND MOBILE SHELVING UNITS ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN WITH NO CHANGES EXISTING — FIXED 10' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) 4' -0" 28'-71/2" 6" WIDE X 6" 1-11G1-4 ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGNAGE WITH BRAILLE CHARACTERS * +60" AFF- SEE A -9 FOR ADDIT. INFO. LANDLORD NOTES: TENANT IS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE A FIELD SURVEY OF THE ENTIRE PREMISES PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. ANY VARIANCES BETWEEN THESE APPROVED DRAWING AND THE ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS WILL BE THE TENANT RESPONSIBILITY. ALL BIDDERS ARE TO CONTACT THE MALL MANAGEMENT FOR COPIES OF THE RULES AND REGULATIONS PRIOR TO BIDDING THE PROJECT. THE TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS TO SCHEDULE A PRE- CONSTRUCTION MEETING WITH THE MALL OPERATIONS AND HAVE ALL THE REQUIRED DOCUMENTS, PERMITS AND COPIES OF THE WESTFIELD APPROVED DRAWINGS. V.I.F. WITH FIXTURES SALES AREA: CEILING: EXISTING/ NEW 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CEILING +111 -3 11/16" 4 +12' -11 1/2" A.F.F. PATCH 4 PAINT P3 WALLS: NEW/ EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD.- PATCH 4 PAINT FLOOR: 18 "X18" PORCELIN TILE TI WITH LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK GROUT G1 SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WALL BASE TYPE PI TACTILE "EXIT ROUTE" SIGN MTD. s. +60" AFF. TO CENTERLINE OF SIGN- SEE \ TACTILE SIGN \ NOTES ON A -9 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 282012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 0 2' -6 I/2" FLOOR FLAN 1/4": 11 -011 NOTE: GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN 4 REVIEW TENANT DESIGN 4 CONSTRUCTION CRITERIA MANUAL PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. BID SHALL REFLECT ALL SHOPPING CENTER REQUIREMENTS net MALL REQUIRED CONTRACTORS, BARRICADES, FIRE WATCHES, FIRE SPRINKLER DESIGN, SMOKE EVACUATION DESIGN/ INSTALLATION (IF APPLICABLE) ETC.). G.C. SHALL COMPARE MALL CRITERIA/ EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE TENANT SPACE AGAINST CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS TO VERIFY ACCURACY. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID. G.C. ACCEPTS RESPONSIBLITY/ COST FOR ALL CHANGES (ADDITIONAL WORK 4 MATERIALS), IF ANY DISCREPANCIES / REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT BROUGHT TO ATTENTION OF OWNER PRIOR TO SUBMITTAL OF BID DOOR 4 EXITS NOTES: FLOOR LAN iKF ( NOTES WALL LEGEND A SIGN SHALL BE POSTED AT ALL EXIT DOORS STATING " THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS" NO THUMB LATCHES OR KEYED CYLINDER DEAD BOLTS ALLOWED ON ANY DOORS UNLESS OPERATED BY A SINGLE ACTION WITH A LEVER FROM THE INSIDE OF THE AREA SERVED. REGARDLESS OF THE OCCUPANT LOAD SERVED EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITH THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. MANUALLY - OPERATED EDGE OR SURFACE- MOUNTED FLUSH BOLTS OR SURFACE BOLTS OR ANY TYPE OF DEVICE SHALL NOT BE USED AND ARE PROHIBITED. EXIT DOORS USED AS PAIRS WITH APPROVED AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS SHALL NOT HAVE DOOR KNOBS OR SURFACE MOUNTED HARDWARE ON THE INACTIVE LEAF. ALL EXIT DOORS SHALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 0 0 • m m m LOCATION OF PIN MOUNTED SIGNAGE ON BACK WALL, SEE INT. ELEV 'B' / A -1 NEW NEUTRAL PIER SY G.C.. G.G. TO COORDINATE WITH MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER vI11`Ri # CTUri4L C • TO i�MAIM THROUGHOUT MAINTAIN rIFC RATING, EXG FLOOR SLAB TO REMAIN. FLOORING 15 TO BE FLUSH W/ ADJACENT MALL FLOOR FINISHES. SEE DETAILS ON SHEET A3. CORE DRILL EXISTING SLAB (VERIFY W/ LANDLORD ON -SITE REP AND TENANT BELOW BEFORE BEGINNING WORK) PATCH /INFILL AS REQUIRED TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS AFTER ELECTRICAL HAS BEEN INSTALLED FOR CASHWRAP. PROVIDE CONDUIT AND PULL WIRE FOR ELECTRICAL/VOICE/DATA AT CASHWRAP. COORDINATE CONDUIT STUB -INS FOR CASHWRAP WITH VENDOR'S SHOP DRAWINGS TO ENSURE ACCURATE AND CLEAN INSTALLATION IS ACCOMPLISHED. CONDUIT TO COME THROUGH FLOOR TO CASHWRAP. STUB -INS ARE TO BE CLEAN HOLES USING A DRILL BIT ONE SIZE LARGER THAN THE CONDUIT. (USING A RECIPROCATING SAW ( "SAWS- ALL ") IS NOT AN APPROVED METHOD). G.C. TO PROVIDE (2) DATA LINES 4 (I) PHONE LINE TO CASHWRAP LOCATION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL PANELS/EQUIPMENT. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR MORE INFO. COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF WALL FIXTURES /CASHWRAP/TABLES/BENCHES, SEE FIXTURE PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION- A -4 INSTALL MANAGER'S DESK AND COORDINATE ALL ELEC/DATA PORTS. G.C. PROVIDE (1) FAX, (1) PHONE 4 (2) DATA LINES. SEE I /A -4. EXISTING STOCKROOM SHELVING SYSTEMS TO REMAIN WITH NO CHANGES GC TO PROVIDE PVC PIPE AT LOCATION SPECIFIED FOR STORAGE OF "AS- BUILT" PLANS. GC TO PROVIDE CORNER GUARDS AT SPECIFIED LOCATIONS. LOCATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS OR AS DIRECTED BY FIRE MARSHAL. LOCATION OF EXISTING THERMOSTAT RECEIVED AUG 232012 PERMIT CEN I ER. EXISTING 6" METAL STUD DEMISING WALL TO REMAIN EXISTING 6" METAL STUDS € 16" O.C. ( FLR. TO METAL DECK ABOVE) WITH EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (FLR TO METAL DECK ABOVE) TO REMAIN. G.C. TO PATCH, TAPE AND FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISHES AND ONE HOUR FIRE RATING. EXISTING NON RATED INTERIOR WALL TO REMAIN EXITSING 3 5/8 " -20 GA. MTL. STUDS AT 16" O.C. (FLOOR TO METAL DECK ABOVE) WITH EXISTING 5/8" W.R. TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (FLR. TO METAL DECK ABOVE- BOTH SIDES TO REMAIN. G.C. TO PATCH, TAPE 4 FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISHES. NEW NON RATED INTERIOR WALL NEW 3 5/S " -20 GA. MTL. STUDS AT 16" O.G. (FLOOR TO METAL DECK ABOVE) WITH NEW 5/S" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (FLOOR TO CEILING)- BOTH SIDES SET IN CONT. 3 5/8" METAL TRACK (SHOT TO SLAB WITH 'HILTI' .139 DIA. DOME HEAD POWDER DRIVEN NAILS * 24" O.C.). TAPE 4 FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISHES. SEE *1 4 *2/ A -1- ICC -ER 4184P NEW NON RATED INTERIOR WALL NEW 3 5/8 " -20 GA. MTL. STUDS AT 16" O.C. (FLOOR TO +8' -6" WITH NEW 5/8" W.R TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (FLR TO +8' -6" AFF.) -BOTH SIDES- SET IN CONT. 3 5/8" METAL TRACK (SHOT TO SLAB WITH 'HILT!' .139 DIA. DOME HEAD POWDER DRIVEN NAILS to 24" O.G.) TAPE 4 FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISHES. ICC -ER 4184P NEW 6" METAL STUD DEMISING WALL NEW 6" METAL STUDS g 16" O.C. ( FLR TO METAL DECK ABOVE) WITH 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. SD. (FLR TO METAL DECK ABOVE) G.C. TO TAPE, FINISH AND PAINT AS REQUIRED FOR NEW FINISHES AND ONE HOUR FIRE RATING. NOTES: 1. CONTROL JOINTS a 30' -0" OC OR AS REQ AT GYP BD ASSEMBLIES. 2. REFERENCE 2 /AI FOR PARTITION CONNECTIONS To DECK ABOVE. 3. REFERENCE 3 /AI FOR PARTITION CONNECTIONS TO SLAB. 4. ALL GYP BD TO BE TAPED, SPACKLED THREE (3) COATS AND PRIMED FOR FINISH. 90% SET- 1 -19 -12 100% SET- 8 -14 -12 CONSULTANTS: SEAL: 3408 REGISTERED I ARCHI i E T IJ#1 Z VID A. UDK W STATE OF WASHINGTON AEROSOLES cc 1- z U D 0 T-o W W V SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 SHEET TITLE: FLOOR PLAN, LEGEND AND NOTES REVISIONS: NO: DATE: BY: 15CM 8 -14 -12 PROJECT NO: JOB.NO. DRAWN BY: A 1 SHEET OF NO. EXISTING WALL MOUNTED INTERNALLY ILLUM. EXIT SIGN WITH 90 MINUTE BATTERY PACK TO REMAIN (TYP. OF 2) HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM RE- CONSTRUCTED AS REQUIRED TO MEET CURRENT HDCP. ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS: CEILING: NEW 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CLG. 0 +8' -0" APP.- TAPE, FINISH 4 PAINT 'P3' 80'-2 1/2" X w E 34' - I1" 5 1/4" 40' -5 5/S" EXISTING 8' -0" LONG SINGLE TUBE FLUOR LIGHT FIXTURE (TYPICAL OF 18) TO REMAIN EXISTING STOCKROOM TO REMAIN WITH NO CHANGES: NO CEILING: EXPOSED TO METAL DECK ABOVE EXISTING WALL MOUNTED INTERNALLY ILLUM. EXIT SIGN WITH 90 MINUTE BATTERY PACK (TYPICAL OF 3) TO REMAIN 12 3 /z" I_� EXISTING RETURN GRILLE TO REMAIN. G.G. TO CLEAN 4 PAINT 'PI' (TYPICAL) 2' -0" EXISTING SMOKE DETECTOR TO REMAIN EXISTING RECESSED EMERGENCY DOWNLIGHT (TYP. OF 2) TO REMAIN EXISTING SUPPLY GRILLE TO REMAIN. G.C. TO CLEAN 4 PAINT P1' (TYPICAL) 2' -0" NEW 24 "X24" SUPPLY GRILLE TO MATCH EXISTING. G.C. TO EXTEND EXISTING AIR SUPPLY DUCT TO NEW SUPPLY GRILLE 3' -0" 2' -6" E 1T4' -TS E 1T4'-T8 11-4' -TS 1T4 E EQ • C EQ 1T4' -TS 174' - TS IL II 1T4' -T= 1T4' -T8 II 1T4' -TS 1T41-T8 E (/ BTM +111 -41/4" E AIR HANDLER BTM * +11' -2" 1T4' -TS 1T4'-7E3 1T4'-78 11%4.TS 001 EXISTING 13 "X24" TRANSFER GRILLE +12' -0" 174' -T8 1T4' -TS — EXISTING AIR HANDLER 4 DUCTING TO REMAIN. G.C. TO EXTEND EXISTING DUCTING TO (1) NEW SUPPLY AIR GRILLE AT SALES AREA ENTRY CE IL INCA TYPE SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION TYPE ENTRY /SALES AREA: 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD ON METAL JOISTS OR METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. BRACE TO STRUCTURE [ACT -I ABOVE. SEE PLAN FOR HEIGHTS. PAINT P3 EXG RELO ENTRY/TOILET ROOM: 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP BD ON METAL JOISTS OR METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. BRACE TO STRUCTURE GBD D ABOVE. SEE PLAN FOR HEIGHTS. PAINT P3 CONTECH CTL6I0 FIRE SFRINKLER NOTES I. FIRE SPRINKLER DESIGN SHALL BE CONDUCTED BY A STATE CERTIFIED DESIGNER 2. IT 15 THE INTENT THAT SPRINKLER MAIN WILL NOT 13E RELOCATED. SPRINKLER HEADS WILL NEW TO BE ( RE)LOCATED AS REQUIRED BY CEILING /STORE DESIGN AND PER NFPA STANDARDS. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR 51-IALL SUBMIT SPRINKLER SHOP DRAWINGS TO LANDLORD AND ALL APPLICABLE CODE OFFICIALS AS REQUIRED FOR APPROVAL/PERMITS. 3. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL USE THE CEILING PLAN FOR LAYOUT TO COORDINATE SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS AND ALTERATIONS OF EXISTING SYSTEM TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH EXISTING CONDITIONS OR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS. 4. PROVIDE CONCEALED/FULLY- RECESSED HEADS WITH WHITE CONCEALER CAPS AT ALL GYP BD AND ACT CEILING AREAS. 5. PROVIDE UPTURNED HEADS AND EXTENSIONS AS NECESSARY AT CLG LOCATIONS WHEN SPRINKLER MAIN AND BRANCH LINES ARE BELOW THE CEILING. 6. PROVIDE UPTURNED HEADS AND EXTENSIONS AS NECESSARY AT OPEN -TO- STRUCTURE CONDITIONS. PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT CEILING. DO NOT PAINT HEADS, FLOW NOTES, ETC. BTM Q +11' -10" 2 I\ I\ if loi *O 'EXIT E EXISTING RECESSED DOWNLIGHT TO SE REPLACED WITH NEW DOWNL IGHT 0 NIP di Ilk 31_811 5, -0 3/4" II LCJJ D k din \I \I EXISTING SURFACE MTD SPEAKERS TO BE REMOVED. G.C. TO PATCH GYP. BD. CLG 4 PAINT 'PI' (TYPICAL OF 2) X-s 3' " I\ I\ \P \I I\ I\ Nov miry — �1 I 26 13/4" lll X T-4" I\ I\ lur Iti SD 0 cat EM L_ 0 dI A\ \I \I 2' -0" 0 3' -6" 2'-0" \I w 3' -6" SALES AREA: CEILING: EXISTING/ NEW 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CEILING e +111 -3 II /I6" 4 +121 -11 1/2" A.F.F. PATCH 4 PAINT P3 NOTE: ALL EXISTING RECESSED DOWNLIGWTS 4 TRACKLIGHTS e THE EXISTING SALES AREA ARE TO BE REMOVED. G.C. TO PATCH, TAPE 4 FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR NEW PAINT FINISHES. REFLECTED CEILING FLAN NOTES I. VERIFY HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS OF EXISTING OVERHEAD OBSTRUCTIONS. NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND TENANT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY SUCH OBSTRUCTIONS THAT MAY INTERFERE WITH STORE DESIGN. 2. PROVIDE CEILING ACCESS PANELS IN GYP BD CEILINGS AS REQUIRED BY ENGINEERS AND FOR ANY EXISTING LANDLORD EQUIPMENT. PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT CEILING FINISH. 3. ALL CEILING HEIGHTS INDICATED ON PLANS ARE FROM TOP OF FINISH FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF FINISH CEILING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. PROVIDE ADEQUATE CLEARANCES FOR DUCTS AND RELATED APPURTENANT ITEMS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE SPECIFIED HEIGHTS FOR CLG SYSTEMS AND LIGHT FIXTURES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. 5. TRACK LIGHTS ARE TO LOCATED AS PER DIMENSIONS ON REF. CLG. PLAN 6. AIM ALL TRACK LIGHTS PER TENANT'S DIRECTION. 1. PROVIDE HANGER AND SAFETY WIRE FOR LIGHT FIXTURES, SPEAKERS, AND AIR SUPPLY/RETURN DIFFUSERS (AS REQUIRED PER LOCAL CODE). AND rrl.il ^C�vL1JL fiLG V I I"IL I� 4LI .INr /i1 I IAI� I LfViilti�..L.�. •_ 9. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR ALL REQUIRED FIRE ALARM, SMOKE DETECTORS AND INSTALL PER BUILDING STANDARD AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND LOCAL LAWS. 10. SEE ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR FIXTURE MODEL NUMBER AND QUANTITIES. 11. ALL DOWNLIGHTS OCCURRING IN ,CODS- T-FLE CEILING 2-0" MAX @ PERIMETER TYP O SCREW COLD - ROLLED CHANNELS TO STUDS W /(2) 110 5.M.5 TYP (PERPENDICULAR) 10 GA WIRE HANGER * 3' -0" OC ALONG RUNNERS TYP CONT 2 -3/4" STRIP OF 5/8" DRYWALL OVER JOINT TYP 5 /S" GYP BD OVER 1/8 "x25 GA FURRING CHANNELS g 1611 OC MAX SADDLE -TIED TO RUNNERS W/16 GA WIRE TYP 1/4" CONT CONTROL JOINT �+ 301 -0" OC MAX EA WAY TYP 4 RE-ENTRANT CORNERS (OR AS ON DRWIING) TAPE JOINT m CORNER TYP 1 -1/2" x0.4151 COLD- ROLLED STEEL CHANNEL RUNNERS e 4' -0" OC TYP SCREW CONT COLD - ROLLED CHANNEL TO EA STUD W /(I) 010 SMS. TYP (PARALLEL) SUSPEND GYPSUM BOARD CEILING FROM STRUCTURE ABOVE AS FOLLOWS: FROM WOOD STRUCT: 1/4" CLOSED EYE WD SCREW. FROM STL PURLINS: "HILT(' CC27 /DN22 COMBINATION CEILING CLIP /SHOT PIN (.145" DIA) OR EQ, (ICBO #2388, LARR #2582), OR WELD 16 GA CLIP 'L', OR CLAMP ON CONT'UNISTRUT' CHANNELS @ 4' -0" 00 PARALLEL TO MAIN RUNNERS BELOW. FROM STL BAR JOISTS: TIE THRU BOTTOM FLANGES. FROM CONC /STL DECK OR CONC DECK: CAST HANGER WIRES OR 1/4" DIA BOLTS INTO CONC SLAB, OR "HILTI" KWIK BOLT II (OR EQ), 1/4" DIA, 1 -1 /8" EMBED (ICBO #4627, LARR #24946) W/16 GA CLIP 'L. 5/8" DRYWALL OVER METAL STUDS *16" OC TYP SUSPENDED GYPSUM BOARD CEILING DETAIL 1 SCALE: 3" I'-0" II / / / / //, •u� 12 "3" ...X1. c! • 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CLG * +12' -11 1/2" A.F.F. TAPE, FINISH 0 4 PAINT P3 SEE I /A -2 'r. 3' -0" 2' -6" NEW 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CLG �0 +12' -II 1/2" A.F.F. TAPE, FINISH 4 PAINT P3 5/5" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CLG * +12' -11 1/2" A. TAPE, FINISH 4 PAINT niDT1 SEE I /A -2 REFLECTED CEILING 'L troldr- 1/4" IREVIEVVED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 2 8 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION LIGI- iTINC, SCI- IEOULE SYMBOL TYPE DESCRIPTION ML MOON DEEL LAMP EXG RELO NEW D 'UNIVERSAL PAR HOLDER TRACK HEAD FINISH: WHITE - REMODEL TYPE CONTECH CTL6I0 PHILLIPS CDM -I 25/ PAR 3S/ FL /3K 6PK -- -- 30 TRACK LIGHTING TRACK- FINIS( -I: WHITE TRACK: LT2P/2' -0 ", LT4P/ 4' -0" LT6P/ 6' -0 ", LTSP/ 8' -0" MINI CONNECTOR: LA -2P SURFACE CONDUIT END FEEDS: LA -8P (2' -0" LONG TRACK LIGHT (AIM AT FIXTURE) (4' -0" LONG TRACK LIGHT (AIM AT SIGNAGE) CONTECH LT2P/ 2' -0" LT4P/ 4' -0" LT6P/ 6' -0" LTSP/ 8'_011 NOT APPLICABLE -- -- 15-2'-0" 2 -4' -0" 4F F PENDANT HUNG LIGHT WITH LAMP MOUNTING WITH 8' -0" STRAIGHT BLACK CORD WITH AIRCRAFT CABLE (BOTTOM * +6' -4" AFF.) * G.G. TO FURNISH/ INSTALL (2) NEW MATCHING PENDANT LIGHT FIXTURES MOUNTED TO KINDORF SUPPORT TECH LIGHTING 100- FJ- FAB -W -C 100- FJ -R -J 12 VOLT HALOGEN -- -- 2 L —1 K 4S" LONG (1) LAMP STRIP FLUORESCENT LIGHT FIXTURE STOCKROOM LUMINAIRE PENDANT HUNG FROM JACK CHAIN. COORDINATE WITH STOCK SHELVING LAYOUT, USE ONLY WHEN STOCK HAS OPEN CEILING METALUX 55232- UNV -E581 F32T8/TL835 /ALTO Hv I20V -- -- 0 K ■ 1 KE SAME AS FIXTURE 'K', 'KE' DESIGNATES EMERGENCY LIGHTING METALUX M11232- OCT -C -ELB UNI -EMPK 211V RATED FIXTURE F32T8/TL835 /ALTO HV 120V -- -- 0 KE 0 N RECESSED DOWNLIGHT FOR THRU WIRING CONTECH 6 1/4 DIA. APERTURE REFLECTOR TRIM. G.C. TO PAINT FLANGE TO MATCH CEILING FINISH IN DRYWALL CONDITIONS ONLY. CONTECH TF111/ W/ SFCF1150WF HOUSING CLEAR TRIM PHILLIPS CDM -I 25/ PAR 38/ FL /3K 6PK 25 ®X ®XI X/ Xl ELX -UNVRC RECESSED LED EDGE LITE SIGN ASTRALITE ELX- UNVRC- I- RC- WHt -EM 2.5 AIINGAP LED UL 924 -- -- 1 ® X3H X/ X3 UNIVERSAL EMERGENCY EXIT SIGN THERMOPLASTIC TP UU RL W -EM WITH PENDANT KIT 2.5 9211gNGAP LW 0 SP FLUSH S RFACE SPEAKER SPEAKER T.B.D. FLUSH MOUNT/ SURFACE MOUNT SEE DETAIL T5 ES34 OR EQUAL FP2I -841 3 SM SMOKE DETECTOR -SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS I EXTSG C TOILET ROOM LIGHT / FAN COMBO NUTONE 5663 100 CFM FAN/ LIGHT COMBINATION 120V 100 A/19 I 11 111 C OEM EXISTING TO REMAIN LUXNET RECESSED SWIVEL EMERGENCY LIGHT 120V HALOGEN LAMP 12 2 H. E EXISTING TO REMAIN 12 VOLT SCINYC BATTERY WITH (2) HEADS 12 VOLT (2) PAR 3618 3 EXSTG NOTE: TRACKLIGHTS ARE TO BE CENTERED ON WALL FIXTURES. ALL STOREFRONT LIGHTS AND SIGNAGE ARE TO BE ON TIMCC T/1 nC CCT 1' /Pf /WI I- LIPflI= ICOIP)IP TPf ATPPG>= A 24 -1-1OUR TIMER, SET BY P)PCJIAI/ AI.In 11E JII.Ir /1CC GC. RECEIVED G V 1. ALL 2. 1-HOUR AFTER STORE CLOSING. 3. ALL FIXTURES /ACCESSORIES TO BE WHITE IN COLOR OR PAINTED 4. LIGHTING SUPPLIER TO VERIFY QUANTITIES FOR SHIPPING THE REQUIRED AMOUNT. P3 AUG 23 2012 PERMIT CEN I EIS 90% SET- -1 -19 -12 100% SET- 0-14 -12 CONSULTANTS: SEAL: AEROSOLES 3408 O DAVID A. 1.1DKbW STATE OF WASHINGTON REGISTERED ARCHITECT Itol 4 W 1— Q W � � =(\I N W O 0 W COV) <0 D � W 1-- O W L1- Z V) X H Q O ' Z W V) 5I-(0 SHEET TITLE: SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN, LEGEND & NOTES REVISIONS: NO: DATE: BY: 13CM 8 -14 -12 PROJECT NO: JOB.NO. DRAWN BY: A 2 SHEET OF NO. EXISTING ELECT. EQUIP. - SEE ELEC. DWGS. 6" WIDE X 6" HIGH ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGNAGE WITH B CHARACTERS A.FF- SEE ,4- ADD IT. INFO. NOTE: SALES AREA WALLS TO HAVE WALL BASE TYPE '51' AT ALL WALLS EXCEPT WHERE WALL FIXTURES OCCUR. WALL FIXTURES TO HAVE WALL 5A5! TYPE '52' 80' -2 1/2" EXISTING FIXED I0' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN —, (TYPICAL) 34' -11" EXISTING STOCKROOM TO REMAIN WITH NO CHANGES: NO CEILING: EXPOSED TO METAL DECK ABOVE WALLS: EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. TO REMAIN FLOOR: EXPOSED CONC. TO REMAIN 5 1/4" 40' -5 5/8" NOTES: ALL FLOORING TRANSITIONS MUST BE SMOOTH AND FLUSH. THE USE OF PLASTIC, VINYL OR RUBBER TRANSITIONS IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED. TENANTS MUST UTILIZE A HARD SURFACE TRANSITION. NO RUBBER OR VINYL BASE IS PERMITTED IN THE SALES AREA OF THE PREMISES. G.G. TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH TRANSITION BETWEEN ALL FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS 32' -6 3/4" V.I.F. WITH FIXTURES DASHED LINE INDICATES WALL FIXTURES- WALL FIXTURES HAVE FIXTURE BASE ITEs 2' -6" +8' -I" EXISTING FIXED I0' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN — (TYPICAL) 4' 4' + 4' 4' 4' 3' 3' -� 4' 4' 4' 4' 3' 3' EXIST NG ALUM. SLOPE TRANSITION PLATE TO REMAIN HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM RE- CONSTRUCTED AS REQUIRED TO MEET CURRENT HDCP. ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS: CEILING: NEW 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CLG. +8' -0" AFF.- TAPE, FINISH 4 PAINT 'P3' WALLS: EXISTING/ NEW 5/8" W.R TYPE 'X' GYP. BD., TAPE, FINISH 4 PAINT 'P3'. G.G. TO PROVIDE 48" HIG WHITE FRP WAINSCOT m ALL WALLS FLOOR COVERING: NEW SHEET VINYL FLOORING 4 NEW 6" HIGH INTEGRAL COVE BASE V2 RE -USE EXISTING MARBLE THRESHOLD, LAVATORY AND DOOR TENANT'S CONTRACTOR IS REQUIRED TO INSTALL A WATERPROOF MEMBRANE IN ALL WET AREAS OF THE SPACE. MEMBRANE MUST EXTEND UP THE WALL A MINIMUM OF 6" FROM THE FLOOR SASE, THIS WORK MUST BE INSPECTED BY MALL OPERATIONS TEAM PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FLOOR FINISHES. 1/2" VARIES 1/2" 3/8" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH BASE NEW LEASE LINE 4" WIDE X 4" HIGH INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY DECAL -SEE A -9 FOR ADDIT. INFO. PAIR OF 36 "X 10' -0" TEMP. GLASS DOORS (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) EXISTING MALL CER TILE FLOORING 3/8" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH BASE 18' -8 1/16" 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD SEE A3 FOR FINISHES. METAL FRAMING. VERIFY SIZE OF FRAMING WITH PARTITION SCHEDULE. 0 HE,41:) SCALE: 3" =1' -0" J 411'15 SCALE: 3" • l'-0" SEALANT AT EACH SIDE, TYP. HOLLOW METAL FRAME. PAINT PER DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A3. DOOR, SEE SCHEDULE FOR DESIGNATION AND FINISH. 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. SEE A3 FOR FINISHES. METAL FRAMING. VERIFY SIZE OF FRAMING WITH PARTITION SCHEDULE. SEALANT AT EACH SIDE, TYP. HOLLOW METAL FRAME. PAINT PER DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A3. JAMB ANCHOR DOOR, SEE SCHEDULE FOR DESIGNATION AND FINISH. HOLLOW METAL FRAME. PAINT PER DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A3. DOOR, SEE SCHEDULE FOR DESIGNATION AND FINISH. TRANSITION STRIP AS REQUIRED. SEE SHEET 43. FLOOR FINISH. SEE SHEET A3. EXISTING FIXED 10' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) EXISTING 10' -0" HIGH MOBILE SHELVING UNITS — TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) TOILET ROOM ARMSTRONG TRANSITION STRIP (vT5), "LIGHT GRAY" NOTE: ALL FIXED AND MOBILE SHELVING UNITS ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN WITH NO CHANGES STOCKROOM EXG MAIN SLAB EXISTING FIXED I0' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) FL_OOIR Tf'4NSITION- STOCK1ROOM TO TOILET RM. NOT TO SCALE DASHED LINE INDICATES WALL FIXTURES- WALL FIXTURES HAVE FIXTURE BASE 52 TI G1 ENTRY FLOAT ENTRY TIL LEVEL WITH MALL FLOORING. GROUT JOIN CONCRETE SLAB SALES AREA: CEILING: EXISTING/ NEW 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CEILING +11' -3 II /16" 4 +12' -11 1/2" AFF. PATCH 4 PAINT P3 WALLS: NEW/ EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD.- PATCH 4 PAINT PI FLOOR: I8X18" PORCELIN TILE 1 TI WITH LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK GROUT 1 GI 1 SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WALL BASE TYPE MALL CONCOURSE 0 J .4 I /8" GROUT JOINT AT CLOSURE L INE. NEW MALL FLOORING. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APR' ;OVED AUG 28 2012 City Of Tukwiia BUILDING DIVISION FLOOR TRANSITION- SALES TO MALL SALES NOT TO SCALE STOCK ARMSTRONG TRANSITION STRIP (VT2), "LIGHT GRAY" EXISTING MAIN SLAB FLOOIR TRANSITION- SALES - TO ST O C f R O O I I NOT TO SCALE 2' -6 1/2" FINISH FLOOR FLAN 1/4" ■ 1' -0" FINISH SCHEDULE r.:, Pct r r'' 1 All I A : }, IYyr 1/2" 3/8" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH BASE NEW LEASE LINE 4" WIDE X 4" HIGH INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY DECAL -SEE A -9 FOR ADDIT. INFO. PAIR OF 36 "X 10' -0" TEMP. GLASS DOORS (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) EXISTING MALL CER TILE FLOORING 3/8" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH BASE 18' -8 1/16" 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD SEE A3 FOR FINISHES. METAL FRAMING. VERIFY SIZE OF FRAMING WITH PARTITION SCHEDULE. 0 HE,41:) SCALE: 3" =1' -0" J 411'15 SCALE: 3" • l'-0" SEALANT AT EACH SIDE, TYP. HOLLOW METAL FRAME. PAINT PER DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A3. DOOR, SEE SCHEDULE FOR DESIGNATION AND FINISH. 5/8" TYPE "X" GYP. BD. SEE A3 FOR FINISHES. METAL FRAMING. VERIFY SIZE OF FRAMING WITH PARTITION SCHEDULE. SEALANT AT EACH SIDE, TYP. HOLLOW METAL FRAME. PAINT PER DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A3. JAMB ANCHOR DOOR, SEE SCHEDULE FOR DESIGNATION AND FINISH. HOLLOW METAL FRAME. PAINT PER DOOR SCHEDULE, SHEET A3. DOOR, SEE SCHEDULE FOR DESIGNATION AND FINISH. TRANSITION STRIP AS REQUIRED. SEE SHEET 43. FLOOR FINISH. SEE SHEET A3. EXISTING FIXED 10' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) EXISTING 10' -0" HIGH MOBILE SHELVING UNITS — TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) TOILET ROOM ARMSTRONG TRANSITION STRIP (vT5), "LIGHT GRAY" NOTE: ALL FIXED AND MOBILE SHELVING UNITS ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN WITH NO CHANGES STOCKROOM EXG MAIN SLAB EXISTING FIXED I0' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) FL_OOIR Tf'4NSITION- STOCK1ROOM TO TOILET RM. NOT TO SCALE DASHED LINE INDICATES WALL FIXTURES- WALL FIXTURES HAVE FIXTURE BASE 52 TI G1 ENTRY FLOAT ENTRY TIL LEVEL WITH MALL FLOORING. GROUT JOIN CONCRETE SLAB SALES AREA: CEILING: EXISTING/ NEW 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CEILING +11' -3 II /16" 4 +12' -11 1/2" AFF. PATCH 4 PAINT P3 WALLS: NEW/ EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD.- PATCH 4 PAINT PI FLOOR: I8X18" PORCELIN TILE 1 TI WITH LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK GROUT 1 GI 1 SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WALL BASE TYPE MALL CONCOURSE 0 J .4 I /8" GROUT JOINT AT CLOSURE L INE. NEW MALL FLOORING. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APR' ;OVED AUG 28 2012 City Of Tukwiia BUILDING DIVISION FLOOR TRANSITION- SALES TO MALL SALES NOT TO SCALE STOCK ARMSTRONG TRANSITION STRIP (VT2), "LIGHT GRAY" EXISTING MAIN SLAB FLOOIR TRANSITION- SALES - TO ST O C f R O O I I NOT TO SCALE 2' -6 1/2" FINISH FLOOR FLAN 1/4" ■ 1' -0" FINISH SCHEDULE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION (SPECIFIED VENDOR, IF APPLICABLE, IN PARENTHESES) BASE / MOULDING WALL BASE: 1X4 STAINED WOOD VENEER BASE, FINISHED ON TOP AND FRONT FACE TO MATCH FIXTURES, INSTALLED AFTER FIXTURES ARE IN PLACE (LEIDEN) BI FIXTURE BASE: 1X4 STAINED WOOD VENEER BASE, FINISHED ON FRONT FACE ONLY TO MATCH FIXTURES, INSTALLED AFTER FIXTURES ARE IN PLACE (LEIDEN) B2 WOOD MOULDING: 3/4" X 5" STAINED WOOD VENEER MOULDING, FINISHED ON BOTH EDGES AND FRONT FACE ONLY TO MATCH FIXTURES. (LEIDEN) WM1 FLOORING SALES AREA FLOOR / STOREFRONT ENTRY PORTAL/BASE: IMOLA, SIRRAH SERIES, "ASTRA" 45W PORCELAIN TILE, IS" X 18 ", STANDARD HONED FINISH (KATE -LO) TI FLOOR / WALL GROUT: LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK, *44 "BRIGHT WHITE ", I /16" JOINT, SEAL ALL GROUT PER MFR'S INSTRUCTIONS G1 VINYL (SHEET): ARMSTRONG ROYAL, "WHITE LINEN ", *S3402, RUN 6" UP WALL V2 EXISTING FLOORING: CLEAN AND REPAIR AS REQUIRED EXG PAINT / WALL FINISHES SALES WALLS AND FIXTURES: BENJAMIN MOORE, "WHITE BLUSH ", EGGSHELL,'OC -S6, INTERIOR GRADE PI SALES AREA CEILING AND TOILET ROOM WALLS AND CEILING: BENJAMIN MOORE, "CHANTILLY LACE ", EGGSHELL, *OC -65, INTERIOR GRADE P3 FIBER REINFORCED PANELS: MARLITE, 1/4" HARDENED FRP, WHITE, FASTENED WITH ADHESIVE AND SCREWS WITH GROMMETS, TO 48" AFF FRP NOTES: 1. INTERIOR FINISHES TO HAVE A MINIMUM FLAME SPREAD OF CLASS III, MAXIMUM SMOKE DENSITY OF 450. 2. ALL FINISHES ARE TO BE OF COMMERCIAL QUALITY. 3. APPLICATIONS OF PAINT SHALL BE ONE (1) COAT PRIMER AND TWO (2) COATS PAINT. PRIMER SHALL BE SPECIFIED OR RECOMMENDED BY PAINT MANUFACTURER 4. IF EXISTING WALL COLOR IN STOCKROOM AREA IS DARK, PAINT WALLS PAINTING. P3 . VERIFY WITH TENANT BEFORE RECEIVED AUG 232012 PERMIT CENTER 90% SET- 1-19 -12 100% SET- 8 -14 -12 CONSULTANTS: co o us W co H to v zoo -• “•1 , N 0rC rO I<c0^t1' o r 0c)Wo cD r-� 0 CO o?z" (-01 Or CO O. u. SEAL: AEROSOLES >- Q Y W a W � N 2 CA Et Sk H W O U w co < N Q I— J � � W W ZV) • Q o Uz) V) 5 I— c0 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 SHEET TITLE: FINISH PLAN, SCHEDULE & NOTES REVISIONS: NO: DATE: BY: BCM 8 -14 -12 PROJECT NO: JOB.NO. DRAWN BY: A :s SHEET OF NO. NOTES: ALL FLOORING TRANSITIONS MUST BE SMOOTH AND FLUSH. THE USE OF PLASTIC, VINYL OR RUBBER TRANSITIONS 15 STRICTLY PROHIBITED. TENANTS MUST UTILIZE A HARD SURFACE TRANSITION. NO RUBBER OR VINYL BASE IS PERMITTED IN THE SALES AREA OF THE PREMISES. G.C. TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH TRANSITION BETWEEN ALL FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS 90% SET- 1-19 -12 100% SET- 0-14 -12 EXISTING FIXED 10' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) I NO CEILING: EXPOSED TO METAL DECK ABOVE WALLS: EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD.- G.C. TO TAPE AND SAND BUT SHALL BE LEFT UNFINISHED FLOOR: EXPOSED CONC. TO REMAIN NOTE: ALL WIRES 4 DOCK STATION OF ANY TYPE MUST NOT ®E VISIBLE 4 P.O.S. AREA MUST BE CLEAN 4 PRESENTABLE TO CUSTOMERS CONSULTANTS: EXISTING FIXED 10' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN — (TYPICAL) 1/2" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN ALUM STOREFRONT MULLIONS 4 BASE 4' 4' f 4' 4' 4' 3' 3' 4' 4' 4' 4' 4' 3' 3' PAIR OF 36 "X I0' -0" TEMP. GLASS DOORS (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM TO REMAIN/ IS "Xls" PORCELINxNEW MAL TILE Tl CER. TILE FLOORING CEILING: EXISTING/ NEW 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CLG. e +e' -0" AFF.- TAPE, FINISH 4 PAINT 'P3' WALLS: EXISTING/ NEW 5/8" W.R. TYPE 'X' GYP. BD., TAPE, FINISH 4 PAINT 'P3'. G.C. TO PROVIDE 4S" HIGH WHITE FRP WAINSCOT g ALL WALLS FLOOR COVERING: NEW SHEET VINYL FLOORING V2 4 NEW 6" HIGH INTEGRAL COVE BASE 1/2" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN ALUM STOREFRONT MULLIONS 4 BASE SEAL: EXISTING FIXED 10' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) EXISTING 10' -0" HIGH MOBILE SHELVING UNITS TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) NOTE: ALL FIXED AND MOBILE SHELVING UNITS ARE TO REMAIN WITH NO CHANGES EXISTING —' FIXED 10' -0" HIGH SHELVING TO REMAIN (TYPICAL) S1E D ARC ,)TT W ..49-1+/ DAVID A. UDK z I STATE OF WASHINGTON I CEILING: EXISTING/ NEW 5/S" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CEILING e +11' -3 II /I6" 4 +12' -11 1/2" AFF. PATCH 4 PAINT WALLS: NEW/ EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD.- PATCH 4 PAINTI PI 1 FLOOR: 12 "X24" PORCELIN TILE TI WITH LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK GROUT G1 EE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WALL BASE TYPE DESCRIPTION 96 "W WALL UNIT W/ HEADER 48 "W WALL UNIT W/ HEADER 96 "W WALL UNIT (FLAGSHIP) 48 "W WALL UNIT (FLAGSHIP) DOUBLE POS CASHWRAP SINGLE POS CASHWRAP COMMENTS ELEC REQ. RECEIVES ELEC REQ. RECEIVES REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 2 8 2012 LEIDEN LEIDEN LEIDEN LEIDEN LEIDEN NOTE: ALL FIXED AND MOBILE SHELVING UNITS ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN WITH NO CHANGES 1X4 STRETCHER BY GC TO JOIN PARALLEL UNITS AS REQ. 36 "W x 4"1-1 NON- ILLUM. SNAP FRAME 22 "W x 28 "H NON - ILLUM. SNAP FRAME 48" GLASS SHELF 24" GLASS SHELF 3 "H DISPLAY RISER 5 "H DISPLAY RISER i "H DISPLAY RISER AEROSOLES SOUTHCENTER INSTALL PER MANAGER'S DIRECTION INSTALL PER MANAGER'S DIRECTION AERO 1-E IDEN LEIDEN TRINITY TRINITY 00 00 YO) a Z d'0- 0 N I- N Iz 0 Z W Z I U W V) U a EL 0 H- D E 0 J W L- Z V) I- CE I— I- 0 hi Z a 1-((O V) VENDOR TO SUPPLY SHELVING, BASE, CROSS BRACES, UPRIGHTS AND "CHICKEN" WIRE. GC TO ASSEMBLE AND INSTALL ALL COMPONENTS. GC TO SUPPLY BRACKETS TO BRACE SHELVING UNIT TO WALL. (WRAP BOTH VERTICAL POSTS W/ BRACKET. TYPICAL AT EACH VERTICAL.) VENDOR TO SUPPLY IVES '"SII2 -5 PULLS ON ENDS OF ROLLING UNITS, GC TO INSTALL. NOTES: FOR EXACT OUTLET /DATA PORT LOCATION, SEE ELEC SHEETS. SHEET TITLE: FIXTURE PLAN,SCHEDULE & NOTES STOCKROOM SHELVING SCHEDULE ON TES: ON MOBILE RACKING GC TO PROVIDE "STOPS" ON ALL MUSIC CONTRACTOR TO LEAVE SLACK IN WIRES TO MOUNT 'DMX' UNIT ON 4' -0" X 2' -0" SHELF. REVISIONS: NO: DATE: BY: BCM S -14 -12 MIRROR UNIT (FLAGSHIP) MIRROR UNIT W/ STORAGE (FLAGSHIP) 94.5 "W KNEE WALL 4' -0 "x 2' -0" MANAGER'S DESK 13Y VENDOR, INSTALLED BY GC. SEE SHEET 1 /A4 FOR LOCATION. -2 -WAY OUTLET o 18" AFF ( DEDICATED CIRCUIT FOR MICROWAVE) WALL / MIRROR SCRIBE (FLAGSHIP) SCRIBE TO WALL, RECEIVES SCRIBE TO WALL, RECEIVES 2 -WAY OUTLET e IS" AFF (DEDICATED CIRCUIT FOR BOTTLED WATER STATION) 4 -WAY OUTLET a 18" AFF DATA LINES 18" AFF. MUSIC SYSTEM LEADS a I8 "AFF. PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: JOB.NO. ENTRY MAT REQUIRED STOCKROOM PAIR COUNT 1. VENDORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFING ALL QUANTITIES REQUIRED AND FURNISHING THE CORRECT AMOUNT. 2. FOR ELECTRICAL / DATA REQUIREMENTS, SE ELEC SHEETS. 3. SEE "FINISH SCHEDULE" ON SHEET 43 FOR INFORMATION REGARDING Bl AN 52 1. "R 2/ RECEIVED STOCKROOM51-1E LVES AUG C NT PERMIT CENTER n_n wi r „nu a iwu A SHEET OF NO. 1. VENDOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFING ALL QUANTITES REQUIRED. 2. EE 4/A4 FOR MORE INFORMATION. DOOR TYPE CENTER HUNG DORMA PATCH FITTINGS UNISEX ADA RESTROOM SIGN ATTACHED TO DOOR DORMA BTS -S0 CONCEALED FLOOR CLOSER TYPE A TYPE DETER PANIC BAR HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY TENANT, DETEX INSTALLED BY METRO DOOR TYPE C HARDWARE SCHEDULE HARDWARE GROUP QTY. DESCRIPTION MANUFACT. MODEL FINISH *1 ENTRY 1 DOOR PULL FORMS + SURFACES DT1200 SERIES STAINLESS STEEL 1 HEAVY DUTY FLOOR CLOSURE DORMA BTS -80 EMB SATIN (626) 1 CENTER PIVOT TOP PATCH FITTING pORMA Pt30 SATIN (626) I BOTTOM RAIL DORMA DRS 10" HIGH SATIN (626) BOTTOM DOOR RAIL LOCK DORMA LOCK SHLAGE 6 PIN SATIN (626) DUST PROOF STRIKE KEYWAY DORMA SATIN (626) 1 2 HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM ( EXSTG 1 HANDLE (ACTIVE) SCHLAGE ATHENS SATIN CHROME 3 HINGES- 4 I/2 "X 4 1/2" BALDWIN 1046 -102 SATIN NICKEL 1 PRIVACY LOCK SET. SCHLAGE DOOR RELOCATED) 1 DOME FLOOR DOOR STOP IVES SATIN NICKEL +" 3 SERVICE/ EXIT (EXISTING TO REMAIN) I vONDUPRIN SERIES 22 ALK SATIN CROME FINISH PUSH BAR PANIC HARDWARE MUST BE "FIRE EXIT TYPE" WITH ALARM I SELF CLOSER PROVIDE IF NOT EXSTG NORTON CLP -1601 (BF) -T 1 DOME FLOOR DOOR STOP IVES SATIN NICKEL - EXIT POOR SHALL BE PAINTED WITH COLOR SPECIFIED BY LANDLORD AT EXTERIOR AND LABELED WITH STORE NAME AS SPECIFIED BY SHOPPING CENTER MANAGEMENT NOTES: 1. ENTRY DOORS MUST HAVE HOLD OPEN OPTION DOOR SCHEDULE DOOR FRAME DETAILS HDW DOOR NO. USE SIZE THICK MATERIAL FINISH MATL FINISH LABEL HEAD JAMB SILL GROUP TYPE O ENTRY PAIR- 36" X 10' -0" 1/2" TEMP GLASS N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 /A -3 1 A O (RELOCATED) 3' -0" X 6' -8" 1 3/4" SC WOOD P3 HM P3 N/A 5/A3 6/A3 1/A3 2 B OREAR SERVICE DOOR - EXISTING 3' -0" X 1' -0" 1 3/4" H. METAL P3 NM -EXSTG P3 B LABEL EXSTG EXSTG EXSTG 3 C DOOR NOTES A. ALL DOORS, JAMBS, ETC. ARE TO BE PAINT GRADE AND PAINTED AS SPECIFIED. B. REUSE EXISTING IF APPLICABLE. GENERAL DOOR / HARDWARE NOTES 1. ALL ENTRY /SERVICE DOOR LOCKSETS TO HAVE i PIN REMOVABLE "UCHANGE" CORE INSTALLED. GC TO COORDINATE WITH METRO DOOR VENDOR TO PROVIDE (I) SET OF (5) KEYS AT TURNOVER TO TENANT. 2. BOTTOM 10" OF ALL DOORS SHALL HAVE SMOOTH UNINTERRUPTED SURFACE FOR OPENING BY WHEEL CHAIR FOOT REST. 3. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 8.5 POUNDS FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND 3 POUNDS FOR INTERIOR DOORS WITH A PULL OR PUSH EFFORT BEING APPLIED AT RIGHT ANGLES TO HINGED DOORS, AND AT T1-4E CENTER PLANE OF SLIDING OR FOLDING DOORS. COMPENSATING DEVICES OR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATIONS MAY BE UTILIZED TO MEET THE ABOVE STANDARDS. WHEN FIRE DOORS ARE REQUIRED, TI-4E MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE THE DOORWAY MAY BE INCREASED NOT TO EXCEED 14 POUNDS WITH CLOSURE. 4. ALL EXTERIOR DOORS TO HAVE WEATHER STRIPPING AND DRIP CAP. 5. RATED DOORS SHALL BE A TIGHT FITTING SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROL ASSEMBLY. 6. EXIT DOOR SHALL BE OPERABLE WITHOUT USE OF KEYS, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE, OR EFFORT. i. ALL DOOR LATCHES SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH LEVER TYPE HANDLES (SCHLAGE, RHODES OR APPROVED EQUAL) OR PANIC BARS. DOOR OPENING HARDWARE SHALL BE MOUNTED BETWEEN 30" AND 44" AFF. S. A SIGN SHALL BE POSTED AT ALL EXIT DOORS STATING " THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS" 9. NO THUMB LATCHES OR EYED CYLINDER DEAD BOLTS ALLOWED ON ANY DOORS UNLESS OPERATED BY A SINGLE ACTION WIT A LEVER FROM THE INSIDE OF THE AREA SERVED. 10. REGARDLESS OF THE OCCUPANT LOAD SERVED EXIT DOORS 51-1ALL BE OPENABLE FROM THE INSIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR ANY SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. 11. MANUALLY - OPERATED EDGE OR SURFACE- MOUNTED FLUSH BOLTS OR SURFACE BOLTS OR ANY TYPE OF DEVICE SHALL NOT BE USED AND ARE PROHIBITED 12. EXIT DOORS USED AS PAIRS WITH APPROVED AUTOMATIC FLUSH BOLTS SHALL NOT HAVE DOOR KNOBS OR SURFACE MOUNTED HARDWARE ON THE INACTIVE LEAF. NEW NEUTRAL PIER BY G.C.- COORDINATE WITH MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER 1/2"x 1/2" BRUSHED ALUM. REVEAL (FLR TO 15' -5 ") IS "XlS" PORCELIN TI E TI WITH LATICRETE SPECTRALOCK GROUT I GI SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR WALL BASE TYPE O • m —1 rnr - z �m M Or ur 4 -5.1 8r m X OMB s LINE OF CLG HEIGHT TRANSITION ABOVE 1/2"x 1/2" BRUSHED ALUM. REVEAL (FLR TO 15' -5 ") ALIGNED WITH ADJACENT TENANT 4 -5.1 1 1/4 "-ri NOTE: ILLUMINATED SIGN 4 STOREFRONT DISPLAY LIGHTING SHAL BE ON A 1 DAY/ 24 HOUR TIME CLOCK SET TO THE MALL'S OPERATING HOURS. NOTE: STOREFRONT SYSTEM IS KAWNEER TRI -FAR 400- LIGHT SATIN 1106. IT IS DESIGNED FOR A HORIZONTAL FORCE OF 15 PSF MINIMUM. 4" 3/5" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH BASE 5' -5" II LEASE LINE- PAIR OF 36 "X 10'-0" — TEMP. GLASS DOORS (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) 6' -0" IS-S 1/16" 741 3/5" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 54 6" TOREFRONT HIGH BASE SYSTEM 5' -3 I /5" 4" S" VERIFY EXACT DIMENSION IN FIELD NOTE: SIGN MANUFACTURER TO SUBMIT A SEPARATE SIGN SHOP DRAWING OF THE ILLUMINATED STOREFRONT SIGN TO LANDLORD FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL. EQ IS" H. BLACK REVERSE HALO -LIT "AEROSOLES" LETTERING MTD. ON GYP. BD. WITH 18" X 18" PORCELIN TILE T1 WITH GI GROUT 18 "XIS" PORCELIN TILE T1 WITH G1 GROUT ADHERED TO 5/e" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (AS PER MANUF SPECIFICATIONS) OVER 3 5/8 "- 20 GA METAL STUDS * 16" O.C. ALL 4 SIDES (FLR TO CLG) ENLARGED ED STOREFRONT FLAN REVIEVVED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 2 8 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION EQ 1/2" • 1'-0" SIGNAGE NOTE: SIGNAGE INSTALLER TO PERFORM FIRST -CLASS WORK INCLUDING CLEANING ALL SURFACES AFTER INSTALLATION AND LEAVING NO EXPOSED MISC HARDWARE OR FASTENERS. t\ E S 5 -5.1 NEW NEUTRAL PIER BY G.C.- COORDINATE WITH MALL OPERATIONS MANAGER I/2 "x 1/2" BRUSHED ALUM. REVEAL (FLR TO 15' -5 ") EQ aerosoles.com i EQ TYP. / / EQ aerosoles.com EQ TYP 3/5" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH BASE PAIR OF 36 "X I0' -0" TEMP. GLASS DOORS (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) IS "H WHITE VINYL APPLIQUE "aerosoles.com" LETTERING (TYPICAL OF 2) 3/5" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH BASE 1S "XIS " PORCELIN TILE Tl WITH GI GROUT ADHERED TO 5/S" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (AS PER MANUF SPECIFICATIONS) OVER 3 5/5 "- 20 GA METAL STUDS w 16" O.C. TILE TO WRAP AROUND CORNER AND DIE INTO EXISTING MALL BULKHEAD FACE tA)- it)si RECEIVED AUG 2 3 2012 PERMIT CENTER STOIRE RONT EL EVAT1O1 ! \ = 1/2" • 1' -0" 90% SET-1-19-12 100% SET- S -14 -12 CONSULTANTS: 0) I0 W W F- in o g co Z M a N d N oc c o Ox < ., ur r J pp 0 - ?r 0 co < z co oi- z < 1- 0 1 Gr N a U. SEAL: 34' : REG ? STRVED fki 4�. 1 DAVID A. UDK AV STATE OF WASHING ION AEROSOLES Q W 4- Q • 'd' �- • N =N W O 0 w Oo (n <0 N o 12 0 W L-ZUI Q O W W M cn 3F- (O SHEET TITLE: SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 ENLARGED STOREFRONT PLAN & ELEVATION REVISIONS: NO: DATE: BY: PROJECT NO: JOB.NO. DRAWN BY: A 5 SHEET OF NO. 1 1/4" LONG *12 SMS 18" O.G. KAWNEER' 450 -126 FILLER 3" LONG 400 -001 JAMB 4" 3/8" CLR TEMP GLASS JAMB STOREFRONT JAMB 3" : 1' -0" KAWNEER' 400 -015 CORNER POST 450 -026 POCKET FILLER 4" '11X411 POST UJITI-4 ONE ROCKS T 3" = 1' -0" 3/8" CLR TEMP GLASS KAUJNEER' 450 -CG -028 POCKET FILLER 4" T 3 /S" CLR TEMP GLASS 'KAWNEER' 400 -015 CORNER POST 400 -026 FLAT FILLER 9m °OUtSIDE CORNER MULLION 3 /S" CLR TEMP GLASS 3/8" CLR TEMP GLASS srfar- 4" NOTE: METAL STUDS AND CEILING JOISTS ARE TO BE 'VIF'ERSTUDS' MANUFACTURED 5Y CEMCO ICC -ESR -2620 ALL METAL STUDS ARE TO SE FASTENED WITH 410-16X/81-1W1-1 SD SCREWS MANUFACTURED 6Y DIETRICH INDUSTRIES. MIMINUM OF (4) SCREWS AT EACH CONNECTION NOTE: STOREFRONT SYSTEM IS KAWNEER TRI -FAB 400- LIGHT SATIN *106. IT IS DESIGNED FOR A HORIZONTAL FORCE OF 15 PSF MINIMUM. 3 5/8 " -18 GA. DIAL. METAL STUD BRACING m 48" O.G. 3 5/S " -18 GA. METAL STUDS e 16" O.C. SCREWED TO METAL STUD TRACK ABOVE g I6" O.G. KAWNEER' 400 -003 HORIZONTAL 400 -004 GLASS STOP 450 -CG -002 POCKET FILLER 4oR I ZONTAL MULL ION 3" + + 3/8" CLR TEMP GLASS 4" NOTE: STOREFRONT FRAMING S'I'STEM IS TRIFA5 400 FINISH: LICSHT SATIN #106 1 1/4" LONG *12 SMS 0 18" O.G. CONT. 3 5/8 " -14 GA. METAL STUD KAWNEER' 450 -I26 FILLER 3" LONG AT PERIMETER FASTENERS 400 -001 HEAD STOREFRONTS AD 3" : 1' -0" NOTE: EXISTING MALL STRUCTURE IS 51-1OWN SHADED IS "XIS" PORCEL IN TILE TI WITH G1 GROUT ADHERED TO 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CAS PER MANUF SPECIFICATIONS) OVER 3 5/8 "- 20 GA METAL STUDS g 16" O.C. 3/8" CLR TEMP GLASS EXISTING BUILT -UP ROOFING ON EXISTING METAL DECK 'KAU-NEER' 450 -031 SILL CHANNEL 450 -505 SHEAR BLOCK PKG. 450 -028 STANDARD SIDELITE BASE 450 -030 1/4" GLASS STOP 6" HIGH 'KAWNEER' SIDELITE BASE 'TAPCON' CONCRETE SCREW 1/4" DIA. X 1 1/4" LONG g IS" O.G. MIN. EMBEDMENT: 3/4" C-0 STOREFRONT SILL_ 3" : 1' -0" EXISTING STRUCT STEEL BAR JOISTS 18 "X18" PORCELIN TILE 71 WITH GI GROUT ADHERED TO 5 /S" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CAS PER MANUF SPECIFICATIONS) OVER 3 5/5 "- 20 GA METAL STUDS m 16" O.C. ALL 4 SIDES (FLR. TO CLG) MALL 3/5" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN KAW•EER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH BASE EXISTING MALI.. STRUCTURE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 2 8 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 1•• EXISTING MALL WALL FACE TO REMAIN WITH NO CHANGES SIDE ELEVATION OF STOREFRONT 1/2" = I' -0" RECEIVED AUG 23 2012 PERMIT CENTER 90% SET- 1 -I9 -I2 100% SET- S -14 -12 CONSULTANTS: 0) l0 W CNI CO H in • g co , ZM aa O QaNd'RI 3SI ;o co C 01,4 W a Z CO 500 0 D�vI CO U. SEAL: AEROSOLES 3408 REGISTERED ARCHIT'C II 8 D• . ,1D A. I!DKOW STAi °E OF WASHINGTON W 0 2 J 0 In 4 N N I.rJ 0 z IiJ 1- Q z W 0 2 0 V) M (0 SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 SHEET TITLE: STOREFRONT FRAMING DETAILS REVISIONS: NO: DATE: BY: 5 -22 -12 PROJECT NO: JOB.NO. DRAWN BY: A 5 SHEET OF NO. EXISTING STRUCT STEEL BAR JOISTS EXISTING BUILT -UP ROOFING ON EXISTING METAL DECK NOTE: EXISTING MALL STRUCTURE IS SHOWN SHADED NVIA,NVI‘,‘"Vii ri EXISTING MALL STRUCTURE NOTE: METAL STUDS AND CEILING JOISTS ARE TO BE 'VI PERSTUDS' MANUFACTURED BY CEMCO ICC -ESR -2620 (2) RELOCATED 3 5/8 "X 8" HIGH -IS GA. METAL STUD BOX BEAMS SUPPORTED ON ENDS BY 3 5/8-I8 GA. METAL STUD FRAMING ♦ • • EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD CLG.. G.G. TO PATCH 4 PAINT c0 61 P3 --I PI I P3 TENANT ao IS "XIS" PORCELIN TILE TI WITH GI GROUT ADHERED TO 5/S" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (AS PER MANUF SPECIFICATIONS) OVER 3 5/8 "- 20 GA METAL STUDS * 16" O.G. MALL 3/8" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH BASE ALL METAL STUDS ARE TO SE FASTENED WITH *10- 16X5/8 HWH SD SCREWS MANUFACTURED BY DIETRICH INDUSTRIES. MIMNUM OF (4) SCREWS AT EACH CONNECTION NOTE: STOREFRONT SYSTEM 15 KAU NEER TRI -FAB 400- LIGHT SATIN *106. IT IS DESIGNED FOR A HORIZONTAL FORCE OF 15 PSF MINIMUM. STOREFRONT SECTION D 'SPLAY WINDOW 1/2" = 1' -0" NOTE: A SEPARATE PERMIT WILL BE REQUIRED FOR ILLUMINATED STOREFRONT SIGN. SIGN TO BE INSTALLED BY SIGN INSTALLER EXISTING STRUCT STEEL BAR JOISTS EXISTING BUILT -UP ROOFING ON EXISTING METAL DECK NOTE: EXISTING MALL STRUCTURE IS SHOWN SHADED Ns.‘'W.INWTV/' ri EXISTING MALL STRUCTURE (2) RELOCATED -I8 GA. METAL 5 SUPPORTED ON GA. METAL STUD 3 5 /8 "X 8" HIGH TUD BOX BEAMS ENDS BY 3 5/8 -1S FRAMING Zo O --I PI EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD CLG.. G.G. TO PATCH 4 PAINT P3 SELF TAPPING *10- 16X5/8 HWH SD SCREWS (TYPICAL OF 4 PER CONNECTION) TENANT P3 15" H. BLACK REVERSE HALO -LIT "AEROSOLES" LETTERING MTD. ON GYP. BD. WITH 18" X 18" PORCELIN TILE TI WITH GI GROUT I8 "XIS" PORCELIN TILE TI WITH GI GROUT ADHERED TO 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. (AS PER MANUF. SPECIFICATIONS) OVER 3 5/8 "- 20 GA METAL STUDS B 16" O.G. MALL 3/8" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH SASE 36 "X 10' -0" TEMP. GLASS DOORS (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) STOREFRONT SECTION T - RU ENTRY 1/2 " =I' -0" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 28 2012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED AUG 232012 PERMIT CENTER 90% SET- I -19 -12 100% SET- 8 -14 -12 CONSULTANTS: SEAL: AEROSOLES 3408 RRCIS'RD ARCHITECT STATE vOlFD Hi 14: co Q CO W Y 0) 1- Q Z • d�O Z O0w (1) COV)Q0 Q _o• o_1- W F- 0 J W V) F O W tnZM < SHEET TITLE: STOREFRONT SECTIONS REVISIONS: NO: DATE: BY: PROJECT NO: JOB.NO. DRAWN BY: SHEET OF NO. TOILET FIXTURES / ACCESSORIES SCE- IEPULE SYMBOL pESCRIi�TION MODEL NUMBER COMMENTS AC1 WATER CLOSET SEE PLUMBING SHEET AC2 LAVATORY SEE PLUMBING= SHEET AC3 18" VERTICAL GRAB BAR BOBRICK * 8- 6806.99 x IS PROVIDE BLOCKING PER 9/A6 AC4 36" GRAB BAR BOBRICK * 8- 6806.99 x 36 PROVIDE BLOCKING PER 9/A6 AC5 42" GRAB BAR BOBRICK * 8- 6806.99 x 42 PROVIDE BLOCKING PER 9/A6 (ACE] TOILET PAPER DISPENSER BOBRICK * 8 -6851 AC7 MIRROR BOBRICK • B -290 1830 AC8 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER BOBRICK * B -253 AC9 WATER HEATER SEE PLUMBING SHEET LOCATE UNDER LAVATORY AC10 12" X 36" SHELVING SYSTEM WHITE LAMINATED SHELVES AC11 ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE SEE DETAIL SHEET A6 3 24" x 24" MOP SINK SEE PLUMBING SHEET PROVID� FRP I BEHIND v DRINKING FOUNTAIN SEE PLUMBING SHEET PROVIDE FRP I BEHIND 90% SET- -I -19 -12 100% SET- 8-14 -12 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CLG. +II' -3 11/16" A.F.F.-PAINTED 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CLG. +II' -3 I1 /16" A.FF.- PAINTED E 3/4" X 5" STAINED WOOD VENEER MOLDING ill 3/4" X 5" STAINED WOOD VENEER MOLDING um! CONSULTANTS: 3/8" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH BASE 10" HIGH, 1/2" TI -LICK "AEROSOLES" BLACK PIN MOUNTED LETTERING. WH TE LETTERS AND FIGURE ON BLUE FIELD W/ NO -GLARE FINISH. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 28 2012 SEAL: MOUNTING LOCATION AND HEIGHT: WHERE PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION IS PROVIDED FOR ROOMS AND SPACES, RAISED LETTERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY BRAILLE IN CONFORMANCE WITH SECTION 11118.5.6. SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH OUTSIDE OF THE DOOR WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, INCLUDING AT DOUBLE LEAF DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE 54 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE CENTER LINE OF THE SIGN. MOUNTING LOCATION SHALL BE DETERMINED SO THAT A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3 INCHES WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF THE DOOR. 3408 Flyj� r ARCHI T qiitta 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CLG. +12' -11 1/2" AF..- PAINTED E 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD. CLG. m +11' -3 II /I6" AFF.- PAINTEDE 'DAVID A. UDKOW STATE OF WASHINGTON 3/4" X 5" STAINED WOOD VENEER MOLDING �1 NOTE: PLACEMENT OF ALL TOILET ROOM FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT IS CRITICAL. ADA GOVERNS EXACT LOCATION OF MANY OF THESE ITEMS. PLACE FIXTURES /ITEMS PRECISELY AS INDICATED. IF EXISTING, GC TO CONFIRM PLACEMENT OF EXISTING FIXTURES /ACCESSORIES COMPLIES. TOILET ROOM SHALL CONFORM TO ALL ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: - GRAB BAR DIAMETER: 1 -1/2" - SPACE BETWEEN GRAB BAR AND WALL: 1 -1/2" - LAVATORY DEPTH: 11" MN - INSULATE EXPOSED LAVATORY SUPPLY AND WASTE PIPES. - INTERNATIONAL ACCESSIBILITY SYMBOL SHALL BE MOUNTED ON THE EXTERIOR ADJACENT TO THE TOILET ROOM DOOR, DETAILS THIS SHEET. 3/8" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH BASE 3/8" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET INJ KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH BASE PAIR OF 36 "X I0' -0" TEMP. GLASS DOORS (SEE DOOR SCHEDULE) 3/8" THICK CLEAR TEMP GLASS SET IN - KAWNEER TRIFAB 400 STOREFRONT SYSTEM 4 6" HIGH BASE AEROSOLES NOTE: PROVIDE FRT BLOCKING BEHIND ALL FIXTURE AND ACCESSORY MOUNTING POINTS AS REQUIRED. STORE #178 WESTFIELD SOUTHCENTER 4 CC Q z U I- D 0 M M LD SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 SHEET TITLE: ATTACH GRAB BAR THRU WALL WITH MOUNTING SCREWS TO 2 X 6 FRT WOOD BLOCKING PLATE SECURELY FASTENED BETWEEN STUDS AS REQ. (3) *14 X 2 1/2" TYPE 304 STL PHILLIPS ROUND HEAD SHEET METAL SCREWS. INTERIOR ELEVATIONS TOILET ROOM PLAN, DETAILS & SIGNAGE REVISIONS: NO: DATE: BY: 15CM S -14 -12 RECEIVED AUG 23 2012 PERMIT CENTER PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: JOB.NO. TOILE I ROOT I SCALE: 1/2 ".1' -0" 7 SHEET OF NO. 90% SET- 1-19 -12 Imo% SET- 0-14 -12 www.clarkwestern.com 2001 North American, Specification w12004 Supplement ASD DATE: 7/6/2010 SECTION DESIGNATION: 3628125 -33 Single INPUT PROPERTIES: Web Height Top Flange Bottom Range = Stiffening Lip = Punchout Width = 3,625 in 1.250 in 1.250 in 0.188 in 1.500 in www.clarkwestern.com 2001 North American Specification w/2004 Supplement ASD DATE: 7/6/2010 Steel Thickness = 0.0346 in Inside Corner Radius = 0.0765 in Yield Stress, Fy = 33.0 ksi Fy With Cold -Work, Fya = 33M ksi Punchout Length = 4.000 in ALLOWABLE WALL HEIGHTS - LATERAL LOAD ONLY INPUT PARAMETERS Lateran Load = 5;0 psf Load Multiplier for Strength Checks = 1.00 Load Multiplier for Deflection = 1.00 Shear and Web Crippling Capacity Based on Unpunched Web End Bearing Length for Web Crippling = 1 in DEFLECTION LIMIT L/240 SECTION DESIGNATION: 3625125,33 Single INPUT PROPERTIES: Web Height Top Flange = Bottom Range = Stiffening Lip Punchout Width OUTPUT PROPERTIES: 3.625 in t250 in 1.250 in 0.188 in 1.500 in Steel Thickness = 0.0346 in Inside Corner Radius = 0;0765 in Yield Stress, Fy = 33.0 ksi Fy With Cold-Mork, Fya = 33.0 ksi Punchout Length = 4.000 in 17' 7" NOTE: Waif Heights Assume Full Support of the Compression Mange, (Sheathing or Mechanical Bracing). Effective Section Properties,; Strong Axis Neutral Axis from Top Fiber (Ycg) Moment of Inertia for Deflection (Ixx) Section Modulus (Sxx) Allowable Bending Moment (Ma) Gross Section Properties of Full Section, St Neutral Axis from Top Fiber (Ycg) Moment of inertia (Ixx) Cross Sectional Area (A) Radius of Gyration (Rx) CONSULTANTS: Section Properties, Weak Axis Gross Neutral Axis (Xcg) From Web Face Gross Moment of Inertia (Iyy) Radius of Gyration (Ry) Effective Section Modulus (Syy) Effective Neutral Axis (Xcg) from Web Face Allowable Moment (May) Other Section Property Data Net Area at Punchouts Member Weight per Foot of Length Allowable Shear Force In Web ( Unpunched) Allowable Shear Force In Web (Punched) Pao for use in Interaction Equation C5 -2 Torsional Properties Dist. from Shear Center to Neutral Axis (Xo) St. Venant torsion Constant (J x 1000) Warping Constant (Cw) Radii of Gyration (RU) Torsional Flexural Constant (Beta), Allowable Web Crippling Loads (1b) 1.00in END BRNG .......... ......... Single Member Reduction, Re Note- Re applies only Cond. 1 and 2. Cond 1 Cond 3 165 129 0.867 + 0.083x/h <= 1.0 2.0127 in 0.4153 irt"4 • 0.1820 in^ 3 299.62 'Ft -Lb 1.8125 in 0.4208 in ^4 0.2146 inA2 1.4004 in 0.3066 in 0.0367 inA4 0.4134 in 0.0348 inA3 0.4461 in 57.37 Ft-Lb 0.1627 in ^2 0.7302 lb/ft 1024 lb 521 lb 2151 lb - 0.7904 in 0.0856 in"4 0.0920 inn8 1.6603 in 0.7734 3.50in INT BRNG Cond 2 Cond .4 444 480 0.879 + 0.053x /h , <= 1,0 O) U) tv in W co H N 1 ZM Nd'N 5• - -d' O r � M W ap • O�O 44 Z O'- I- z 510 2 O- N In. LL FIRE TREATED 3/4" X 4" PLYWOOD TOP CLEAT ATTACHED TO 3/4" MDF BACK OF WALL FIXTURE WITH STAPLES 4 ADHESIVE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 2 8 2012 FIRE TREATED 3/4" X 4" PLYWOOD BOTTOM CLEAT ATTACHED TO WALL WITH *8X3" LONG COUNTERSUNK SCREWS TO A MINIMUM OF 2 METALS STUDS NOTE: TYPICAL ATTACHMENT FOR WALL. CABINETS '04', IR' 4 'RI' EXISTING 3 5/8 " -20 GA METAL STUDS a 16" O.C. (FLR. TO EXISTING METAL PECK) WITH EXISTING 5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. P. (FLR TO +I1' -1 1/2" AFF) FIRE TREATED t "x4" PLYWOOD TOP CLEAT ATTACHED TO i" i,40F RACK OF WALL FIXTURE WITH STAPLES & ADHESIVE. ATTACHED UPPER PORTION OF FRENCH CLEAT TO BUILDING WALLS AT 83 im ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (AFF) W/ 3" DRYWALL. SCREWS PROVIDED. FIRE TREATED ` "x4" PLYWOOD BOTTOM CLEAT ATTACHED TO WALL WITH #8x3'° LONG COUNTERSUNI<. SCREWS TO A MINIMUM OF 2 METAL STUDS Fixture A and Al Installation notes: Installation procedure is the same for both fixtures A and A 1. NOTE: TYPICAL ATTACHMENT FOR WALL CABINETS 'A', 'R', & 'R1' EXISTING 31" -20 GA. METAL STUDS 0 16" 0.C, (FLR TO EXISTING METAL DECK) WITH EXISTING r TYPE 'X' GYP. BOARD (FLR. TO +t t' -1 "AFF) AEROSOLES 4 w I- Q W • d' (\I =N 4+, 0 U w OOIn <0 N Q Q. H W I--O WwZV) 0 v' Z W v~i3wco SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 order of unit installation: °8X 3" LONG COUNTERSUNK SCREWS 6 12" O.G. ATTACHED A MINIMUM OF 2 METAL STUDS .8X2 "LONG COUNTERSUNK SCREW THROUGH FRONT PLATE INTO FIRE TREATED 2X BLOCKING 3/4 "X S I/2" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD BACKING ATTACHED TO WALL CABINET BY STAPLES 4 ADHESIVE install French Cleat to wall as shown, set unit in place and adjust levels up to engage the French cheats Remove the Light box as shipped.. Attach unit thru back panel below the glass shelf as shown. Attach floor cleat with screws as shown. After lower portion of cabinet is attached to wall. replace Light Box and add Glass shelf . Install finished base to existing floor after all units are installed. Feed electrical cord thru notched area in the bottom back panel and plug into wall. REMOVE GLASS AND INTERIOR LIGHT BOX FROM SHIPPED FIXTURE. 7-- #8x3" LONG COUNTERSUNK SCREWS 0 12 0.C. ATTACHED A MINIMUM OF 2 METAf. STUDS SHEET TITLE: AFTER FIXTURE IS ATTACHED TO BUILDING WALL REPLACE LIGHT BOX AND GLASS SHELF TO THIER ORIGINAL LOCATION. FINISHED BASE MATERIAL SHIPPED LOOSE FOR INSTALLATION TO EXISTING FLOOR CONDITIONS INSTALL W/ FINISH NAILS AN0 PUTTY. i "xe}" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD BACKING ATTACHED TO WALL CABINET BY STAPLES & ADHESIVE PERIMETER WALL FIXTURE ATTACHMENT DETAILS & METAL STUD CALCULATIONS #8x2" LONG COUNTERSUNK SCREW THROUGH FRONT PLATE INTO FIRE TREATED 2X BLOCKING FIRE TREATED 2X4 WOOD STUD SHOT TO FLOOR WfrH HILTI" .139 CIA. DOME HEAD POWDER DRIVEN NAILS 0 12'0.C. ICC -ESR 2269 LEVELER USED TO RAISE THE FIXTURE AND ENGAUGE THE CLEAT AT THE TOP OF THE UNIT LOWER PORTION OF FIXTURE FASTENED TO WALL STUDS WITH SCREWS REVISIONS: NO: DATE: BY: FIRE TREATED 2X4 WOOD STUD SHOT TO FLOOR. WITH 'HILTI' .139 DIA DOME HEAD POWDER DRIVEN NAILS a 12" oc.- ICC -ESR 2269 Leiden cabinet company .n,5 i niso v 13a.VD. TWINS-KW, OHM 44087 330425.055 310-425-8,1:37 Fax. wsaw.le ideticabineLcam AERO LES Installation Instructions for Fixtures A & Al Dwg #: 1 -2 DRAWN BY: K.B.West SCALE: 3/4" =1' DATE: 1211.5/2006 REV.: PROJECT NO: JOB.NO. DRAWN BY: A SHEET OF NO. DOO 40CESSEILITY 4 SICIN,4GE NOT A. DOORS 1. Note on plans: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors .required to be accessible shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate, Manually operated bolts or surface bolts are not permitted. The unlatching of any door or leaf shall not require more than one operation. (1008.1.8) 2. Note on plans: Latching and locking doors that are hand activated and which are in a path of travel shalt be operable with a single effort by lever type hardware, by panic bars, push -pull activating bars, or other hardware designed to provide passage without requiring the ability to grasp the opening hardware. (1133B.2.5.2) 3. Note on plans: Hand - activated door opening hardware shall be centered between 30" and 44" above the floor. (11338.2.5.2) 4. The bottom 10" of all doors except automatic and sliding shall have a smooth, uninterrupted surface to allow the door to be opened by a wheelchair footrest without creating a trap or hazardous condition. Where narrow frame doors are used, a 10" high smooth panel shall be installed on the push side of the door, which will allow the door to be opened by a wheelchair footrest without. creating a trap or hazardous condition. (11338.2,6, Fig 116 -29) 5, Note on plans: Maximum effort to operate exterior and interior doors shall not exceed 5 pounds, with such pull or,push' effort being applied at right angles to hinged doors and at the center plane of sliding or folding doors. Compensating devices or automatic door operators may be utilized to meet the above standards. When fire doors are required, the maximum effort to operate the door may be increased to the minimum allowable by the appropriate administrative authority, not to exceed 15 Ibf. (11336.2.5) . 6. Note on beans: When the deer has a closer, then the sweep period of the closer shall be adjusted so that from an open position of 70 degrees; the door will take at least 3 seconds to move to a point 3" from the latch, measured to the landing edge of the dear. (1133B.2.5.1) B. CONTROLS & OPERATING MECHANISMS 1. Note: For accessible lavatories, faucet controls and operating mechanisms shall be operable with one hand and shall not require grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist. The force required to active faucet controls and operating mechanisms shalt be no greater than 5 Ibf. Lever- operated, push -type, and elentronira0y controlled mechanisms are examples of acceptable designs. Self- closing valves are allowed if the faucet remains open for at Least 10 seconds. (11158.4.3) C. SIGNS & IDENTIFICATION California's standards for signage are more stringent and are significantly larger and wider than Federal law, Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Section 4.30. (11178.5) The International Symbol of Accessibility shall be the standard used to identify facilities that are accessible to and usable by physically disabled persons as set forth in Title 24 and as specifically required in this Section. (11'178.5.8,1, Fig 11B -6) 1. The International Symbol of Accessibility shall consist of a white figure an a blue background. The blue shall be equal to Color No. 15090 in Federal Standard 5958. (111785.8.1.1) 2. All building and facility entrances that are accessible to ane usable by persons with disabilities arid at • every major junction along or leading to an accessible route of travel shall be identified with a sign displaying the International Symbol of Accessibility and with additional directional signs, as required, to be visible to persons along approaching circulation paths. (11178.5.8.12. & 11278,3) 3. When permanent identification is provided for rooms and spaces of a building or site, raised letters shall be provided and shall be accompanied by Braille in conformance with Section 11178.5,2 through 11178:5.7. Signs shall be installed on the wail adjacent to the latch outside of the door. Where there is no wall space on the latch side, including at double leaf doors, signs shall be placed on the nearest adjacent wall; preferably on the right. Mounting height shall be 60" above the finished floor to the centerline of the sign. Mounting location shall be determined so that a person may approach within 3inches of signage without encountering protruding objects or 4, When signs direct to or give information about permanent rooms and functional spaces of a building or site they shall comply with Sections 11178.6.2, 11178.5.3, 11178.5.4. Means of egress signs and identification for ' visual exit signs, graphics, illumination, power source, tactile exit signage, tactile stair level identification and special egress control devices shall comply with Sections 1003.2.8.1, 1003,2.8.5, 10012.9, 1003.2.10 and 1003.3.1.10. (11178.55.1.2) 5. When raised characters or when pictogram symbols are used . they shall conform to the following: (1117B.5.5) a. Characters on signs shall be raised or recessed 1/32" minimum and shall be sans serif uppercase characters accompanied by Grade 2. Braille complying with section 111713.55.6. (111178,5.5.1) b. Raised characters or symbols shall be a minimum of 518" high and a maximum of 2" high. (1117B.5.5.2) . c. Pictorial symbol signs (pictograms) shall be accompanied by the verbal description placed directly below the pictogram. The outside dimension of the pictogram field shall be a minimum of 6" in height. (1117B.5.5.3) d. Characters and Braille shall, be in a horizontal format. Braille should be placed a minimum of 318" and a maximum of 112" directly below the tactile characters; flush left or centered. When tactile sign is multi-lined, all Braille shall be placed together below all lines of tactile text. 11178.5.5.4 . 6. Contracted' Grade 2 Braille shall be used wherever Braille is required in other portions of these Standards. Dots shall be 1/10" on centers in each cell with 2/10" space between cells. Dots shall be t'aised a minimum of 1/40Y' above the background (1117B.5.6) NOTE: ALL TITLE 24 ACCESSIBILITY/ ADA HANDICAP SIGNAGE IS TO BE SUPPLIED & INSTALLED BY G.C. HANDICAP ACCESSIBILITY SIGNAGE NOTES: SIGNAGE FOR PERMANENT ROOMS AND SPACES RAISED AND BRAILLED CHARACTERS: - LETTERS AND NUMERALS ON SIGNS ARE RAISED 1/32 ", SANS SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS AND ARE ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE 2 BRAILLE. - RAISED CHARACTERS ARE BETWEEN 5/8" AND 2" HIGH - BRAILLE DOTS ARE 1/10" ON CENTER IN EACH CELL WITH 2/10" SPACE BETWEEN CELLS. - BRAILLE DOTS ARE RAISED A MINIMUM OF 1/40" ABOVE THE BACKGROUND. PICTOGRAMS: - PICTOGRAMS ARE ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVALENT VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. - THE BORDER DIMENSION OF TEH PICTOGRAM IS A MINIMUM OF 6" IN HEIGHT. FINISH 4 CONTRAST: - CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUND OF SIGNS IS EGGSHELL, MATTE OR OTHER NON -GLARE FINISH. - CHARACTERS CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND (LIGHT CHARACTERS ON A DARK BACKGROUND, OR DARK CHARACTERS ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND. MOUNTING LOCATION 4 HEIGHT: - PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS, WHEN PROVIDED, ARE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR (AT DOUBLE LEAF DOORS AND WHEN THERE 15 NO WALL SPACE AT THE LATCH SIDE) SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. - MOUNTING HEIGHT IS 60" FROM THE FINISH FLOOR TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE SIGN. - MOUNTING LOCATION ALLOWS A PERSON TO APPROACH WITHIN 3" OF THE SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF THE DOOR. SIGNAGE THAT PROVIDES DIRECTION TO, OR INFORMATION ABOUT. FUNCTIONAL SPACES OF THE BUILDING OR FACILITY CHARACTER AND PROPORTION- - LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS HAVE A WIDTH TO HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 3:5 AND 1:1 AND A STROKE WIDTH TO HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 1:5 AND 1:10 - CHARACTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS ARE A MINIMUM OF 3" IN HEIGHT (WHEN SUSPENDED OR PROJECTED OVERHEAD 80" OR MORE ALONG A PATH OF TRAVEL - CHARACTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS ARE APPOPRIATELY SIZED ACCORDING TO THE VIEWING DISTANCE FROM WHICH THEY ARE TO BE READ. FINISH AND CONTRAST: - CHARACTERS AND BACKGROUND OF SIGNS IS EGGSHELL, MATTE OR OTHER NON -GLARE FINISH. - CHARACTERS CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND (LIGHT CHARACTERS ON A DARK BACKGROUND, OR DARK CHARACTERS ON A LIGHT BACKGROUND) 4" WIDE X 4" NIGH INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY DECAL STOREFRONT ENTRY TO CENTER OF DECAL TO CENTER OF DECAL ENTRANCE SIGNS: ALL BUILDING ENTRANCES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES AND AT EVERY MAJOR JUNCTION ALONG OR LEADING TO AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE OF TRAVEL SHALL BE IDENTIFIED WITH A SIGN DISPLAYING THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY, AND WITHA DDITIONAL DIRECTIONAL SIGNS, AS REQUIRED, TO BE VISIBLE TO PERSONS ALONG APPROACHING PEDESTRIAN WAYS. (111155.8.12 4 1121153) WHEN SIGNS IDENTIFY PERMANENT ROOMS AND SPACES OF A BUILDING OR SITE, THEY SHALL COMPLY WITH CBC 111115.52, 11115.53, 111115.5.5, 111185.6., 111115.5.1 PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION SIGNS, WHEN PROVIDED ARE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR (AT DOUBLE LEAF DOORS AND WHEN THERE IS NO WALL SPACE AT THE LATCH SIDE, SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. MOUNTING HEIGHT IS 60" FROM THE FINISH FLOOR TO THE CENTERLINE OF THE SIGN. MOUNTING LOCATION ALLOWS A PERSON TO APPROACH WITHIN 36" OF THE SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF THE DOOR STO FONT NT`r' 6" WIDE X 6" HIGH ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGNAGE WITH BRAILLE CHARACTERS TO CENTER OF DECAL TO CENTER OF DECAL ANDICAF ACCESSIBLE S f GNAF LOCATIQN e SfiOCKiR00M AUG 282012 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION NOTE: IDENTIFICATION DECAL MUST BE MOUNTED ON SIDE OF DOOR THAT THE DOOR HANDLE IS LOCATED ON AS SHOWN IN THE ILLUSTRATION 6" WIDE X 6" HIGH ROOM IDENTIFICATION SIGNAGE WITH BRAILLE CHARACTERS TO CENTER OF DECAL 12 in TO CENTER OF DECAL /DOORWAY TO HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM TACTfL/ 400 SSI5LE SIN pETAfL NOTE: G.C. SHALL PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING AT AT THE HANDICAP ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM: THE UNISEX ACCESSIBLE TOILET ROOM SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY A CIRCLE, 1/4" THiCK, 12" N DIAMETER WITH A 1/4" THICK TRIANGLE SUPERIMPOSED ON THE CIRCLE AND WITHIN THE 12" DIAMETER THIS GEOMETRIC SYMBOL SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE DOOR AT A HEIGHT OF 60" AND THEIR COLOR AND CONTRAST SHALL BE pISTINCTLY DIFFERENT FROM THE COLOR OF THE DOOR NANDIG,4P AGGESSIBL= TOIL -i ROOM RECEIVED ��2320,2 T CENTER 90% SET- 1 -19 -12 100% SET- S -14 -12 CONSULTANTS: co F- N W 00 0 zzc) N Tr t9 = re- do o O 1- c W ao cD ? 0 V00 aZ y Li; Soo�O. 41-0x< co a. SEAL: AEROSOLES Q (Y W Q W = N FEW 0 0 00(f)<0 W I— O W L- ZU) • Q W W M SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 SHEET TITLE: ACCESSIBILITY NOTES & DETAILS REVISIONS: NO: DATE: BY: PROJECT NO: JOB.NO. DRAWN BY: SHEET OF NO. DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 1B - SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS A. ARTICLES IN THIS SECTION ARE SUPPLEMENTARY IN NATURE TO THE PROVISIONS OF THE AIA A201 -1997 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. THIS AIA DOCUMENT SHALL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHALL BE BINDING TO THE CONTRACT AS IF WRITTEN HEREIN. 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE SOLELY RESPONSIBLE FOR AND HAVE CONTROL OVER CONSTRUCTION MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES AND PROCEDURES AND FOR COORDINATING ALL PORTIONS OF THE WORK UNDER THE CONTRACT, UNLESS CONTRACT DOCUMENTS GIVE OTHER SPECIFIC INSTRUCTIONS CONCERNING THESE MATTERS. 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE DEFINED BY OWNER, SUBMIT BIDS ON CONTRACTORS PREFERRED FORM. B. SCOPE OF WORK: 1. THESE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS DESCRIBE THE ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT INDICATED ON THE TITLE BLOCK ON THE SHEET. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM THE WORK DESCRIBED BY THESE DOCUMENTS. a. THE WORK IS A RENOVATION TO EXISTING CONSTRUCTION. THEREFORE, IT IS ABSOLUTELY ESSENTIAL THAT THE CONTRACTOR VISIT THE SITE TO DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF THE EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN, THE EXTENT OF THE EXISTING WORK TO BE REMOVED AND THE EXTENT OF THE EXISTING WORK TO BE COORDINATED. 2. IT IS THE INTENT OF THIS CONTRACT THAT A JOB, COMPLETE IN EVERY RESPECT SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE OWNER. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE FULL AND COMPLETE EXECUTION OF THE PROJECT AND SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND INCIDENTALS NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK, WHETHER SPECIFIED OR NOT, TO COMPLY WITH THE FULL INTENT OF THESE DOCUMENTS. 3. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL INSTRUCT ALL PERSONS, PREPARING BIDS ON WORK, THAT THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS APPLY TO EACH SECTION OF THE SPECIFICATION. THE MENTION, HEREIN, OF MATERIALS ARTICLES, OPERATIONS AND METHODS APPLICABLE TO THE CONTRACT WORK REQUIRES THAT THE CONTRACTOR PROVIDE EACH ITEM MENTIONED OR INDICATED, OF QUALITY OR SUBJECT TO QUALIFICATIONS NOTED, PERFORM ACCORDING TO THE CONDITIONS STATED FOR EACH OPERATION PRESCRIBED. 4. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATION OF ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION OF THEIR RESPECTIVE TRADE AND COORDINATION WITH THE ARCHITECT. 5. BUILDING CODES & REGULATIONS: COMPLY WITH ALL RULINGS, ORDINANCES, CODES & REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THIS PROPERTY AND INDEMNIFY OWNER FROM DAMAGES. a. PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION, CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE A MEETING AT THE SITE WITH THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, FIRE MARSHAL AND APPROPRIATE OTHER AUTHORITIES TO REVIEW THE NUMBER AND LOCATION OF FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS, FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, EXIT LIGHTS, EMERGENCY LIGHTS AND BACKUP POWER AND FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ADDITIONS AND MODIFICATIONS TO THESE SYSTEMS AS REQUIRED. SUCH ADDITIONS AND MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE PART OF THE ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION COST. b. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN INTERIM AND FINAL INSPECTIONS AND ALL REQUIRED APPROVALS FROM GOVERNING AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION, PRIOR TO RECEIVING FINAL PAYMENT. c. OBTAIN INSPECTION AND APPROVAL FROM GOVERNING AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, FOR ITEMS THAT WILL BE CONCEALED IN THE FINISHED WORK, PRIOR TO COVERING SAID ITEMS. 6. ALL WORK, WHETHER PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR, LANDLORD OR TENANT, SHALL CONFORM TO THE DESIGN CRITERIA SUPPLIED BY THE LANDLORD. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CONTACTING THE LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE, DURING BIDDING, TO OBTAIN A COPY OF THE LANDLORD CRITERIA AND TO INCLUDE ASSOCIATED COSTS IN THE BID TO THE OWNER. C. DEFINITIONS: 1. "LANDLORD" REFERS TO THE ENTITY INDICATED ON THE TITLE SHEET OF THESE DOCUMENTS AS THE LANDLORD. TENANT COORDINATOR /LANDLORD CONTACT IS IDENTIFIED ON THE TITLE SHEET. 2. "OWNER" OR "TENANT" REFERS TO THE CONTRACTED "OWNER" AS INDICATED ON THE TITLE BLOCK OF THIS SHEET. THROUGHOUT THESE DOCUMENTS, THE TERMS "OWNER" AND "TENANT" ARE USED INTERCHANGEABLY. 3. "CONTRACTOR" REFERS TO THE TENANT'S GENERAL CONTRACTOR AWARDED THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION. 4. "SUBCONTRACTOR" REFERS TO THOSE SUBCONTRACTORS OR ASSIGNMENTS WITH DIRECT CONTRACTUAL RELATIONSHIPS, UNDER THIS BID PACKAGE, TO THE CONTRACTOR. 5. "ARCHITECT" REFERS TO THE ARCHITECT -OF- RECORD AS INDICATED ON THE TITLE BLOCK OF THIS SHEET. D. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS: 1. THE BASIS OF THE CONTRACT SHALL BE AIA A101 - STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR BASED ON A STIPULATED SUM. 2. OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO UTILIZE A DIFFERENT FORM OF AGREEMENT THAT IS MUTUALLY ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER AND CONTRACTOR. 3. THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS ARE TOGETHER INTENDED TO GIVE A COMPLETE DESCRIPTION OF THE FORM, QUALITY, KIND OF FABRICATION, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION AND FULL COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT, READY FOR OCCUPANCY. WORK SHOWN ON THE DRAWING, BUT NOT SPECIFIED AND WORK SPECIFIED, BUT NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN THE CONTRACT, THE SAME AS IF BOTH SHOWN AND SPECIFIED. 4. SUBMISSION OF A BID WILL BE AN ACKNOWLEDGMENT BY THE BI DDER THAT THEY HAVE FULLY INFORMED THEMSELVES AS TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS AND THAT THEY WILL NOT SEEK TO EVADE RESPONSIBILITY FOR OMISSIONS BY MAKING CLAIM FOR AMBIGUITY OR CONFLICT OF THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. 5. COORDINATE WORK INDICATED ON THE ARCHITECTURAL, MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 6. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR DISTRIBUTION OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS TO THE SUBCONTRACTORS AND FOR COORDINATION BETWEEN SUBCONTRACTORS BASED ON THIS SET OF DOCUMENTS. NO EXTRA COMPENSATION WILL BE GIVEN TO A BIDDER OR SUPPLIER WHO HAS BID FROM AN INCOMPLETE SET OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. 7. BRING TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT, IMMEDIATELY, DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS, DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS OR THE VARIOUS SPECIFICATION SECTIONS FOR A DECISION BY THE ARCHITECT OR RESPECTIVE ENGINEER FOR CLARIFICATION. AFTER BIDS ARE SUBMITTED, NO CLAIMS OF DISCREPANCIES WILL BE CONSIDERED A VALID REASON FOR AN EXTRA CHARGE OR CHANGES TO THE WORK. WHERE A DISCREPANCY IS ENCOUNTERED, CLARIFICATION AND DECISION SHALL BE AT THE ARCHITECT'S SOLE DISCRETION AND SUBMISSION OF A BID SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF THAT DECISION REGARDLESS OF COST. 8. COORDINATE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT WITH BUILDING SHELL ELEMENTS. IMMEDIATELY NOTIFY OWNER OF SIGNIFICANT DISCREPANCIES AND CONFLICTS BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND LANDLORD BUILDING SHELL ELEMENTS. E. COORDINATION: 1. LANDLORD COORDINATION: a. COMPLY W/ THE REQUIREMENTS OF LANDLORD OPERATION, WORKING TIME, BARRICADES & ACCESS. b. MEET WITH LANDLORD MANAGEMENT PRIOR TO STARTING WORK TO COORDINATE TIME AND NOTIFICATIONS REQUIRED FOR UTILITY CHANGES OR WORK THAT MAY AFFECT LANDLORD OPERATIONS OR OTHER TENANTS. i. COORDINATE, SCHEDULE AND MINIMIZE UTILITY INTERRUPTIONS. PROTECT & MAINTAIN EXISTING SERVICES AFFECTED BY THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. c. WHERE NECESSARY, WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED AT NIGHT AS DIRECTED BY LANDLORD TO AVOID CONFLICTS WITH LANDLORD UTILITIES AND OPERATIONS. d. LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED ROOFING CONTRACTOR, AT THE TENANT'S COST INCLUDED UNDER THIS PROJECT CONTRACT, SHALL PROVIDE ROOF WORK. e. LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR, AT TENANT'S COST INCLUDED UNDER THIS PROJECT CONTRACT, SHALL PROVIDE FIRE SPRINKLER WORK. i. THE SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN AND LAYOUT AND SUBMIT TO THE FIRE MARSHAL AND BUILDING OFFICIAL, FOR APPROVAL. II. SPRINKLER HEAD SPACING SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST N.F.P.A. STANDARDS AND ALL CODES HAVING JURISDICTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL LOCATE /RELOCATE /ADJUST NEW AND /OR EXISTING SPRINKLER HEADS /SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY THE INTENT OF THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. f. AN APPROVAL BY THE LANDLORD WILL ONLY BE VALID IF IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY THE LANDLORD OR BY THE LANDLORD'S DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVE. i. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING APPROVAL FROM LANDLORD FOR ALL STRUCTURAL CHANGES, VERIFICATION OF CORRECT INSTALLATION AND SPECIFICATION FOR MISCELLANEOUS STEEL FOR MEZZANINES, HVAC EQUIPMENT, DUCTS, CONDUIT, ETC. 2. COOPERATION: a. CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY SUCH LABOR AS WILL NOT DELAY OR INTERFERE WITH THE SPEEDY AND LAWFUL PROGRESS OF THE WORK AND AS WILL BE ACCEPTABLE TO AND WORK IN HARMONY WITH ALL OTHER TRADES EMPLOYED ON THE CONSTRUCTION SITE OR ON ANY OTHER BUILDING, STRUCTURE, OR OTHER IMPROVEMENTS, WHETHER PUBLIC OR PRIVATE, WHICH THE CONTRACTOR MAY THEN BE ERECTING OR ALTERING. b. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL BE BONDABLE, LICENSED CONTRACTORS, POSSESSING GOOD LABOR RELATIONS AND MUST BE CAPABLE OF QUALITY WORKMANSHIP IN HARMONY WITH OTHER CONTRACTORS WORKING ON THE PROJECT. c. SUBCONTRACTORS, IN CASES WHERE THEIR WORK AND THE WORK OF OTHER SUBCONTRACTORS COME TOGETHER, SHALL COOPERATE WITH EACH OTHER. d. FURNISH NECESSARY DRAWINGS, MEASUREMENTS, TEMPLATES AND ASSISTANCE IN THEIR OWN TRADE SO THAT THE FINISHED WORK SHALL BE OF PROPER APPEARANCE, STRENGTH, DURABILITY AND FIT OR FINISH. e. SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL ASCERTAIN, BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK, THAT IT WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH THE WORK OF OTHER SUBCONTRACTORS. WORK THAT DOES INTERFERE SHALL NOT CUT OR OTHERWISE DAMAGE THE WORK OF OTHER CONTRACTORS AND SHALL BEAR THE COST OF DAMAGE DONE IN DISREGARD OF THIS REQUIREMENT. f. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL EXAMINE THE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS RELATIVE TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES AND TO INFORM THEMSELVES OF THE EFFECT SAME MAY HAVE ON THE WORK OF THEIR TRADE AND PROPERLY CORRELATE SAME, THAT A FINISHED JOB MAY RESULT. g. CONTRACTOR SHALL UTILIZE UNION LABOR IN REQUIRED AREAS. 3. OWNERNENDOR COORDINATION: CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE AND SCHEDULE THE WORK OF SEPARATE OWNERNENDOR FURNISHED COMPONENTS, ENSURING THE COORDINATION OF ALL TRADES. a. CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY REQUIREMENTS OF OWNER EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION AND OBTAIN CATALOG CUT SHEETS OF EQUIPMENT FROM OWNER. F. INSURANCE AND BONDS: 1. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL CARRY AND MAINTAIN INSURANCE COVERAGE FOR NO LESS THAN THE LIMITS INDICATED HEREIN. PROVIDE ADDITIONAUHIGHER INSURANCE COVERAGE LIMITS THAT ARE REQUIRED PER LANDLORD CRITERIA IN EXCESS OF LIMITS LISTED HEREIN. 2. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH TO CONTRACTOR, TWO (2) COPIES EACH OF CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE HEREIN REQUIRED FOR EACH COPY OF THE AGREEMENT WHICH SHALL SPECIFICALLY SET FORTH EVIDENCE OF ALL COVERAGE REQUIRED. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH CERTIFICATES OF SUCH INSURANCE TO OWNER WITHIN FIVE (5) DAYS OF SIGNING CONTRACT. THESE CERTIFICATES SHALL PROVIDE THAT COVERAGE AFFORDED UNDER THE POLICIES WILL NOT BE CANCELED UNTIL TEN (10) DAYS PRIOR WRITTEN NOTICE HAS BEEN GIVEN TO THE OWNER. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH TO THE OWNER COPIES OF ENDORSEMENTS THAT ARE SUBSEQUENTLY ISSUED AMENDING COVERAGE OR LIMITS. 5. LIMITS: a. WORKMEN'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OR STATES IN WHICH WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT IS PERFORMED TO INCLUDE EMPLOYER'S LIABILITY WITH MINIMUM LIMITS OF $100,000, OR AS REQUIRED BY AEROSOLES. b. COMPREHENSIVE GENERAL LIABILITY: i. BODILY INJURY, INCLUDING DEATH: $500,000 MINIMUM, OR AS REQUIRED BY AEROSOLES. ii. PROPERTY DAMAGE: $300,000 MINIMUM, OR AS REQUIRED BY AEROSOLES. c. COMPREHENSIVE AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY: i. BODILY INJURY, INCLUDING DEATH: $300,000 MINIMUM, OR AS REQUIRED BY AEROSOLES. ii. PROPERTY DAMAGE: $100,000 MINIMUM, OR AS REQUIRED BY AEROSOLES. 6. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE MUST BE MADE OUT TO THE OWNER. 7. BONDS a. PROVIDE A BID BOND FOR 5 PERCENT OF THE CONTRACT PRICE. b. PROVIDE A LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND FOR 100 PERCENT OF THE CONTRACT PRICE. G. PERMITS, FEES AND TAXES: 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR BUILDING PERMIT AND ALL ADDITIONAL PERMITS AND FEES. 2. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE FOR PLUMBING, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL & FIRE SPRINKLERS SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR RESPECTIVE PERMITS AND SHALL PAY CHARGES ASSOCIATED WITH CONNECTIONS TO UTILITIES, CERTIFICATES, INSPECTIONS, ETC AS REQUIRED BY MUNICIPAL, STATE AND OTHER LEGALLY CONSTITUTED AUTHORITIES BEFORE COMMENCING WORK AND SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REVISIONS THAT MAY BE REQUIRED BY SAID AUTHORITIES. 3. THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PERMITS AND FEES ASSOCIATED WITH SANITARY AND STORM SEWER. 4. WHENEVER THE LAW OF THE PLACE OF BUILDING REQUIRES A SALES, CONSUMER USE OF OTHER SIMILAR TAX, THE CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL PAY SUCH TAXES AS PERTAINS TO THEIR RESPECTIVE PORTION OF THE WORK AND HAVE SUCH TAXES INCLUDED IN THEIR BID. H. PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES: 1. APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT: SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL SUBMIT TO THE CONTRACTOR AN APPLICATION FOR EACH PAYMENT ON OR ABOUT THE FIRST DAY OF EACH MONTH. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSEMBLE PAYMENT APPLICATIONS, SUBMIT IT TO OWNER WITH C ERTIFICATE OF PARTIAL PAYMENT. SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL SUBMIT PAID BILLS AND LIEN WAIVERS FOR LABOR AND MATERIAL INCLUDED IN THE JOB TO THAT DATE. IF LIEN WAIVERS ARE NOT AVAILABLE AT THE TIME PAYMENT IS LIQUIDATED, PAYMENT WILL BE WITHHELD UNTIL SUCH WAIVERS ARE SUBMITTED. SUBMIT APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT INDICATING FULL VALUE OF WORK WITH PAYMENTS EQUAL TO 90 PERCENT OF THE CERTIFIED VALUE. 2. LIENS: NEITHER THE FINAL PAYMENT NOR ANY PART OF THE RETAINED PERCENTAGE SHALL BECOME DUE UNTIL THE CONTRACTOR DELIVERS TO THE OWNER A COMPLETE RELEASE OF LIENS ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT, OR RECEIPTS IN FULL IN LIEU THEREOF, AND IN EITHER CASE, AN AFFIDAVIT THAT SO FAR AS THEY HAVE KNOWLEDGE OR INFORMATION, THE RELEASE AND RECEIPTS TO INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIAL FOR WHICH A LIEN COULD BE FILED. THE ABOVE REFERENCED WAIVERS AND AFFIDAVITS, FOR 100 PERCENT OF WORK, SHALL BE SUBMITTED NO MORE THAT 30 DAYS FOLLOWING CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION. 3. FINAL PAYMENT SHALL BE CONTINGENT ON THE COMPLETION OF THE CONTRACTOR'S "PUNCH- LIST" INCLUDING ANY INCOMPLETE ITEMS ADDED BY THE OWNER. FINAL PAYMENT WILL NOT BE APPROVED UNTIL WORK IS PHYSICALLY COMPLETE AND CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY IS GRANTED. 4. EXTRA WORK: NO RECOGNITION OF EXTRA WORK, WHETHER CONSISTING OF LABOR, MATERIALS OR EXPENSE WILL BE MADE UNLESS THE CONTRACTOR HAS PROCURED WRITTEN AUTHORITY TO PROCEED WITH EXTRA WORK FROM THE OWNER WITH THE COST STATED IN FIGURES THEREIN. FAILURE TO OBTAIN FORMAL AUTHORIZATION PRIOR TO WORK WILL INVALIDATE CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION. I. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT AND WARRANTY: 1. NEITHER THE FINAL CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT NOR ANY PROVISIONS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR FAULTY MATERIALS OR WORKMANSHIP. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMEDY DEFECTS DUE THERETO AND SHALL PAY FOR DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK RESULTING THEREFROM, THAT MAY APPEAR WITHIN A PERIOD OF ONE YEAR FROM THE DATE OF OWNER'S APPROVAL OF THE FINAL CERTIFICATE OF PAYMENT. a. COMPLETELY CLEAN, SERVICE (LUBRICATE AND REPLACE BELTS, FILTERS, ETC.) AND CHECK FOR PROPER OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT STATED AS REUSED AND GUARANTEE THESE COMPONENTS FOR ONE YEAR. 2. ALL WARRANTIES OR GUARANTEES FOR MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP ON OR WITH RESPECT TO TENANT'S WORK SHALL BE CONTAINED IN THE CONTRACT OR SUBCONTRACT WHICH SHALL BE SO WRITTEN THAT SUCH GUARANTEES OR WARRANTIES SHALL INSURE TO THE BENEFIT OF BOTH LANDLORD AND TENANT, AS THEIR RESPECTIVE INTEREST APPEAR AND CAN BE DIRECTLY ENFORCED BY EITHER. 3. CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR, WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGE, FOR ANY AND ALL WORK DONE OR FURNISHED WHICH HAS BECOME DEFECTIVE WITHIN THE ONE -YEAR PERIOD. THE CORRECTION OF SUCH WORK SHALL INCLUDE, WITHOUT ADDITIONAL CHARGE, ALL EXPENSES AND DAMAGES IN CONNECTION WITH SUCH REMOVAL, REPLACEMENT OR REPAIR OF ANY PART OF THE WORK WHICH MAY BE DAMAGED OR DISTURBED THEREBY. J. ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS:. 1. SCHEDULE FOR COMPLETION: WORK ON THE PROJECT SHALL BE CARRIED FORWARD WITH DUE DILIGENCE AND WITHOUT INTERRUPTION, AS WEATHER CONDITIONS PERMIT AND AS GOOD JUDGMENT DICTATES. COORDINATE TIME SCHEDULE WITH THE OWNER FOR OCCUPANCY DATE ANTICIPATED. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD FOR SCHEDULING OF CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS THAT CREATE EXCESSIVE NOISE OR OTHER DISTURBANCE TO OTHER TENANT OR LANDLORD OPERATIONS. 3. RECORD DRAWINGS: a. MAINTAIN A COPY OF THE LATEST SET & LANDLORD APPROVED SET OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS ON SITE THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. DOCUMENTS SHALL BE STAPLED IN ONE NEAT SET AND ATTACHED TO A LOCATION ACCEPTABLE TO THE OWNER AND ARCHITECT. 4. SUBMITTALS: a. REFER TO "PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES" FOR SUBMITTALS RELATED TO PAYMENTS. b. WITHIN TEN (10) WORKING DAYS OF CONTRACT AWARD, SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT AND OWNERS LOCAL REPRESENTATIVE, A LIST OF ALL SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS INCLUDING NAME, CONTACT PERSONS, ADDRESS, PHONE AND FAX. c. CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS: REFER TO "EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS ". 5. SHOP DRAWINGS: a. SUBMIT THREE (3) COPIES OF ALL SHOP DRAWINGS TO THE CONTRACTOR WHO SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR CHECKING AND COORDINATION OF THEM. b. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FORWARD THREE (3) COPIES TO THE OWNER. AFTER OWNER REVIEWS THEM FOR DESIGN CONFORMANCE, PROVIDE CORRECTIONS AS INDICATED AND ISSUE FOUR (4) FINAL COPIES FOR JOB USE AND ONE COPY TO ARCHITECT. c. SUBMITTALS SHALL CLEARLY STATE PROJECT TITLE AND NUMBER, NAMES OF SUBCONTRACTOR, SUPPLIER AND MANUFACTURER, FIELD DIMENSIONS, RELATIONSHIP TO ADJACENT MATERIALS, APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND IDENTIFICATION OF DEVIATIONS FROM CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. d. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE PREPARED ONLY WITH A FULL SET OF DRAWINGS AS REFERENCE. e. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE ACCURATELY DETAILED, DRAWN TO SCALE, AND SHALL CONTAIN NOTATIONS AND OTHER INFORMATION NECESSARY TO FULLY DESCRIBE THE INSTALLATION PROCEDURES AND WORK REQUIRED. f. CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW OWNER /VENDOR FURNISHED SUBMITTALS FOR COORDINATION PURPOSES. K. QUALITY REQUIREMENTS: 1. WORKMANSHIP SHALL BE EXACT, PAINSTAKING, DURABLE AND GENERALLY OF THE HIGHEST GRADE. MATERIALS, UNLESS PARTICULARLY SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, SHALL BE NEW, IN PERFECT CONDITION FOR USE, OF GOOD REPUTATION AND FREE FROM DEFECTS OR NATURE OF MANUFACTURE THAT WOULD IMPAIR THE STRENGTH, DURABILITY OR APPEARANCE IN FINISHED WORK. 2. PROVIDE TESTING DOCUMENTATION AS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. L. TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS: 1. PROVIDE TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS AS NECESSARY TO COMPLY WITH SAFETY CRITERIA AS ESTABLISHED BY FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES, OSHA AND LANDLORD. a. ENSURE THE SAFETY OF CONSTRUCTION WORKERS, AND GENERAL PUBLIC. 2. PROVIDE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES, BARRICADES, FENCES, ETC. WITH ACCESS DOORS AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD TO SECURE THE WORKING AREA AND PROVIDE PUBLIC SAFETY. 3. PROVIDE 12' -0" HIGH DUSTPROOF SOLID BARRICADE, NOT MORE THAN 3' -0" FROM THE LEASE LINE. CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE OF METAL STUDS AT 16 " ON CENTER WITH PAINTED 1/2" GYPSUM BOARD FINISHED N ACCORDANCE WITH LANDLORD CRITERIA. PROVIDE FLAT ROOF OF SAME CONSTRUCTION. REFER TO LANDLORD'S DESIGN CRITERIA FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. OBTAIN LANDLORD APPROVAL FOR SIGNAGE ON THE BARRICADE. 4. PROVIDE TEMPORARY UTILITIES AND MAKE SAME AVAILABLE TO SUBCONTRACTORS. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF ALL ACTIVE LANDLORD UTILITY LINES SERVING THE PROJECT AND TAKE NECESSARY STEPS TO PROTECT THEM AND COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE UTILITY COMPANIES. INDIVIDUAL SUBCONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONNECTIONS TO UTILITY LINE LOCATIONS, TAPS AND REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY SERVICES WHEN NO LONGER NECESSARY. 5. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYMENT OF TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION UTILITY CHARGES. 6. PROVIDE JOBSITE TELEPHONE AND FAX CAPABLE OF RECEIVING INCOMING CALLS FOR THE DURATION OF CONSTRUCTION. PROVIDE TELEPHONE AND FAX NUMBERS TO OWNER. 7. PROVIDE GENERAL HAULING & TRASH DISPOSAL FROM THE SITE. PROVIDE GENERAL CLEANUP OF THE PROJECT, BUILDING AREA AND THE REMOVAL OF TRASH AND DEBRIS FROM THE WORK AREAS. 8. PROVIDE AND MAINTAIN ADEQUATE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS TO FACILITATE PROGRESS OF THE WORK. MEET SPECIFIED MINIMUM CONDITIONS AND PROTECT MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE. 9. PROVIDE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COVERING OF EQUIPMENT, MERCHANDISE, FINISHES, FLOORING, ETC., DURING CONSTRUCTION, TO PREVENT DAMAGE. M. PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1. ORDERING OF MATERIALS: a. CONTRACTOR IS ADVISED, DUE TO THE ACCELERATED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, TO ORDER BUILDING MATERIALS, FIXTURES AND FINISH MATERIALS AS SOON AS POSSIBLE. UNLESS CONTRACTOR NOTIFIES OWNER IN WRITING WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS OF CONTRACT DATE OF DELAYS, CONTRACTOR ASSUMES THE RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE TIMELY DELIVERIES OF COMPONENTS REQUIRED TO CONSTRUCT THE PROJECT (REGARDLESS OF SUPPLIER OR SOURCES, DOMESTIC OR NOT) WITHIN THE TIME ALLOTTED AS SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT. 2. RECEIVING OF MATERIALS: N AND VERIFYING THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CHECKING AN G HIPMENTS OF OWNER SUPPLIED SHIPMENTS THIS INCLUDES VERIFYING PACKING LISTS AGAINST ORDER FORMS AND BILLS OF LADING, NOTING ANY DAMAGE OR SHORTAGES. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR FILING DAMAGE CLAIMS AND MUST MAINTAIN PACKING MATERIALS FOR SHIPMENT OF DAMAGED ITEMS. IF THIS IS NOT DONE WITH IN 24 HOURS, CONTRACTOR SHALL BEAR ALL COSTS TO MEET CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. b. COORDINATE UNPACKING OF TENANT SUPPLIED FIXTURES WITH TENANT. 3. STORAGE OF MATERIALS: a. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAFETY FROM LOSS, DAMAGE AND THEFT OF MATERIALS DELIVERED PERTAINING TO PARTICULAR WORK UNTIL THE FINAL PROJECT IS ACCEPTED. i. ABOVE STATED STORAGE OF MATERIALS INCLUDES TENANT SUPPLIED MATERIALS, FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT. b. CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL NOT CAUSE OR ALLOW ANY PART OF STRUCTURE TO BE LOADED DURING CONSTRUCTION WITH A WEIGHT GREATER THAN IT IS CALCULATED TO BEAR. THIS REFERS ESPECIALLY TO CONCENTRATED PLACING OF MATERIALS ON ROOF OF BUILDINGS. c. CAREFULLY REMOVE AND STORE ALL MATERIALS THAT ARE REUSED OR SALVAGED BY THE CONTRACTOR. d. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR STORAGE OF ITS OWN MATERIALS AND TOOLS. 4. "OR EQUAL" CLAUSE /SUBSTITUTIONS: a. CERTAIN ITEMS ARE SPECIFIED BY PROPRIETARY NAMES. WHERE THE CLAUSE "OR EQUAL" IS USED IN THE CONNECTION W/ SUCH SPECIFICATIONS, THEY ARE TO BE USED IN RECOGNITION OF THE FACT THAT EQUALLY GOOD AND FUNCTIONALLY SIMILAR ITEMS ARE ON THE MARKET. SHOULD ANY CONTRACTOR DESIRE TO MAKE SUBSTITUTIONS UNDER THIS CLAUSE, THEY SHALL SUBMIT, IN WRITING, THEIR REQUEST FOR APPROVAL OF SUCH SUBSTITUTIONS TOGETHER WITH SUCH SPECIFICATIONS, DESCRIPTIVE LITERATURE & SAMPLES AS THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER MAY REQUIRE. ALL SUCH SUBSTITUTIONS ARE SUBJECT TO REJECTION AT THE OWNER'S & ARCHITECT'S JUDGMENT. b. SUBMISSION AND REVIEW OF REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTION WILL NOT BE ALLOWED TO EFFECT THE COMPLETION DATE OR FINISHED APPEARANCE OF THE WORK. c. NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE OWNER. N. EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS: 1. FIELD CONDITIONS: PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION, VERIFY FIELD CONDITIONS AND DIMENSIONS IN THE DRAWINGS. ALERT THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER REGARDING VARIATIONS FROM THE CONDITIONS REPRESENTED ON THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND OBTAIN DIRECTION /CLARIFICATION BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE RELATED WORK. 2. CONTRACTOR SHALL AVOID CONFLICT OR INTERFERENCE WITH NORMAL BUILDING OPERATIONS BY COMPLYING WITH BUILDING /FACILITIES RULES AND REGULATIONS REGARDING SCHEDULING AND USE OF ELEVATORS AND LOADING DOCKS FOR DELIVERIES, HANDLING OF MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND DEBRIS. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO UNDERSTAND SUCH RULES AND REGULATIONS. 3. THE CONTRACTOR AGREES THAT ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A MANNER THAT WILL NOT CREATE ANY WORK STOPPAGE, PICKETING, LABOR DISRUPTION OR DISPUTE OR VIOLATE LANDLORD'S LABOR CONTRACTS AFFECTING THE BUILDING OR INTERFERE WITH THE BUSINESS OF THE LANDLORD. IN THE EVENT OF THE OCCURRENCE OF ANY OF THE ABOVE, RESULTING FROM ACTIONS OR OMISSIONS OF THE CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTORS OR ANY SUBTENANT OR ON CONCESSIONAIRE, OR THEIR RESPECTIVE EMPLOYEES, CONTRACTORS OR SUBCONTRACTORS, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL IMMEDIATELY, UPON NOTICE FROM LANDLORD, CEASE THE CONDUCT GIVING RISE TO SUCH CONDITION. THIS CLAUSE MUST BE PART OF GENERAL CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR AGREEMENTS AND IF SUCH CLAUSE IS NOT INCLUDED, IT WILL NOT RELIEVE THE CONTRACTOR OF THE REQUIREMENTS OR WORK STATED HEREIN. 4. FOR UTILITY SERVICES, APPLY FOR OR SWITCH NAMES FROM PRIOR TENANT (IF APPLICABLE) FOR UTILITY METERS AND NOTIFY UTILITY COMPANIES OF THE REQUIRED NAME, ADDRESS AND PHONE NUMBERS OF THE OWNER FOR PERMANENT OR NEW SERVICES. 5. PROVIDE REQUIRED CLEARANCES FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE. 6. CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT: LIFTS, CARTS, EQUIPMENT, BOXES AND SIMILAR ITEMS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH RUBBER WHEELS. 7. CUTTING, PATCHING AND REPAIRING a. SUBCONTRACTORS SHALL LEAVE REQUIRED CHASE, OPENINGS, ETC. IN THEIR WORK TO ACCOMMODATE THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. OTHER TRADES SHALL PROVIDE DEFINED SIZES AND LOCATIONS FOR SUCH REQUIREMENTS IN AMPLE TIME NOT TO INTERFERE WITH THE PROGRESS OF THE WORK. b. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, SAW CUTTING OF MATERIALS SHALL BE DONE OUTDOORS. OTHER CUTTING REQUIRED SHALL BE DONE AT THE EXPENSE OF THE SUBCONTRACTOR REQUIRING THE SAME WHO SHALL OBTAIN THE APPROVAL OF THE CONTRACTOR FOR THE MODIFICATIONS. c. COORDINATE CUTTING OR DRILLING OF CONCRETE SLABS, IF REQUIRED, WITH LANDLORD BEFORE BEGINNING WORK. d. FLOOR SLAB PENETRATIONS: FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES & DRAINS, PROVIDE WATERTIGHT SLEEVES EXTENDING A MINIMUM OF 6 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. e. PATCH /INFILL ALL UNEVEN FLOOR CONDITIONS. FILL CRACKS, DEPRESSIONS, HOLES, VOIDS, ETC. AND REMOVE ALL PROJECTIONS, ELECTRICAL CAPS, BUMPS, ETC. TO PROVIDE A SMOOTH LEVEL FLOOR SUBSTRATE FOR NEW FINISHES. BRING MAJOR FLOOR PREPARATION ISSUES TO THE ATTENTION OF THE OWNER. f. DO NOT CUT OR ALTER ANY PORTION OF THE EXISTING STRUCTURE IN A WAY THAT IT WEAKENS THE STRUCTURE OR ENDANGERS THE BUILDING, OCCUPANTS OR GENERAL PUBLIC. i. ANY ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, REINFORCEMENTS, DRILLING, WELDING, OR OTHER ATTACHMENT TO LANDLORD'S STRUCTURE TO ACCOMMODATE TENANT'S WORK SHALL NOT BE PERFORMED WITHOUT, IN EACH INSTANCE, CONTRACTOR OBTAINING LANDLORD'S PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL. CONTRACTOR SHALL LEAVE LANDLORD'S STRUCTURE AS STRONG OR STRONGER THAN THE ORIGINAL DESIGN AND WITH FINISHES UNIMPAIRED. g. CUT OR ALTERED PARTS SHALL BE RESTORED AND REPAIRED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER USING THE SAME QUANTITIES AND QUALITY OF LABOR AND MATERIALS QUALITY STANDARDS SPECIFIED FOR THE WORK, ORIGINALLY. IN CASES WHERE EXISTING MATERIALS ARE ALTERED OR DAMAGED, REPAIR TO LIKE NEW CONDITION TO MATCH THE ORIGINAL CONSTRUCTION. h. FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION: PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION COMPONENTS REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION AT PENETRATIONS AND MODIFIED EXISTING ELEMENTS WITHIN THE WORK. i. WORK THAT IS DEFECTIVE IN CONSTRUCTION OR QUALITY, OR THAT IS DEFECTIVE IN REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE, DESPITE ARCHITECT'S OR OWNER'S FAILURE TO DETECT SAID DEFICIENCY. DEFECTIVE WORK REVEALED DURING THE WARRANTY PERIOD SHALL BE REPLACED BY WORK COMPLYING WITH THE INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NO PAYMENT, PARTIAL OR FINAL, SHALL BE CONSTRUED AS ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK OR IMPROPER MATERIALS. j. UPON COMPLETION OF THE WORK, CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE A "PUNCHLIST" OF CORRECTIONS AND SHALL PROVIDE THE LIST TO OWNER PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE. 8. CLEANING: a. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL AT ALL TIMES KEEP THE PREMISES FREE FROM ACCUMULATIONS OF WASTE MATERIAL AND RUBBISH CAUSED BY THEIR EMPLOYEES AND THEIR WORK ON A DAILY BASIS. AT THE COMPLETION OF THEIR WORK, THEY SHALL REMOVE THEIR RUBBISH, ALL THEIR TOOLS, SCAFFOLDING AND SURPLUS MATERIAL FROM THE JOB SITE. b. CONTRACTOR SHALL DISPOSE OF PACKAGING /SHIPPING MATERIALS FROM CONTRACTOR AND TENANT SUPPLIED ITEMS. c. AT COMPLETION, CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY A PROFESSIONAL CLEANING SERVICE TO CLEAN THE ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION AREA. ALL SURFACES SHALL BE CLEANED OF PAINT, PLASTER, MORTAR AND OTHER STAINS AND EXCESS MATERIALS. CARE SHALL BE TAKEN THAT NO SURFACES BE MARRED OR SCRATCHED IN CLEANING. FINAL CLEANING SHALL BE INSPECTED AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER WITH EACH SUBCONTRACTOR RESPONSIBLE TO PUT THEIR OWN WORK IN A CLEAN CONDITION. d. FINAL CLEANING SHALL BE PERFORMED NO MORE THAN ONE DAY PRIOR TO MERCHANDISE ARRIVAL. IF STORE CLEANLINESS IS UNSATISFACTORY, OWNER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO EMPLOY CLEANING SERVICE AND DEDUCT COST PLUS 10 PERCENT FROM THE CONTRACT. e. CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR CLEANUP OF ALL TRADES. 9. CLOSE OUT a. CLOSE OUT REQUIREMENTS RELATE TO BOTH FINAL COMPLETION OF THE ACTUAL PHYSICAL WORK AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF THE WORK. COMPLY WITH THE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING BEFORE REQUESTING INSPECTION OF THE WORK OR DESIGNATED PORTION THEREOF FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. i. SUBMIT INSTRUCTION HANDBOOKS & PAPERWORK, INCLUDING PACKING SLIPS & BILLS OF LADING, FOR CONTRACTOR AND OWNER FURNISHED MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT, IN A MARKED ENVELOPE. ii. SUBMIT EXECUTED WARRANTIES, WORKMANSHIP BONDS, MAINTENANCE AGREEMENTS, INSPECTION CERTIFICATION AND SIMILAR REQUIRED DOCUMENTATION FOR SPECIFIC UNITS OR WORK, ENABLING OWNERS UNRESTRICTED OCCUPANCY AND USE. iii. SUBMIT RECORD DOCUMENTATION (INCLUDING ONE SET OF AS -BUILT RECORD CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS). FINALIZE CHANGES ON CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND MARK ALL APPROVED LANDLORD, BUILDING DEPARTMENT, FIRE MARSHAL AND OWNER CHANGES ON THE DOCUMENTS USING A CLOUD PROCEDURE THAT CLEARLY DISTINGUISHES THE CHANGES FROM THE ORIGINAL WORK. FORWARD RECORD DOCUMENTS TO BOTH THE ARCHITECT AND OWNER. iv. SUBMIT MAINTENANCE MANUALS, TOOLS, SPARE PARTS, KEYS AND SIMILAR ITEMS. v. SUBMIT COPY OF FINAL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY TO OWNER. PROVIDE ORIGINAL CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY TO STORE MANAGER. vi. COMPLETE INSTRUCTION OF OWNER'S OPERATING PERSONNEL AND START -UP OF SYSTEMS. vii. COMPLETE FINAL CLEANING AND REMOVE TEMPORARY FACILITIES, TOOLS AND CONTROLS. DIVISION 2 - SITE WORK 02060 BUILDING DEMOLITION PART 1 - GENERAL A. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 1. THIS SECTION IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL REFERENCE OF WORK TO BE REMOVED BY THE CONTRACTOR. 2. CONSULT DEMOLITION PLANS INCLUDED WITH PROJECT DOCUMENTS FOR ADDITIONAL NOTES AND SITE SPECIFIC ITEMS. 3. DEMOLITION INCLUDES REMOVAL OF THE EXISTING INTERIORS, IF REQUIRED, BUT NOT LIMITED TO INTERIOR PARTITIONS, CABINETS, SUSPENDED CEILING TILE, ELECTRICAL, MECHANICAL, ETC., AS REQUIRED, AS SHOWN OR AS DIRECTED. 4. LEGALLY DISPOSE OF DEMOLISHED ITEMS IN COORDINATION AND COMPLIANCE WITH LANDLORD PROCEDURES AND REGULATIONS. OBSERVE AND FOLLOW RECYCLING AND WASTE MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS. 5. CLEAN, SERVICE, & PREPARE FOR PROPER RE -USE ITEMS INDICATED AS RELOCATED OR REINSTALLED. 6. CLEAN, SERVICE, PREPARE FOR PROPER CONTINUED RE -USE ITEMS INDICATED AS EXISTING TO REMAIN. 7. COOPERATE & COORDINATE WITH LANDLORD, THE TENANTS OF THE ADJACENT SPACES & THE TENANT, IN SCHEDULING WORK IN ORDER TO CAUSE THE LEAST INCONVENIENCE TO PERSONNEL AND PROPERTY. THIS INCLUDES EXCESSIVE NOISE, DUST AND FUMES. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. REMOVE, REPAIR, RESTORE, AND REPLACE WHERE ANY SUCH WORK IS NECESSARY OR AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS. CUT ALL NECESSARY OPENINGS, AND PATCH /REPAIR/SEAL SAME TO DEGREE NECESSARY TO SATISFY ALL REQUIREMENTS. INSOFAR AS POSSIBLE, ALL PROTRUSIONS, MARKS, CRACKS OR OTHER EVIDENCE OF A DEFICIENT OR DAMAGED CONDITION SHALL BE ELIMINATED, UN -LESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. ANY PARTS WHICH ARE SPLIT, CRACKED, CHIPPED, SPALLED, BROKEN, MISSING, OR OUT OF LINE OR ADJUSTMENT, MECHANICALLY OR STRUCTURALLY UNSAFE OR UNSOUND, BENT, TORN OR OTHERWISE DEFICIENT OR DAMAGED IN ANY MANNER, SHALL BE REMOVED, REPLACED, RESTORED OR REPAIRED. NOTIFY LANDLORD'S REPRESENTATIVE, ARCHITECT, AND TENANT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY STRUCTURAL OR SAFETY DEFECTS, NOTIFY TENANT IF THE DEFECT(S) ARE LIMITED TO COSMETIC FINISHES. B. EXERCISE EXTREME CARE DURING DEMOLITION SO AS NOT TO DAMAGE OR DISRUPT ANY UTILITY OR SPRINKLER LINES WHICH MIGHT PASS THROUGH THIS SPACE TO SERVICE OTHER SPACES OR TENANTS. CONTRACTOR WILL BEAR SOLE RESPONSIBILITY OF ANY SUCH DISRUPTION OR DAMAGE AND REPAIRS DUE TO DAMAGE. C. CAP ABANDONED ELECTRICAL AND TELEPHONE CONDUIT, PLUMBING LINES, DRAIN LINES, AND MECHANICAL ITEMS AT SOURCE AND REMOVED IN A MANNER TO MEET LANDLORD AND CODE REQUIREMENTS, UNLESS DIRECTED OTHERWISE. D. CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES 1. NOTIFY TENANT IMMEDIATELY OF ANY SEVERE DISCREPANCIES OR IRREGULARITIES DISCOVERED DURING DEMOLITION WHICH MIGHT AFFECT THE CURRENT STORE DESIGN. PAY SPECIAL ATTENTION TO CONCEALED ITEMS AND AVAILABLE HEIGHT FOR INTENDED CEILING ELEVATION, MECHANICAL DUCTWORK AND RECESSED LIGHTING. DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE 03505 SELF LEVELING TOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL REVIEWED CODE COMPLI A. COMPLY W/ MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PREPARATION & INSTALLATION OF MAT RIALb APPROVE [� B. DO NOT INSTALL UNDERLAYMENT UNTIL FLOOR PENETRATIONS & PERIPHERAL WORK ARE COME ETE. AUG 28201 C. CEMENTITIOUS UNDERLAYMENT COMPOUND TO BE FREE FLOWING, SELF - LEVELING, PUMPABLE ND CEMENT -BASED FOR APPLICATIONS FROM ONE INCH THICK TO FEATHERED EDGES. 1. ARDEX ENGINEERED CEMENTS, INC OR EQUAL. City of Tukwi BUILDING DIVI PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. PREPARATION 1. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATE SURFACES ARE CLEAN, DRY, UNFROZEN, DO NOT CONTAIN PETROLEUM BI- PRODUCTS, OR OTHER COMPOUNDS DETRIMENTAL TO UNDERLAYMENT MATERIAL BOND TO SUBSTRATE. 2. REMOVE SUBSTRATE SURFACE IRREGULARITIES. 3. FILL VOIDS AND DECK JOINTS WITH FILLER. FINISH SMOOTH. 4. VACUUM CLEAN SURFACES. 5. PRIME SUBSTRATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. B. EXECUTION 1. INSTALL UNDERLAYMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 2. FOLLOW MFR'S INSTRUCTIONS FOR CURING, FIELD TESTING AND PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK. 03932 CONCRETE REPAIR PART 1 - GENERAL A. THE EXTENT OF CONCRETE REPAIR WORK INCLUDES REMAINING FLOOR AREAS AFTER DEMOLITION PROVIDING A LEVEL FLOOR THROUGHOUT TO RECEIVE FUTURE FINISHES. B. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR INSTALLATION OF ITEMS AND FINISHES BY OTHER TRADES, INCLUDING THOSE ITEMS AND FINISHES PROVIDED AND /OR INSTALLED BY TENANT. C. FLOOR LEVELER CONCRETE (REFER TO SECTION 03503) TO BE INSTALLED AT LOW AREAS, HOLES AND DEPRESSIONS. PATCH CRACKS AND BROKEN CONCRETE WITH FLOOR PATCH TROWELED SMOOTH IN ACCORDANCE W/ MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND LANDLORD SPECIFICATIONS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. CONCRETE REPAIR 1. DO NOT PROCEED WITH WORK UNTIL VISITING THE SITE AND DETERMINING CONDITIONS TO DECIDE METHODS OF REPAIR. COORDINATE WITH OWNER. 2. REMOVE AND DISPOSE OF EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES WHERE INDICATED ON DEMOLITION PLAN. 3. THOROUGHLY CLEAN FLOOR SLAB REMOVING CONDITIONS THAT WILL AFFECT BOND INCLUDING RESIDUE FROM REMOVAL OF ADHESIVES, UNDERLAYMENTS, STAINS, OILS, ETC. 4. REMOVE HIGH FLOOR LEVELS AND LOOSE CONCRETE. 5. GRIND HIGH SPOTS. 6. ROUGHEN CONCRETE IN AREAS WHERE PATCHING IS REQUIRED, SUCH AS CRACKED, SPALLED, OR HOLES DUE TO REMOVAL OF EXISTING WORK. 7. AT LOCATIONS OF CONSTRUCTION JOINTS IN EXISTING SLAB, CONTINUE JOINTS THROUGH NEW FLOOR IN LEVELING AREA. SAW CUT JOINT OR PLACE 1/16" WIDE METAL BAR IN THE JOINT LOCATION COINCIDING WITH EXISTING. 8. TRENCH ONLY AT SLAB ON GRADE. VERIFY AND GET APPROVAL OF TRENCH OR CORE LOCATIONS W/ THE LANDLORDS REPRESENTATIVE & STRUCTURE PRIOR TO COMPLETING ANY WORK. CORES TO BE SEALED WATERPROOF. SEE SECT. 07100 "DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING" FOR ADDITIONAL WATERPROOFING INFORMATION. 9. CLEAN AREAS REMOVING ALL WASTE MATERIAL, BROOM CLEAN. DIVISION 4 - MASONRY 1. NO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. bi' RECEIVED AUG 232012 PERMIT CENTER 90% SET- 1 -19 -12 100% SET- 0-14 -12 CONSULTANTS: SEAL: R CE ON w CID 0 w co Q CO Z � < Z 0 U N 1 Z D OW V) OO V) < V < N EL I J F- J W LL Z V) H OV)ZM < W ILij 14)(D OW SHEET TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS REVISIONS: NO: DATE: B Y: PROJECT NO: JOB.NO. DRAWN BY: SHEET OF NO. DIVISION 5 - METALS 05400 METAL FRAMING LIGHT GAUGE (COLD- FORMED) METAL FRAMING PART 1- GENERAL A. FURNISH & INSTALL A COMPLETE SYSTEM OF LIGHT GAUGE FRAMING MEMBERS FOR INTERIOR WALL PARTITIONS AND CEILING SUSPENSION COMPONENTS. 1. SYSTEM TO INCLUDE ALL TOP AND BOTTOM RUNNERS, BRACES, CLIP ANGLES, ACCESSORIES, FASTENERS, ETC. FOR EACH TYPE OF FRAMING AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS. a. INSTALL METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. B. QUALITY ASSURANCE - DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF STRUCTURAL PROPERTIES SHALL COMPLY WITH AISI SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD - FORMED STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS. C. MATERIALS: 1. METAL STUDS: AISI "C" TYPE STRUCTURAL STUDS SIZES, GAUGES AND SPACINGS SHOWN OR REQUIRED IF NOT SHOWN WITH 1 -5/8" (41MM) MINIMUM FLANGE WIDTH, 1/2" (13MM) MINIMUM RETURNS AND PRE - PUNCHED HOLES FOR UTILITY INSTALLATION. a. 18 -22 GAUGE (0.05" / 1.2MM - 0.03" / 0.8MM): ASTM A446/A446M GRADE A; MINIMUM YIELD STRESS OF 33 KSI (228 MPA). b. 12 -16 GAUGE (0.11 " /2.7MM - 0.06 " /1.5MM): ASTM A446/A446M GRADE A; MINIMUM YIELD STRESS OF 40 KSI (276 MPA). 2. FURRING: 25 GAUGE, HAT - SHAPED. 3. "Z" FURRING: 25 GAUGE, 2" WIDE. 4. TRACK: ASTM A446/A446M GRADE A; MINIMUM YIELD STRESS OF 33 KSI (228 MPA); FORMED STEEL: CHANNEL SHAPED; SAME WIDTH AND GAUGE AS ADJACENT STUDS. EXCEPTION: TOP AND BOTTOM TRACK (RUNNERS) REQUIRING ATTACHMENT OF METAL PANELS SHALL BE MIN. 14 GAUGE (0.08 " /1.9MM). 5. FASTENINGS: a. MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED SELF - DRILLING, SELF - TAPPING SCREWS, BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS. NON - CORROSIVE. b. ANCHORAGE DEVICES: POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS, DRILLED EXPANSION BOLTS, OR SCREWS WITH SLEEVES. c. WELDING: COMPLY WITH AWS D1.1 "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE ". D. MANUFACTURERS: 1. MILCOR / DIVISION OF INRYCO, INC. BY BOSTWICK STEEL FRAMING, THE CECO CORP.; ALLIED STRUCTURAL INDUSTRIES; DIETRICH INDUSTRIES OR EQUAL. PART 2 - PREPARATION/EXECUTION A. ATTACH AND JOIN INDICATED COMPONENTS BY WELDING. ATTACH AND JOIN OTHER COMPONENTS BY WELDING, BOLTING, OR SCREW FASTENERS, AS STANDARD WITH THE MANUFACTURER. WIRE TYING OF FRAMING COMPONENTS IS NOT PERMITTED. B. CUT FRAMING TO FIT SQUARELY AGAINST ABUTTING MEMBERS. HOLD MEMBERS SECURELY IN POSITION UNTIL PROPERLY FASTENED. C. SAW CUT FIELD FRAMING, IF REQUIRED. D. COORDINATE METAL FRAMING POSITIONING WITH TRADES FURNISHING ITEMS WHICH ATTACH TO BUILT -IN MEMBERS. E. INSTALL DIAGONAL OR LATERAL BRACING AS REQUIRED. F. INSTALL CONTINUOUS RUNNER TRACKS SIZED TO MATCH STUDS. ALIGN TRACKS ACCURATELY TO THE LAYOUT AT BASE & TOPS OF STUDS. SECURE TRACKS AS RECOMMENDED BY STUD MANUFACTURER FOR THE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION INDICATED. DO NOT EXCEED 24" O.C. SPACING FOR POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS, NOR 16" ON CENTER FOR OTHER TYPES OF ANCHORAGE. PROVIDE FASTENERS AT CORNERS AND ENDS OF RUNNER TRACK. G. SET STUDS PLUMB, SPACED AS INDICATED, WHEN NOT INDICATED, AT MAXIMUM 16" ON CENTER. ALIGN AND SECURE STUDS TO TOP AND BOTTOM RUNNER TRACKS BY EITHER WELDING OR SCREW FASTENING AT BOTH INSIDE AND OUTSIDE FLANGES. 1. CONSTRUCT CORNERS USING MINIMUM THREE STUDS. DOUBLE STUDS AT WALL OPENINGS. INSTALL JACK STUDS ABOVE AND BELOW OPENINGS, SPACED TO MATCH WALL STUD SPACING. 2. INSTALL SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING, BLOCKING, & BRACING IN METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS TO SUPPORT GRAB BARS, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, CASEWORK, HARDWARE, TRIM, AND SIMILAR WORK REQUIRING ATTACHMENT TO WALL FRAMING. 3. PROVIDE ONE PIECE FULL LENGTH STUDS. SPLICING IS NOT PERMITTED. 05500 MISCELLANEOUS METALS PART 1 - GENERAL A. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATION FOR PREPARATION & INSTALLATION OF METALS. B. ASSEMBLE ITEMS IN LARGEST PRACTICAL SECTIONS FOR INSTALLATION. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. INSTALL HEAVY GAUGE METAL STRAPPING /BLOCKING AS DETAILED IN DRAWINGS OR AS REQUIRED FOR ADDITIONAL SUPPORT. B. INSTALL 3/4" X 3/4" BLACK METAL REVEAL AS DETAILED IN DRAWINGS OR REQUIRED PER MALL CRITERIA. DIVISION 6 - WOODS AND PLASTICS 06114 WOOD BLOCKING AND CURBING PART 1- GENERAL A. PROVIDE WOOD FURRING, BLOCKING, GROUNDS AND IN -WALL BLOCKING FOR SUPPORT OF GRAB BARS, FIXTURES, EQUIPMENT, CASEWORK, HARDWARE, TRIM AND SIMILAR WORK. 1. BLOCKING AND GROUNDS AT STOREFRONT GLAZING , LOCATIONS AT WEATHER AREAS, AND IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE SHALL BE PRESERVATIVE PRESSURE TREATED. 2. USE NON - COMBUSTIBLE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED (F.R.T.) WOOD ELSEWHERE AS REQUIRED BY STATE & LOCAL CODES, INCLUDING ANY WOOD STUDS, BLOCKING, FURRING, PLYWOOD, TRIM, AND GROUNDS. NEW LUMBER TO BEAR GRADE & TREATMENT OF ASSOC. UNDER WHICH IT WAS PRODUCED. B. PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS: 1. MOISTURE CONTENT: AFTER TREATMENT, THE MAXIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT OF WOOD MATERIALS SHALL NOT EXCEED THE FOLLOWING: a. LUMBER, 2 INCHES AND LESS IN THICKNESS: 19 PERCENT. b. PLYWOOD: 15 PERCENT. 2. FLAME SPREAD: FIRE RETARDANT TREATED MATERIALS TO HAVE FLAME SPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS IN A 30 MINUTE TEST WITH NO EVIDENCE OF SIGNIFICANT PROGRESSIVE COMBUSTION, ASTM E 84, ADDITIONALLY, FLAME FRONT NOT TO PROGRESS MORE THAN 10 1/2 FEET BEYOND CENTER LINE OF BURNER AT ANY TIME. 3. SMOKE DEVELOPED: INTERIOR FINISH & TRIM MATERIALS, WHERE SPECIFIED, TO HAVE FIRE RETARDANT TREATMENT CONFORMING TO ABOVE REQUIREMENTS FOR "FLAME SPREAD" PLUS SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 25 OR LESS, ASTM E 84. EACH PIECE OF WOOD SHALL BEAR THE UL LABEL INDICATING TREATMENT (U.L. RATING OF RF -3). 4. CERTIFICATES: FURNISH AFFIDAVIT IF REQUIRED BY CODE OFFICIAL STATING THAT MATERIALS HAVE BEEN TREATED IN ACCORDANCE W/ SPECIFICATIONS & THAT MOISTURE CONTENT, AFTER TREATMENT, DOES NOT EXCEED SPECIFIED LIMITS; INCLUDE CHEMICAL USED AND RETENTION OBTAINED FOR PRESSURE TREATED MATERIAL. INCLUDE THE "QUALITY MARK" OF ASSOCIATION HAVING JURISDICTION OVER THE TREATMENT. 5. DELIVER TREATED MATERIALS BUNDLED AND MARKED TO IDENTIFY TREATMENT. 6. STORE TREATED MATERIALS FOR EASY IDENTIFICATION AND PROTECT FROM MOISTURE; PROVIDE WELL - VENTILATED DRY STORAGE. 7. HANDLE TREATED MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE W/ AWPA STANDARDS. IN ADDITION TO MATERIAL USED IN TREATMENT, FURNISH ADDITIONAL MATERIAL FOR FIELD TREATMENT OF CUTS. 8. FIELD CUTS AND HOLES: FIELD -TREAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH AWPA M -4. a. TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL PANEL BACK BOARDS: 3/4" FIRE RETARDANT TREATED PLYWOOD. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. SET MEMBERS LEVEL AND PLUMB, IN CORRECT POSITION. B. INSTALL TELEPHONE AND ELECTRICAL PANEL BACK BOARDS WITH PLYWOOD MATERIALS WHERE REQUIRED. SIZE THE BACK BOARD BY 12 INCHES BEYOND SIZE OF ELECTRICAL PANEL. C. NEW FRAMING AT STOREFRONT AND ABOVE CEILING SHALL BE NON - COMBUSTIBLE. 06220 MILLWORK AND FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 - GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL FINISHED TRIM, CABINETRY, COUNTERS, DOORS, SHELVES, BASE AND ALL FINISH ITEMS SUCH AS LAMINATES AND FINISH DOOR HARDWARE, AS INDICATED AND DETAILED ON DRAWINGS. B. SEE DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE FOR DETAILS, SIZES, DIMENSIONS. C. PROVIDE SHOP DRAWINGS OF FACTORY FABRICATED ITEMS. D. FOLLOW AWI (ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK INSTITUTE) ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK QUALITY STANDARDS. E. MATERIALS 1. FINISHED WOOD ON CABINETRY: CUSTOM GRADE, LUMBER AND VENEER PLYWOOD, FACTORY PREFINISH, COLOR TO BE SELECTED STAIN AND CLEAR COAT HEAVY DUTY POLYURETHANE. 2. SUBSTRATE FOR PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED COMPONENTS: MEDIUM DENSITY FIBER BOARD (MDF). PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. DO NOT DELIVER OR INSTALL ITEMS UNTIL BUILDING AND ROOMS RECEIVING SUCH ARE COMPLETED AND THOROUGHLY DRY AND FREE OF EXCESSIVE MOISTURE. B. MILLWORK AND CABINETRY MAY BE SHOP OR FIELD ASSEMBLED AT CONTRACTORS OPTION. C. INSTALL ITEMS IN A RIGID, STRAIGHT, PLUMB, LEVEL MANNER ACCURATELY FITTED AND SCRIBED TO ABUTTING SURFACES. D. COUNTERSINK NAILS AND SCREW HEADS AND FILL AND SAND SMOOTH. E. CUTTING AND REPAIRING WORK FOR ACCOMMODATION OF WORK BY OTHERS SHALL BE DONE AS PART OF MILLWORK RESPONSIBILITY. F. FINISH WOODWORK SHALL BE DRESSED AND SANDED, FREE FROM MACHINE AND TOOL MARKS, RAISED GRAIN OR OTHER DEFECTS. G. PROTECT FINISHED WORK UNTIL ACCEPTANCE BY TENANT. 06605 FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL A. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE PANELS, MOLDINGS, ADHESIVE, AND JOINT SEALERS. B. MANUFACTURER: MARLITE (330) 343 -6621, KEMLITE (800) 435 -0080, OR EQUAL. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. PREPARE SURFACES USING THE METHODS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER. B. INSTALL PANELS AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS AND PER MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07100 DAMPPROOFING AND WATERPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL A. INSTALL WATERPROOF MEMBRANE WHEN REQUIRED BY CODE OR LANDLORD REQUIREMENTS. B. WET AREAS ON ELEVATED SLABS SHALL BE WATERPROOFED USING A 30 -MIL POLYETHYLENE CLEAVAGE MEMBRANE (EQUAL TO NOBLESEAL TS) INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND ANSI -A108. MEMBRANE SHALL EXTEND AROUND THE PERIMETER OF THE PREMISES A MIN OF 4" IN HEIGHT OR EQUAL TO HEIGHT OF BASE. SLEEVES AND FIXTURES MUST BE FLASHED INTO THE MEMBRANE. ALL PENETRATIONS MUST BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. VERIFY SUBSTRATE SURFACES ARE DURABLE, FREE OF MATTER DETRIMENTAL TO ADHESION OR APPLICATION OF WATERPROOFING SYSTEM. B. PROTECT ADJACENT SURFACES NOT DESIGNATED TO RECEIVE WATERPROOFING. C. BEFORE APPLYING FINISH FLOORING, TENANT SHALL DEMONSTRATE WATERTIGHT INTEGRITY OF MEMBRANE TO LANDLORD'S FIELD REPRESENTATIVE. SEE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 07200 THERMAL PROTECTION PART 1 - GENERAL A. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF EXPOSED PIPING. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. INSTALL PER DRAWING DETAILS, MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND AS PER REQUIRED CODES. 07815 SPRAYED -ON FIREPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL A. SPRAYED -ON FIREPROOFING OF INTERIOR STRUCTURAL STEEL FOR FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY RATINGS CONFORMING TO UL DESIGN. B. PROVIDE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE FOR FIREPROOFING MATERIALS TO AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION, INDICATING APPROVAL FOR USE ON THIS PROJECT. C. PROVIDE VENTILATION IN AREAS TO RECEIVE FIREPROOFING DURING APPLICATION AND 24 HOURS AFTERWARD, TO DRY APPLIED MATERIAL. D. PROVIDE TEMPORARY ENCLOSURE TO PREVENT SPRAY FROM CONTAMINATING AIR. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. VERIFY THAT CLIPS, HANGERS, SUPPORTS, SLEEVES, AND OTHER ITEMS REQUIRED TO PENETRATE FIREPROOFING ARE IN PLACE. B. VERIFY THAT VOIDS AND CRACKS IN SUBSTRATE HAVE BEEN FILLED. VERIFY THAT PROJECTIONS HAVE BEEN REMOVED WHERE FIREPROOFING WILL BE EXPOSED TO VIEW AS A FINISH MATERIAL. C. PERFORM TEST AS RECOMMENDED BY FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER IN SITUATIONS WHERE ADHESION OF FIREPROOFING TO SUBSTRATE IS IN QUESTION. D. REMOVE INCOMPATIBLE MATERIALS THAT COULD AFFECT BOND BY SCRAPING, BRUSHING, SCRUBBING, OR SANDBLASTING. E. PREPARE SUBSTRATES TO RECEIVE FIREPROOFING IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH INSTRUCTIONS OF FIREPROOFING MANUFACTURER. F. PROTECT SURFACES NOT TO BE FIREPROOFED AND SUBJECT TO DAMAGE BY OVERSPRAY, FALL -OUT AND DUSTING. G. CLOSE OFF AND SEAL DUCT WORK IN AREAS WHERE FIREPROOFING IS BEING APPLIED. H. APPLY PRIMERADHESIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. I. APPLY FIREPROOFING IN SUFFICIENT THICKNESS TO ACHIEVE REQUIRED RATINGS, WITH AS MANY PASSES AS NECESSARY TO COVER WITH MONOLITHIC BLANKET OF UNIFORM DENSITY AND TEXTURE. J. REMOVE EXCESS MATERIAL, OVERSPRAY, DROPPINGS, AND DEBRIS FROM MATERIALS AND SURFACES NOT REQUIRED TO BE FIREPROOFED. 07900 JOINT SEALERS l CAULKING PART 1 - GENERAL A. PROVIDE EXPANSION JOINT MATERIAL, SEALANTS AND JOINT BACKING FOR JOINTS BETWEEN DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 1. SILICONE SEALANTS (TYPE 5): ASTM C920, SINGLE COMPONENT, NON - SAGGING, NON - STAINING, NON - BLEEDING; FOR USE AS GENERAL CAULKING. COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES. MANUFACTURER BY GE SILICONES OR EQUAL. 2. JOINT BACKING: ROUND, OPEN CELL POLYETHYLENE FOAM ROD. 3. FIRE CAULK: MANUFACTURED BY 3M OR EQUAL. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. REMOVE LOOSE MATERIALS AND FOREIGN MATTER WHICH MIGHT IMPAIR ADHESION OF SEALANT. B. CLEAN AND PRIME JOINTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. C. PROTECT ELEMENTS SURROUNDING THE WORK OF THIS SECTION FROM DAMAGE OR DISFIGURATION. D. INSTALL SEALANT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. E. INSTALL JOINT BACKING. F. APPLY SEALANT WITHIN RECOMMENDED APPLICATION TEMPERATURE RANGES. CONSULT MANUFACTURER WHEN SEALANT CANNOT BE APPLIED WITHIN THESE TEMPERATURE RANGES. G. INSTALL FIRE CAULK AT PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED PARTITIONS AND FLOORS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND UL DESIGNS. DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS 08100 METAL FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL A. INSTALL ALL FRAMES, HARDWARE & RELATED PARTS AND MATERIALS AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. B. LABELED FRAMES: WHERE REQUIRED, PROVIDE U.L. LABEL FRAMES PER APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL BUILDING CODES. SUCH TO RECEIVE LABELS ATTACHED STATING RATINGS. 1. DO NOT PAINT OR OBSCURE LABELS. C. FABRICATE AND ERECT TRUE, PLUMB AND SQUARE AS SPECIFIED AND AS DETAILED AND PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. D. METAL FRAMES FOR INSTALLATION AT DRYWALL AND METAL STUD PARTITIONS, CMU WALLS, ETC. 1. FRAMES - 2" FRONT FACE - 16 GA. HOLLOW METAL WITH CONTINUOUSLY WELDED CORNERS. SURFACES TO BF PHOSPHATIZED & RECEIVE (1) COAT BAKED ON PRIMER READY TO RECEIVE PAINT. a. PROVIDE 8 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT HINGES AND 14 GA. REINFORCEMENT AT LOCK AND CLOSERS. b. INSTALL ADJUSTABLE JAMB ANCHOR 4" DOWN FROM HEAD & WELDED -IN BASE ANCHOR AT EACH JAMB. 2. GALVANIZED FRAMES AT EXTERIOR LOCATIONS. PART 2 - PREPARATION /EXECUTION A. INSTALL FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH SDI -100. B. COORDINATE WITH WALL CONSTRUCTION FOR ANCHOR PLACEMENT. C. COORDINATE FINISHES AND INSTALLATION OF FRAMES WITH INSTALLATION OF DOORS & HARDWARE AS SPECIFIED IN DOOR SCHEDULE AND ON DRAWINGS. 1. FOLLOW DOOR HARDWARE INSTITUTE (DHI) GUIDELINES. 08110 METAL DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL A. DOORS SHALL NOT BE LIGHTER THAN 18 GAUGE FLUSH CONSTRUCTION, WITH INTERNAL STIFFENERS WELDED IN AT NOT OVER 8" OC AND WITH CONTINUOUS CHANNEL STIFFENERS WELDED TO FACE PLATES AT TOP AND BOTTOM. B. ALL DOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 10 GAUGE STEEL HINGE REINFORCEMENT & AN INTEGRAL LOCK BOX OF 16 GAUGE STEEL, ALL SECURELY WELDED INTO THE STILE. HINGE & LOCK REINFORCEMENTS SHALL BE DRILLED & TAPPED TO RECEIVE FINISHED HARDWARE, WHICH WILL BE APPLIED IN THE FIELD. C. DOORS SHALL BE REINFORCED FOR SURFACE APPLIED HARDWARE WITH A MINIMUM OF 16 GAUGE STEEL. DRILLING AND TAPPING FOR SURFACE APPLIED HARDWARE WILL BE DONE IN THE FIELD. D. ALL DOORS SHALL HAVE SOUND DEADENING MINERAL FIBER FILLER IN ALL VOIDS WITHIN DOORS. E. THE DOORS SHALL BE PREPARED FOR VARIOUS TYPES OF HARDWARE USING TEMPLATE PROVIDED BY THE HARDWARE SUPPLIER. F. GALVANIZED FINISH FOR EXTERIOR USE, DOORS TO BE THERMAL AND FIRE PROTECTED AS REQUIRED PER CODE. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. VERIFY THAT OPENING SIZES AND TOLERANCES ARE ACCEPTABLE. B. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SPECIFIED DOOR GRADE STANDARD AND THE "NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS ". C. SEE DRAWINGS FOR FINISH. 08710 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL FINISH HARDWARE FOR DOORS. B. SEE DRAWINGS FOR SPECIFIC ITEMS, MANUFACTURERS AND MODEL NUMBERS. C. FOLLOW DHI (DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE) STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES AND AWI (AMERICAN WOODWORK INSTITUTE) STANDARDS FOR HARDWARE INSTALLED ON WOOD DOORS. D. FURNISH OWNER WITH MAINTENANCE DATA, MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, MANUFACTURERS WARRANTIES AND SPECIAL TOOLS. E. FINISHES: AS NOTED ON PLANS AND SCHEDULES. F. KEYING 1. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE KEYING AND MASTER KEYING WITH OWNER. 2. INSTALL CONSTRUCTION CORES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND REPLACE WITH PERMANENT AT END OF JOB PRIOR TO TURN -OVER. G. SEE SECTION 08400 ON ALUMINUM ENTRANCES, FOR HARDWARE SPECIFIC TO THOSE DOORS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH OTHER DIRECTLY AFFECTED SECTIONS INVOLVING MANUFACTURE OR FABRICATION OF INTERNAL REINFORCEMENT FOR DOOR HARDWARE AND RECESSED ITEMS. B. VERIFY THAT DOORS & FRAMES ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORK AND DIMENSIONS ARE AS INDICATED. C. INSTALL HARDWARE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. D. USE TEMPLATES PROVIDED BY HARDWARE ITEM MANUFACTURER. E. ADJUST HARDWARE FOR SMOOTH AND PROPER OPERATION. F. COORDINATE WORK WITH ELECTRICAL FOR ELECTRIC HARDWARE COMPONENTS. 08835 MIRRORS PART 1 - GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL CUSTOM FITTED MIRRORS INCLUDING MASTIC AND ATTACHMENT CLIPS AS SIZED AND DETAILED IN DRAWINGS AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. B. CONSULT NAMM (NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF MIRROR MANUFACTURING) FOR TIPS FOR CARE AND HANDLING OF MIRRORS. C. PRODUCT: 1. CLEAR FLOAT TYPE WITH COPPER/SILVER COATING. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, ALL EDGES SHALL BE POLISHED. D. MIRROR ADHESIVE: CHEMICALLY COMPATIBLE WITH MIRROR COATING AND WALL SUBSTRATE. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. VERIFY AREAS RECEIVING MIRRORS ARE WITHIN TOLERANCES AND ARE READY TO RECEIVE MATERIAL. B. PLACE PLUMB AND LEVEL WITHOUT VISIBLE DISTORTION. C. STORE, PROTECT, AND INSTALL MIRRORS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NAMM. D. SET MIRRORS WITH EDGE CLEARANCE FREE OF SURROUNDING CONSTRUCTION INCLUDING COUNTERTOPS OR BACKSPLASHES. E. REMOVE LABELS AFTER WORK IS COMPLETE. F. CLEAN MIRRORS AND ADJACENT SURFACES. b RECEIVED AUG 232012 PERMIT CENTER 90% SET- 1 -19 -12 100% SET- S -14 -12 CONSULTANTS: SEAL: 3408 4/11 AEROSOLES REGISTERED ARCHi7 ECT AVIA. LOW STATE OF WASHINGTON 4 Q t O- N §k LLI N � WZ 00 < 0 F- J O W�Ztn Q O Z SHEET TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS REVISIONS: NO: DATE: SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 B Y: PROJECT NO: JOB.NO. DRAWN BY: SP 2 SHEET OF NO. DIVISION 9 - FINISHES 09260 GYPSUM BOARD SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL A. FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL GYPSUM DRYWALL & SYSTEMS COMPLETE WITH PARTITION FRAMING, CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS AND RELATED ACCESSORIES, PARTS, MATERIALS, ETC. AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED. INSTALL ALL MATERIALS PER MANUFACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS & RECOMMENDATIONS. B. GYPSUM DRYWALL: 5/8" TYPE "X" UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. C. FASTENERS: DRYWALL SCREWS OF PROPER SIZE AND TYPE PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS. D. PROVIDE MATERIALS, JOINT COMPOUNDS, TRIM, EDGES, BEADS, ETC. FROM A SINGLE SOURCE SUPPLIER. ALL TRIM SHALL CONSIST OF A TAPERED, GROOVED AND PREPUNCHED FIN FOR SCREW ATTACHMENT AND TO ACCEPT BONDING AGENT. ALL BUTT JOINTS ARE TO BE NEAT WITH TIGHT JOINTS, AND ALL CORNERS ARE TO BE MITERED. ALL EDGES, BEADS AND TRIM TO BE PRE - FINISH ALUMINUM. E. ACCESS PANELS: 1. PROVIDE ACCESS PANELS AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND SITE CONDITIONS (COORDINATE SIZE REQUIREMENTS, NUMBER OF PANELS REQUIRED AND LOCATIONS WITH LANDLORD AND ALL MECHANICAL TRADES). 2. ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE FLUSH TYPE (NO EXPOSED FLANGES) AS MANUFACTURED BY: BAR -CO (334) 347 -9516, OR EQUAL (SIZE AS REQUIRED). a. FOR NON -RATED CONDITIONS USE: "BAR- 300 ". b. FOR RATED CONDITIONS USE: "FB -1 ". 3. PANELS TO BE FACTORY PRIMED (WHITE) READY TO RECEIVE FINAL FINISH (PAINT) BY CONTRACTOR. METAL STUDS: SIZE ACCORDING TO CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS x 20 GAUGE STEEL AT 16" OC TRACKS TO BE ANCHORED BY MEDIUM POWER ACTUATED FASTENERS AT 24" OC PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. JOINT TREATMENT: U.S. GYPSUM OR GOLD BOND SYSTEM OF COMPOUNDS AND PERFORATED TAPE. 1. ERECT GBD IN A SINGLE LAYER IN THE MOST ECONOMICAL DIRECTION WITH ENDS AND EDGES OCCURRING OVER FIRM BEARING. 2. WALLS, CEILINGS AND SOFFITS, AND ALL TRANSITIONS IN SAME, SHALL BE GIVEN A SMOOTH FINISH. 3. CORNER BEADS SHALL BE APPLIED TO ALL EXTERNAL ANGLES IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS DIRECTIONS. INSTALL CASING BEADS AT ALL EDGES OF DRYWALL WORK EXCEPT WHERE TERMINATION IS COVERED BY OTHER FINISH. CASING BEADS SHALL BE MITERED AT CORNERS AND INSTALLED NEATLY, FINISHED WITH COMPOUND. 4. JOINTS BETWEEN BOARDS SHALL BE REINFORCED WITH TAPE EXCEPT WHERE CONTROL JOINTS ARE REQUIRED. TAPE FIELD JOINTS, INTERIOR CORNER JOINTS AND WALL TO CEILING JOINTS. FILL JOINTS WITH JOINT FILLING COMPOUND AND EMBED TAPE THEREIN. COVER TAPE WITH BEDDING COMPOUND AND TAPER TO FEATHER EDGES. FILL SCREW HEAD DEPRESSIONS WITH JOINT FILLING COMPOUND AND FEATHER THE EDGES. ALLOW TO DRY. 5. COVER TAPED AND FILLED JOINTS AND FILLED SCREW HEAD DEPRESSIONS WITH TOPPING COMPOUND APPLIED IN THREE COATS. PERMITTING THE PREVIOUS COAT TO DRY PRIOR TO INSTALLING THE SUBSEQUENT COAT. 6. SAND JOINT AND SCREW HEAD AREAS LIGHTLY BETWEEN COATS & AFTER THE FINAL COAT SO THAT A SMOOTH LEVEL SURFACE IS PRODUCED WITH THE PAPER SURFACE OF THE WALLBOARD FREE OF SCUFFING. B. PATCH AND /OR REPAIR EXISTING DRYWALL TO REMAIN TO LIKE NEW CONDITION. LEVEL ANY UNEVEN OR ROUGH SPOTS AND FINISH SMOOTH. BULGES AND VISUAL DEPRESSIONS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 09300 TILE PART 1 - GENERAL A. PORCELAIN TILE: REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SIZES, COLORS, AND MANUFACTURERS. B. INSTALL GROUT AS RECOMMENDED BY TILE MANUFACTURER. COLOR OF GROUT TO BE INDICATED ON THE FINISH SCHEDULE. IF NO COLOR IS INDICATED, A GROUT TO MATCH TILE IS TO BE USED. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. BEFORE SETTING ANY TILE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ASSURE THAT NO TILES WILL HAVE TO BE REMOVED AFTER INSTALLATION TO ACCOMMODATE THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. ALL CUTTING, FITTING, DRILLING & GRINDING OF THE WORK, WHERE NECESSARY IN RELATION TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES, SHALL BE PERFORMED SO THAT THE WORK WILL BE NEATLY AND ACCURATELY DONE AND CUT EDGES SHALL BE UNIFORM. B. CONFORM TO REQUIREMENTS UNDER AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ANSI A -137.1 FOR CERAMIC TILE MATERIAL AND ANSI A -108 FOR INSTALLATION. C. INSTALL PER LANDLORD'S SPECIFICATIONS, WHERE APPLICABLE. D. LAY OUT TILE PATTERN SYMMETRICALLY WITH EVEN JOINT ON ALL FLOOR AND WALL SURFACES. ALIGN JOINTS WITH L.L. PATTERN, WHERE APPLICABLE. E. CUT AND DRILL TILE AS REQUIRED WITHOUT MARRING TILE, GRIND AND FIT AROUND FIXTURES, ETC. LEAVE COMPLETED WORK FREE FROM CRACKED, BROKEN, OR DAMAGED TILE. F. FURNISH AND INSTALL TRANSITION STRIPS AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. ALL TRANSITIONS BETWEEN NEW AND EXISTING OR UNLIKE FINISHES SHALL BE FLUSH AND SMOOTH. NO REDUCER STRIPS PERMITTED IN STOREFRONT AREA. G. PROTECT HEAVILY TRAVELED, NEWLY TILED AREAS AS REQUIRED. H. INSTALL TILES USING THINSET LATEX PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR METHOD WITH 1/8" JOINTS AT WALLS AND FLOORS. I. SEAL/WAX ALL TILE PER MANUFACTURER'S SPECIFICATIONS. 09511 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL A. PROVIDE ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS WITH EXPOSED SUSPENSION GRID, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. B. SUSPENSION SYSTEM AND ACOUSTIC PANELS AS LISTED ON REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEET, FINISH SCHEDULE, AND RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE. C. REFER TO DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND FINISHES. WHERE REQUIRED BY CODES, CEILING ASSEMBLIES SHALL CONFORM WITH UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES DESIGN FOR ONE HOUR FIRE RATED ASSEMBLIES. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. AT TIME OF COMPLETION, DELIVER TO TENANT, ONE PACKAGE OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS OF EACH TYPE OF MATERIAL USED, FOR FUTURE REPLACEMENT USE. B. COMPLY WITH ASTM C 635 FOR INTERMEDIATE - DUTY CLASS SYSTEM. SIZE ATTACHMENT DEVICES FOR FIVE (5) TIMES DESIGN LOAD. HANGER WIRE SHALL BE GALVANIZED CARBON STEEL, ASTM A641, SOFT TEMPER, PRE - STRETCHED, 12 GA MINIMUM. C. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS PRINTED INSTRUCTIONS AND WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS, FIRE - RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENT AND WITH INDUSTRY STANDARDS APPLICABLE TO THE WORK. D. INSTALL SUSPENSION SYSTEM TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C 636, WITH HANGERS SUPPORTED ONLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. LOCATE HANGERS NOT LESS THAN 6" FROM EACH END AND SPACE 4' -0" ALONG EACH CARRYING CHANNEL OR DIRECT -HUNG RUNNER. SECURE WIRE HANGERS BY LOOPING AND WIRE TYING, EITHER DIRECTLY TO STRUCTURES OR TO INSERTS, EYE - SCREWS, OR OTHER DEVICES WHICH ARE SECURE AND APPROPRIATE FOR SUBSTRATE. E. INSTALL EDGE MOLDINGS AT PERIMETER OF ACOUSTICAL CEILING AREA AND AT LOCATIONS WHERE NECESSARY TO CONCEAL EDGES OF ACOUSTICAL UNITS. F. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL PANELS IN COORDINATION WITH SUSPENSION SYSTEM, WITH EDGES CONCEALED BE SUPPORT OF SUSPENSION, MEMBERS, SCRIBE AND CUT PANELS TO FIT ACCURATELY AT BORDERS AND PENETRATIONS. G. INSTALL HOLD -DOWN CLIPS IF REQUIRED BY CODE. 09650 RESILIENT FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL A. INSTALL SHEET VINYL FLOORING AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND FINISH SCHEDULE. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION B. BROOM CLEAN AND VACUUM THE FLOOR SURFACE TO BE COVERED. INSPECT THE SUBFLOOR AND REPORT ANY DEFECTIVE FLOOR OR BASE CONDITIONS. USE A LEVELING COMPOUND, FLOORSTONE OR EQUAL FOR FILLING CRACKS, DEPRESSIONS, OR BUILDING AREAS TO MEET FLOOR LEVELS. INSTALL SHEET VINYL IN ACCORDANCE W/ MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE TIGHTLY FITTED TO WALLS AND LAID SQUARE TO ROOMS, WITH TIGHT FITTED JOINTS. 09910 PAINTING AND FINISHING PART 1 - GENERAL A. THE INTENT IS TO PROVIDE A SATISFACTORY FINISH TO ALL PARTS OF THIS PROJECT. FINISH APPEARANCE MUST BE UNIFORM, SMOOTH, AND FREE OF ANY RUNS, SAGS, AND DEFECTIVE BRUSHING OR SPRAYING. IF THE NUMBER OF COATS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER DOES NOT ACCOMPLISH THE INTENT, THEN APPLY ADDITIONAL COATS UNTIL COVERAGE IS SATISFACTORY. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR PAINT COLORS, MANUFACTURER, ETC. B. USE ONLY THE PAINT AND RELATED MATERIALS SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER. PAINT IS EGGSHELL FINISH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SEE FINISH SCHEDULE FOR SPECIFIC COLORS. ALTERNATES ARE NOT PERMITTED. C. LEAVE A MINIMUM OF ONE QUART AND A MAXIMUM OF ONE GALLON OF EACH PAINT TYPE AND COLOR AT JOB -SITE FOR FUTURE TOUCH -UP. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. CLEAN SURFACES TO BE PAINTED FREE OF LOOSE DIRT & DUST BEFORE WORK IS STARTED. WASH METAL SURFACES WITH MINERAL SPIRITS BEFORE APPLYING FINISHES. WHERE RUST OR SCALE IS PRESENT, WIRE BRUSH OR SAND CLEAN BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. B. PAINT SYSTEMS 1. PAINTED DRYWALL TO RECEIVE ONE COAT LATEX PRIMER AND TWO COATS OF SPECIFIED PAINT. TINT PRIMER TO APPROXIMATE SHADE OF THE FINAL COAT. TOUCH -UP SUCTION SPOTS OR HOT SPOTS AFTER APPLICATION OF FIRST COAT AND BEFORE APPLYING SECOND COAT, TO PRODUCE AN EVEN RESULT IN THE FINISH COAT. DRY COATS THOROUGHLY BEFORE APPLYING SUCCEEDING COATS. FOLLOW MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS FOR RECOAT TIME. SEAL DRYWALL SURFACES BEHIND MIRRORS. 2. PAINTED METAL TO RECEIVE AN ALKYD BASED PAINT, ONE COAT BASE PRIMER AND TWO FINISH COATS. 3. PAINTED ALUMINUM SURFACES TO RECEIVE ONE COAT DEEP BASE PRIMER AND TWO COATS OF LATEX PAINT (ALLOW 12 HOURS DRYING TIME BETWEEN COATS). C. PUTTY NAIL HOLES, COUNTERSUNK SCREWS, BOLTS, CRACKS, ETC. BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. D. SAND WOOD SURFACES SMOOTH AND EVEN BEFORE APPLYING FINISH. E. BEFORE STARTING FINISH WORK, REMOVE HARDWARE, ACCESSORIES, PLATES, LIGHTING FIXTURES AND SIMILAR ITEMS, OR PROVIDE AMPLE PROTECTION FOR SUCH ITEMS. F. PAINT ALL EXPOSED PIPING, ACCESS DOORS, VENTS, FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS, EQUIPMENT MOUNTING BOARDS, ETC. TO MATCH ADJACENT WORK UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR DIRECTED. DO NOT PAINT FIRE SPRINKLER HEADS, PERMANENT LABELS AND SIMILAR ITEMS INTENDED OR REQUIRED TO BE READABLE. G. SAND ENAMELED FINISHES APPLIED TO WOOD OR METAL BETWEEN COATS WITH FINE SANDPAPER TO PRODUCE EVEN SMOOTH FINISH. H. MAKE FINISH WORK UNIFORM, SMOOTH, FREE OF RUNS, SAGS AND DEFECTIVE BRUSHING OR SPRAYING. MAKE EDGES ADJOINING OTHER MATERIALS OR COLORS SHARP AND CLEAN WITHOUT OVERLAPPING. I. SEAL TOPS, BOTTOMS AND EDGES OF WOOD DOORS. J. PRIOR TO CONTRACTOR LEAVING SITE AND AFTER ALL FIXTURES ARE INSTALLED AND STORE IS CLEANED, CONTRACTOR SHALL WALK SITE AND TOUCH -UP PAINT DAMAGED DURING FINAL DAYS OF PROJECT. DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10260 CORNER GUARDS PART 1 - GENERAL A. PROVIDE CORNER GUARDS AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION B. INSTALL CORNER GUARDS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 10400 SIGNAGE A. SIGNAGE COMPONENTS 1. STOREFRONT LOGO SIGNAGE 2. STOREFRONT GLAZING VINYL APPLIQUES 3. CONSTRUCTION BARRICADE GRAPHICS /SCRIM 4. PIN - MOUNTED SIGNAGE 5. TOILET / ADA SIGNAGE B. TENANT'S SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR IS TO FURNISH ALL STOREFRONT SIGNAGE. COORDINATION AND INSTALLATION AS DIRECTED ON DRAWINGS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE ELECTRICAL AS SHOWN ON ELECTRICAL PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. TENANTS SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR IS TO COORDINATE W/ THE CONTRACTOR FOR SCHEDULING & STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE SIGNAGE. 10520 FIRE PROTECTION A PROVIDE MULTI - PURPOSE CHEMICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS CAPABLE OF EXTINGUISHING CLASS A, B, AND C FIRES, IN QUANTITIES AND LOCATIONS SHOWN AND AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL. (COORDINATE IN FIELD.) MANUFACTURER: J.L. INDUSTRIES; COSMIC SERIES OR EQUAL. B. INSTALL MOUNTING BRACKETS AT HEIGHTS TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE REGULATIONS OF GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. C. SECURE MOUNTING BRACKETS TO STRUCTURE, SQUARE AND PLUMB, TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. D. UTILIZE CABINET WHEN EXTINGUISHERS ARE IN PUBLIC, RETAIL OR WAITING AREAS. AT A MINIMUM, INSTALL ONE (1) EXTINGUISHER AT CASHWRAP AND ONE (1) EXTINGUISHER NEAR ELECTRICAL PANEL. 10670 STORAGE SHELVING AND WORK COUNTERS PART 1 - GENERAL A. CONTRACTOR TO ASSEMBLE AND INSTALL SHELVING UNITS AND /OR SURFACE MOUNTED STANDARDS, WITH BRACKETS AND SHELVES. B. PROVIDE COMPLETE SYSTEM, FURRING STRIPS EXCLUDED, WITH BRACKETS, CLIPS, SHELVES, RELATED SCREWS AND ANCHORS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. CONTRACTOR TO ASSEMBLE AND SECURE SHELVING UNITS TO FLOOR AND WALLS WITH FASTENERS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER IN LOCATIONS AS SHOWN AND DETAILED IN PLANS. B. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE REQUIRED BLOCKING, FURRING STRIPS AND BRACING. REFER SECTION 06114 AND SECTION 05500. C. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE WORK COUNTERS AS DESCRIBED IN PLANS AND DETAILS. 10800 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL A. PROVIDE ADA APPROVED TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES AND GRAB BARS INCLUDING ALL SET SCREWS AND ANCHORS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. REFER TO DRAWINGS. B. MANUFACTURER: "BOBRICK" OR EQUAL. C. PROVIDE ITEMS AND QUANTITIES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. INSTALL TOILET ACCESSORY UNITS ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTION, USING FASTENERS AND IN -WALL BLOCKING AS RECOMMENDED BY UNIT MANUFACTURER. INSTALL UNITS PLUMB AND LEVEL, FIRMLY ANCHORED IN LOCATIONS & AT HEIGHTS INDICATED, IN A TAMPER PROOF MANNER WITH SPECIAL HANGERS, TOGGLE BOLTS, OR SCREWS. DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT 11001 GENERAL A. ALL EQUIPMENT MANUALS, INSTRUCTION BOOKLETS, AND WARRANTY INFORMATION SHALL BE NEATLY BOUND AND TURNED OVER TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO THE TURNOVER. B. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FINAL HOOK -UP OF ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING ALL MECHANICAL, PLUMBING AND ELECTRICAL WORK. C. INSTALLATION OF ALL EQUIPMENT (INCLUDING TENANT FURNISHED) IS TO BE INCLUDED IN GENERAL BID. 11106 WALL STANDARDS PART 1 - GENERAL A. SURFACE MOUNTED WALL STANDARDS AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. CONTRACTOR TO SET TOP OF STANDARDS LASER LEVEL AND LOCATED AS DETAILED IN DRAWINGS. B. CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT VERTICAL STANDARDS ARE SET TRUE AND PLUMB AND MAXIMUM OF 24" ON CENTER, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 11130 AUDIO - VISUAL EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL A. COORDINATE WITH RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE AND OWNER FOR INSTALLATION. PART 2 - PREPARATION / EXECUTION A. VERIFY ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE AVAILABLE AND IN PLACE FOR INSTALLATION. B. INSTALL AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS 1. FIXTURES, ETC. INDICATED ON THE PLANS ARE FURNISHED BY TENANT. CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION AS INDICATED IN DRAWINGS. DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION 1. SEE "M" SHEETS. DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS 1. NO WORK UNDER THIS SECTION. DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL 1. SEE "M" AND "P" SHEETS. DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL 1. SEE "E" SHEETS. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 2 8 2012 City of Tukwila UIL DING DIVISION RECEIVED AUG 232012 PERMIT CENTER 90% SET- 1-19 -12 100% SET- 8 -14 -12 CONSULTANTS: a) IA W OD H • QQ CO 0 ZMos M gaN i N o ? z" 5 4r 000 Z 0 0IF- CO a LL SEAL: AEROSOLES 3408 AVID A. STATE OF WASD I! QTON Q CZ z = N 0 U w COV40 • Q J N W E- 0 W LLZV) CC I— Q O 01 Z M • 3W 1W --co SHEET TITLE: SPECIFICATIONS REVISIONS: NO: DATE: SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 B Y: PROJECT NO: JOB.NO. DRAWN BY: SHEET OF NO. LIGHTING CODED NOTES 1. PROVIDE NEW 11MECLOCK AND CONTACTORS. REFER TO SCHEDULES ON THIS SHEET AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION. 2. CONNECT CIRCUIT THROUGH NEW CONTACTOR 'LC2' WHICH IS CONTROLLED BY NEW 24 HOUR /7 DAY TIMECLOCK TC. COORDINATE ON /OFF SCHEDUUNG WITH OWNER AND LANDLORD. 3. EXISTING JUNCTION BOX, DISCONNECT SWITCH, AND CIRCUIT FOR SIGNAGE CONNECTIONS SHALL REMAIN. E.C. SHALL PROVIDE ALL SIGNAGE WIRING TO THIS BOX. (SIGNAGE BY OTHERS) 4. NEW MASTER UGHTING SWITCH BANK AT 42- AFF. SEE DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR SPECIFIC SWITCHING INFORMATION. PROVIDE LABELS ON SWITCHES AS INDICATED ON DETAIL 5. PROVIDE 2 -HOUR OVERRIDE TIME SWITCH EQUAL TO INTERMATIC FF SERIES. OVERRIDE SWITCH SHALL SERVE AS THE EXTERNAL OVERRIDE SIGNAL TO 1TMECLOCK 'TC' POLE #1. PROVIDE PRINTED LABEL AT SWITCH LOCATION TO READ "OVERRIDE SWITCH ". REFER TO UGHiiNG CONTACTOR SCHEDULES, LIGHiiNG CONTROL DETAIL, AND SWITCH BANK DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 6. PROVIDE WALL MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR MOUNTED AT 48" EQUAL TO HUBBELL UGHTHAWK SERIES, SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH TOGGLE ON /OFF SWITCH. 7. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CURRENT UMITING DEVICE EQUAL TO CONTECH REG6. TRACK LIGHTING SHALL BE WIRED IN A MANNER IN WHICH ONLY ONE CURRENT UMITING DEVICE IS NEEDED PER HOMERUN. 8. CONNECT CIRCUIT THROUGH LIGHTING CONTACTOR LC1 CONTROLLED BY SWITCH "b ". REFER TO UGHTING CONTACTOR SCHEDULES, UGHTING CONTROL DETAIL AND SWITCH BANK DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 9. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CURRENT UMITING DEVICE EQUAL TO CONTECH REG5. TRACK LIGHTING SHALL BE WIRED IN A MANNER IN WHICH ONLY ONE CURRENT UMI11NG DEVICE IS NEEDED PER HOMERUN. 10. CONNECT NEW OR EXISTING EMERGENCY UGHTS, EXIT SIGNS AND NIGHT UGHTS TO EXISTING DEDICATED EMERGENCY CIRCUIT 'L -7'. EMERGENCY UGHTS, EXIT SIGNS AND NIGHT UGHTS SHALL BE CIRCUITED AHEAD OF ALL SWITCHING. 11. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CURRENT UMITING DEVICE EQUAL TO CONTECH REG3. TRACK UGHTING SHALL BE WIRED IN A MANNER IN WHICH ONLY ONE CURRENT UMITING DEVICE IS NEEDED PER HOMERUN. 12. EXISTING UGHTING IN BACK OF HOUSE SHALL REMAIN. MAINTAIN EXISTING LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUIT (L -19). CONNECT CIRCUIT THROUGH UGHTING CONTACTOR LC3 CONTROLLED BY SWITCH "a ". REFER TO UGHTING CONTACTOR SCHEDULES, UGHTING CONTROL DETAIL AND SWITCH BANK DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 13. EXISTING EMERGENCY UGHTING IN BACK OF HOUSE SHALL REMAIN. 14. CONNECT CIRCUIT THROUGH UGHTING CONTACTOR LC3 CONTROLLED BY SWITCH "a ". REFER TO UGHTING CONTACTOR SCHEDULES, UGHTING CONTROL DETAIL AND SWITCH BANK DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES A. UGHT FIXTURES SHOWN FADED AND LABELED EX' ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. B. ALL WIRING DEVICES (RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, ETC.) AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE WHITE, NO EXCEPTIONS. C. UGHTING SHALL BE .CIRCUITED EXACTLY AS SHOWN ON PLANS. CIRCUITING SHALL BE THRU- WIRING WHEREVER POSSIBLE. MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS'` TO A SINGLE UGHT FIXTURE FOR VOLTAGE DROP CONDITIONS OR AS A RESULT OF A FIELD CONDITION ARE ACCEPTABLE. UGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE MANUFACTURED TO ACCOMMODATE THRU- WIRING, ANY RELATED COSTS FOR MULTIPLE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INCLUDED IN BID. D. LIGHTING CIRCUITS UP TO 100' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 1011 -0" TO 150' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UiiUZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. LIGHTING CIRCUITS FROM 151' -0" TO 250' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. UGHTING CIRCUITS ABOVE 251' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTILIZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. E. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR'S BID SHALL INCLUDE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL UGHT FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED LAMPS FURNISHED BY OWNER. SOME FIXTURES REQUIRE ASSEMBLY. E.C. IS RESPONSIBLE TO ENSURE THE ADJUSTABIUTY OF ALL DIRECTIONAL FIXTURES AFTER INSTALLATION AND SHALL AIM THE FIXTURES PER DIRECTION FROM G.C. IF THE CEIUNG SYSTEMS ARE FIRE RATED, E.C. SHALL CLOSELY COORDINATE RECESSED FIXTURE REQUIREMENTS WITH OWNER AND SUPPUER TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RATING OF THE CEIUNG. F. FIXTURES INSTALLED IN FURRED SPACES SHALL BE CONNECTED BY MEANS OF FLEXIBLE CONDUIT AND "AF" WIRE RUN TO A BRANCH CIRCUIT OUTLET BOX WHICH IS INDEPENDENT OF THE FIXTURE. G. EMERGENCY AND EXIT FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED AND CIRCUITED PER LOCAL AND LATEST NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODES. H. ALL NIGHT UGHTS (SHOWN WITH "NL" DESIGNATION) SHALL BE WIRED AHEAD OF SWITCHING. I. EMERGENCY FIXTURES, EMERGENCY BALLASTS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AN UNSWITCHED "HOT" TO PROVIDE CONTINUOUS POWER TO BALLAST EVEN WHEN FIXTURE IS OFF. J. EXIT/EMERGENCY LIGHTS, AT THE STOREFRONT SHALL BE CEIUNG MOUNTED AND CENTERED OVER OPENINGS. EXIT/EMERGENCY LIGHTS AT DOOR TO NON -SALES AREAS SHALL BE CEIUNG MOUNTED AND CENTERED ABOVE DOOR. K. IT SHALL BE THE E.C.'S RESPONSIBIUTY TO UNLOAD INVENTORY AND STORE UGHTING PACKAGE. THE E.C. SHALL ALSO SHIP ANY EXCESS MATERIALS BACK TO THE ELECTRICAL PACKAGE DISTRIBUTOR. L DISCONNECT AND DISCARD ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND DEVICES, WIRING, CONDUIT, UGHT FIXTURES, ETC. NOT BEING REUSED. 2 HOUR OVERRIDE OTIMER SWITCH TO CONTROL TiMECLOCK POLE #1 - LC1 ® DETAL NOTES 1. REFER TO CONTACTOR SCHEDULE LC1 ON THIS SHEET FOR CIRCUITS TO BE CONNECTED TO CONTACTOR. 2. REFER TO CONTACTOR SCHEDULE LC2 ON THIS SHEET FOR CIRCUITS TO BE CONNECTED TO CONTACTOR. 3. REFER TO TIMECLOCK SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET FOR CIRCUITS TO BE CONNECTED TO TiMECLOCK. SALES/BOH LIGHTING rf rC TRACK/DISPLAY LIGHTING c� LIGHTING CONTROL SCHEMATIC SCALE: NONE LIGHTNG CONTROL DESIGN INTENT EVENT: NORMAL BUSINESS HOURS (HOURS TO BE DETERMINED BY OWNER) - UGHT SWITCHES AT THE UGHTING SWITCH BANK SHALL CONTROL THE LIGHT FIXTURES. EVENT CONCLUSION OF BUSINESS DAY (TIME TO BE DETERMINED BY OWNER) - 11MECLOCK SHALL SWEEP "OFF" ALL LIGHTS STOREFRONT AND SIGNAGE EVENT: AFTER BUSINESS HOURS - UGHT FIXTURES SHALL REMAIN "OFF ". - IF AFTER HOURS CONTROL OF THE UGHT FIXTURES IS DESIRED, THE OVERRIDE SWITCH SHALL SERVE AS AN OVERRIDE SIGNAL TO THE iiMECLOCK AND THE UGHT SWITCHES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF CONTROLLING THE UGHT FIXTURES AGAIN (2 HOUR OVERRIDE MAX). EVENT: BEGINNING OF BUSINESS HOURS - UGHT SWITCHES AT THE UGHiiNG SWITCH BANK SHALL CONTROL THE UGHT FIXTURES. zazorettaxzetfosaal I i es`•T I48 'MOM. =rammzezall ITT' -T` 174 °4 ALL CONDMONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR TENANT PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR TENANT AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR TENANT OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. TIMECLOCK "TC" CIRCUITS NUMBER OF CLOCKS 4 CONTROL REMARKS: Wall Switch 'b' Mount in Nema -1 Enclosure POLE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 L -11 LIGHTING CONTACTOR LC3 2 L -11 LIGHTING CONTACTOR LC1 3 L -11 LIGHTING CONTACTOR LC2 4 -- -- SPARE LIGHTING CONTACTOR "LC1" NUMBER OF POLES: 6 CONTROL REMARKS: Wall Switch 'b' Mount in Nema -1 Enclosure POLE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 L -4 SALES TRACK LIGHTING 2 L -6 SALES TRACK LIGHTING 3 L -8 SALES PENDANT LIGHTING 4 L -25 PERIMETER FIXTURES 5 L -29 PERIMETER FIXTURES 6 -- -- SPARE LIGHTING CONTACTOR "LC2" NUMBER OF POLES: 4 CONTROL REMARKS: TIMECLOCK Mount in Nema -1 Enclosure POLE C IRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 L -1 SIGNAGE 2 L -5 STOREFRONT RECEPTACLES 3 L -12 STOREFRONT DOWNLIGHTS 4 L -14 STOREFRONT TRACK LIGHTING CONTACTOR "LC3" NUMBER OF POLES: 4 CONTROL REMARKS: TIMECLOCK Mount in Nema -1 Enclosure POLE CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 1 L -10 SALES GENERAL LIGHTING 2 L -19 STOCK GENERAL LIGHTING 3 -- -- SPARE 4 -- -- SPARE 174' TS 114' -Te 11W-T ITT' -T x....,m..anhmc.. X . 7 SID XI 1(1r (L -12 D ib. 'ilk \I \I +.a • • • • • • • ELECTRICAL LIGHTING F'L4N 20 06WashiO: tonStateNonre0ttterit (a1Ener,i .bode tom {lianceFofm: _._ _... Interior Lighting Summary LTG -INT P1roj2ct 111fo Projtlrt.Ad&e5s iW o.eleo DOW: 7/2512072 Gal southaeneex areway, Space *224 Ear Klldina DepartmsntiUse .Seattle, tra:9atea: Applicant Ngme Applicant Address: ApplieentPhonei Project DeseriPtion New Bulydfng 0,400.9n on ®Altora[iorl I800ns lrciuded Indicate controis(Sections 1613) including; eomm10ioning utrem tries On prang.: Cnttplisince Opti(in a PregCfiphve fij.PONN Pxxyer a,hnyrarre: a 5yste'sa Aatlysis I'SeeCtuaBca rn •CrWiliSt (r,A M0.. ,:diorite PresuiaW R Le4space. ifeaity.'01Ar7 ;). Alteration E xceplions (checkzpprepnate.pox sac 1133.;3) D t& hangasarebeing made.to:ttie hghlinG: Less Nan 60°1:of tit. tnc.rss tlew, mstallerliwettaga not incieased, •& space uss not ch riged:. Maaimeun Allnwed Ligh ing Wattage: Loceti•n {floor /room fn.).: Occupancy Dosciplitin. Allowed: Weitsoerie": µM=a nft Allcweex :Area SLL:ES: MAIL 1;32 1481:.0 1969' -,7 Sib& r, SFLar -: HEace"mtsa DISPLlir 1 40. 793::0 1110.2. s , 1,000 aatt Mai ttmw. rate r.eg. Alle,iieee pax:: 1.04: 10:00.0 1000.,0 SALES .111., 1.l ,!:Epi..0ote 1110 1: 480:4 - ,480,1! • sAt,t$ f': r-eck 4ighting 1 600.0 600.,0 $rasa: cX sfxty F1ar r esaeat 18: 54; 0 1152.0 From Table 15.1 (over) - eocumenrel exceptions on form LTQ:LPA Proposed Lighting Wattage Tntdl AIIo 0dWetls 4U79.9 Location (floor /room np.) Fixbrre,Descnphon: Numher or Fixtciras Watts/ Fixture 'Naffs Proposal: $Nits:. n: a ndant:H ag r.a"p 2. 6:0 12::0 sacs: v. aeeosaeu ADTiltllght : 25. 25.;0 625;:0 s , a. - rzaek 4ighting. 1. 900.0 300.0 SALES a.- rmek utsj ring: 1: 480:4 - ,480,1! • sAt,t$ f': r-eck 4ighting 1 600.0 600.,0 $rasa: cX sfxty F1ar r esaeat 18: 54; 0 1152.0 assr■nur sx _ F- .)r.tgt/p u1,06eg3ea 1 75.0 750,0 yea 1513.4 Display /exhib /special Indicate separate contrd3 al,, p;2 0 . NM 15115 - Exleri r: shut -off Schedule with type: and features, indicate location P321 /TLEIDIALTO NV NOV -- (a) timer wrbeckup Indicate location N n.a::. 00,4yea4 MUSING V CLEAR THEM (b) photocell. Indreatelocation _. .. ... Total Froposedd Watts may h:rt axe ed •Tot@: Allowed Wtitt's:.forin orlon. Total Proposed.Nfatt4 0;4.o Notes 1 For proposed Fodure D6 cnpgon indicate fixture tyfie tamp type ((c.g. T -l) nUNher of lamps In the fl4ure;:- and'baltast Npe iif -initilideciY For track hghting 91st the length of the hack (n feet) in.2ddltlon to rile fixture end ballast Infnlination 2 ForProposedW0tt1/ IxtUIe usemanuaCJlrer6listednaxrmum. inputw. tage: ofthefio1ure :Motsrcnptpthelanpwattage)and slier- nterta as .,pacified In Section 1530 For bdrd•Mred balfosts'only, the default table m tho'NREC Technical Reforonce • Manual may also be used Fortrocli lighting list the ,grater of actual luminaire:viattags or lenetl- 0t track multpl ed by.50;or as' apply able; the wattege:of current Inniling devices or of the transfomet 3, Lislall fixrlres. Far a!iempl Ilghtind nnte.Sactign and exception ntinlber, end ,leaea Wat2S/Firture blank; 1/4" • 'I'-0" 1 200$ Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance,Form Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 2UU4 °w3Sn NEC n Stale Norrasdenl a En3rQQ:LOdE C-0 H WISid July IVO / Project Address mammies (Date 7/25/2012 The Cloning information is necessary to check a permit application fa compliance with the lighting, motor, and transformer requirements in the 2006 Washington Slate Nonresidential Energy code:: Applicability Code (yes, no, n.a.). Section Component Information Requfret: Location on Plans Seeding Department Notre LIGHTINGCONTROLS (Section 1513) MO yes : 1513.1. Leal contra /access: Schedule with type, indicate locations: 0 0 yes.. 15132 Area controls Maximum line per switch el LIGHTS '+•:a • 1513,3 Daylight zone control Schedule with type and features, indicate locations -- -- 11!41-0' 9- 41-0t' ibil vertical glezln'g Indicate vertical glazing on plans TECH LIGHTING 1010-RI-M111-11.1-0 1- ru-1R-J 19 MOLT FLALOOEN -- overhead glazing: Indicate overhead glazing on plans Ill K K yea 1513.4 Display /exhib /special Indicate separate contrd3 al,, p;2 0 . NM 15115 - Exleri r: shut -off Schedule with type: and features, indicate location P321 /TLEIDIALTO NV NOV -- (a) timer wrbeckup Indicate location N n.a::. 00,4yea4 MUSING V CLEAR THEM (b) photocell. Indreatelocation _. .. ... 1513.6 Inter. auto shut -off Indicate location '1•a. 1513.6.1 (a) occup. sensors Schedule wkh type and locations -- I yes 1513.6.2 _ .. (b) -auto. switches Schedule with type and features (back -up, override capability); Indicate size of zone: on plans El yes. 1513.7 Canntis5Ioning. Indicate requirements for lighting controls commissioning- El. TAD. PL USIi MOUNT/ SU IPACE MOUNT MR PETAL EXIT SIGNS (Section 1514) yes: I. 1514 Max. watts - - - Indicate watts for each eXit sign ay LIGHTING POWER ALLOWANCE (Section 1630 -1632) yes 1531 - Interior Lighting Summary : Four Completed and attached. Schedule with fixture Type lamps, beasts, watts', per Thdure': a1 SMOCK DETECTOR-01E MECHANICAL a- 1532 Exlerlor Lighting Summary Fam Completed: and atteched: Schedule With flxturetypes: Temps, ballasts, watts per flxlure I RCM MOTORS (Section 1611) n. 151 qec m d a effiden cy MECH _ MOT or Equipment Schedule With hp. p m affil e nc Y TRANSFORMERS (Section 1540) ( Yes I. 1540 Transformers IlndreaM size and efficiency IE2:, r:3 J: If "no" is circled for anyquestion, provide explanation: 2006 Washin ton State Nonresidential En r Code Com . Iiance.Form: Lighting, Motor, and Transformer Permit Plans Checklist LTG -CHK 200U W3amgtcn State NerresdenlIatnrgy n0lE C0'npilane3 roses Haased July2UU! Lighting - General Requirements 1513 Lighting COMrols: Lighting,: including exempt lighting In Section 1512 shall comply With this section., Where, 000upanoy sensors, are sited, they Shill have tire :features Wed In Section 15116.1. Where automatic time switches are cited, they shall have the features listed In Section 1513. 1513.1 6.2. Lo cal Control and Accessibility! tech space, enclosed lay walls or ceiling-height tpartitions, shall be provided:wdh lighting controls located within that space. The fighting controls. whether one or 5000. •sha6 be capable -of turning off: 011 lights within: the spaee,The oontrols shall be readily accessible, atthe point of entry /exit, to personnel occupying or using the space, EXCEPTIONS: The following: lighting:' controls may be centralized In remote locations: 1. Lighting controls for spaces Which roust be used as a whole. 2 Automatic controls. 3. Controls requiring trained operators. 4. Controls for safety hazards and security. 15112 Area Controls: The maximum lighting power that may be controlled from a single switch: or automatic control shall not'exeeed that which Is provided by a 20ampere circuit loaded to not ^more ihan'.00 %.;A master oontrol:may be . installed provided the Individual switches retain their capability to funotlon Independently: Chlrcult breakers may not be used as the sole means of switching EXCEPTIONS: 1. Industriatnr manufacturing process areas, as -maybe required for production. 2 .Areas less than 5% of the building footprint for footprints. ever 100:;000 ff. 1513.3 Daylight Zone Control: All deyllghted zones, as defined In Chapter 2 both under overhead oozing. adjacent to vertloal gbaing; shell be provided withindivlduel: controls, or daylight- or oecupantsensing automatic. controls; which control' the lights independent of generef erect . lighting. Contiguousdeylight zones adjacent to vertical glazing are allowed to be controlled by :e single controlling device provided that they do not Include notes laoing more than two adjacent cardlnel orientations (i.e. north, earl south west). Daylight zones under overhead e1 di more than 15 feet from the perimeter shall be controlled separatelyfrom deyllght:. zones adjacent io vertloal:0Iazing. EXCEPTION; Daylight spaces enclosed by walls or ceiling height pa/Miens and containing 2 or fewer light 01101/00 are notreqUired to nave: a separate switch for general area Lighting. 15134 Dieplay, Exhibition and SpeclaltyLighttng Controls: All display, exhibition or specialty lighting shall be, controlled independently 01 general area lighting 1513.5 Autubiatic Shut -off Controls, Exterlor::Lighting for all exterior applloatlons.shall have automatio controls capable of turning off exterior lighting when sufficient daylight is available or when the flghtirtg is not required during nighttime hours Lightlng not designated for dusk-to-dawn operation shall be controlled by either. a.. A cambinatlonof a photoeenaor and a time nwrtoh; or An astronomloap:time switch. :Lighting designated fopdtrsk -to -dawn operation .shall be controlled by an astronomical time switch or photosensor..All time switches shell be capable of retaining programming and the time setting during loss et power for a period of at least 10 hours. EXCEPTION: Lighting for covered vehicle entrances . or exits from buildings or parking' structures where required. for safety, security, or eye adaptation. 1513,6 Automatic Shut -Off Controle, Interior: Buildings greater than;5,020 ft` and all school classrooms shall be equipped with seperete.eutometic controls to shut oft the lighting during unoccupied hours. Within these buildings, all office areas less than 300 ft" enclosed by walls or ceiling - height partitions, 000 all meeting and conterence rooms, and all school classrooms, shall be equipped with occupancy sensors that comply with.S'eMioh 1513.6.1. For other spaces, automatic - controls may be an occupancy sensor, time switch or other devise capable of automatically shutting off lighting. CarCOtI lhla• 1 a ......that t ha rnnfin, n„et,i Illuminated in 0 manner requiring manual operation of the lighting:. 2. Emergency lighting systems. 1 Switching for industrial or manufacturing process facilities as may be required for production: 4. Hospitals and laboratory spaces. 6. Areas in which mediest or dental tasks are performed are exempt from the occupancy sensor requirement. 1613.6.1 Occupancy Sen sore:'. ,Occupancy .sensors shall be capable of automatically turning off all the lights In an area, no more than 30 minutes after the area has been vacated. Light tlo ures controlled by occupancy sensors shall have B wall - mounted; manual switch capable of awning off lights when the space Is occupied EXCEPTION; Occupancy sensors In stairwells are allowed to have two step lighting (high -light and low- light) provided the control falls In the high -light position. 1513.6.2 Automatic Time Switches: Automatic time switches shall have a minimum 7 day clock and be capable . of being set for 7 different day types per Week and Incorporate an automatic holiday "shutoff" feature, which . turns off all loads for at least 24 hours and then resumes normally scheduled operations. Automatic time swlmhes shall also have program bank -up oapabillties; which prevent the loss of program and time settings for at least 10. hours, 0 power is interrupted Automatic time switches shell inoorporete en over -ride switching device which; a 5 readily accessible; b is located so that a person using the device can see the lights or the areas comrotied by the switch; or so that the . area being Illuminated is annunciated; c. Is manually operated, d. allows the lighting to remain on for no more. than 2 hours when an over -ride rs initiated; and e. controls an area not exceeding 5,000 ft` or 5% of the building footprintfor footprints over 100000 flz, whiohever is greater: 1513.7 Comrnlssioning Requirements: For lighting controls which Include dayllghtOr occupant sensing automatic controls, automatic shutoff controls, occupancy sensors, or automatic time switches. the lighting controls . sha0 be tested to ensure that control devises, components, equipment and systems ere calibrated, adjusted and operate M accordance With approved plane and specifications. Sequences of operation shall be functionally tested to ensure they operate in accordance With approved plans and. specifications. A complete report of test procedures and results shall be prepared and filed with the owner. Drawing notes shall require commissioning in accordance with this paragraph 1514 E %It Signs: Eat signs sl 011 have an Input power demand of 5 Watts or less per sign, -- Motors - General Requirements 1511 Electric Motors: All permanently wired polyphase: motors of 1 hp or more. which; are not part of an HVAC system, shall comply with Seetlen 143:7, EXCEPTIONS: 1. MotOro that are an imegral part of specialized process equipment 2. Where the motor rs integral to a listed piece of equipment for which no complying motor has been approved. Transformers - General Requirements SECTION 1540- TRANSFORMERS 'The minimum efficiency ofa low voltage <dry-type distribution transformer shall be the Class I Efficiency Levels for distribution transformers specified in Table 4.2 Of the "Guide : for Determining Energy Efholency for Distribution Transformers" published by the National Electrical Manufacturers Association .(NF MA TP 1. 2002). (L -14) RECEIVED AUG 23 2012 PERMIT CENTER 2 LIGHTING MASTER SWITCH BANK SCALE: NONE LIGHTING SCHEDULE 6TP bOL 1 tTE Dees PT1Ad MODEL CD PJa- MO NEW zikp Vr D O 0 0 0 SALES /BOH SALES DISPLAY MASTER LIGHTS LIGHTS OVERRIDE 'a' 'b' SWITCH 2 LIGHTING MASTER SWITCH BANK SCALE: NONE LIGHTING SCHEDULE 6TP bOL 1 tTE Dees PT1Ad MODEL LAIIIP PJa- MO NEW zikp Vr D '1JISVNIOAL PAR HOLDER TRACK HEAD PN11FM IM1E- RB'IODEL TYPE CONTECH CTL610 PHILLIPS CDM-I 26/ PA* 36/ PL/31C •PK TRACK L1111411143 IRACK• PNISH1 WNTE TRAC Ks L19P/2. -r, LT4P/ 4'-0' LTPP/ 1104$ LT/P/ W-0' F1,lI CONNECTOR LA-2P a1#1rAtCE CONDUIT otJD DEEM LA -SP 0'-0' LONG 1RAGC LIOHa TAM AT PIXiURE) (4'-0' LONE TRACK LIOI4T (AM AT 610144121) CONTECI4 LT2P/ 21-0 LT4P/ 4'-0' LTbP/ i'-O' MEP/ s'-o' NOT APPLICABLE -- -- 11!41-0' 9- 41-0t' ibil P PENDANT HWG LIGHT WITH IJPP MOUNTING WITH 61-0' 6TRAMP BLACIC CORD WITH AIRCRAFT CABLE (5017011. 4' APO) • f3iG, TO PURIM/ MALL (2) NEW MATCHING PENDANT LIONt NUCf11RE6 MCtHTED TO KNDORI' SUPPORT TECH LIGHTING 1010-RI-M111-11.1-0 1- ru-1R-J 19 MOLT FLALOOEN -- -- 2 Ill K K 46' LONOI (1) LAMP STRIP FLUORESCENT 1.11014T PIXfURE STOCKROOM LUINAIRE PENDANT HUNG MGM JACK CHAIN COOIIDNATE WITH STOCK e14ELVIG LAYOUT, USE ONLY WHEN STOCK HATS OPEN CO LN& ME!TALIDC 6/039-UNV -1113N PRITMf ..013WALTO HV 120V -- -- 0 . NM KR SAME AS MAUVE le,10E' DESIONATE6 E'EROBiCY LIOFITINIS METALiIC 32-C -G -ELD 911V RATED POCfURE P321 /TLEIDIALTO NV NOV -- •- 0 N RECESSED DOWtrL10FR PIOR T1411J WRNS CONTECH Ile 1/4 DIA APERTURE PARLEGTOR Tilts &C. TO PAM PLMIOE TO MATCH C 'LNG PINISU N DRYWALL CONDITION, ONLY. 00,4yea4 MUSING V CLEAR THEM PHILLIPS C M -I �/ PAR !M fL/3K S7"IG ®X ®)d w X1 IIECISeED LED EDGE t ANTI - t- IeD -WI4T-EM I»L I4 -- -- I ®X3e w XS UNIVERSAL II ERSENGY EXIT SIGN TFER'IOPI.ASTIC A6TRALITE WITH FEND Kr 9J! AINBAP LED u. 224 0 t?-+ MiD. MID. SPEAKER SPErrA10ER TAD. PL USIi MOUNT/ SU IPACE MOUNT MR PETAL T6 O! Ea1L PP91 -114I 3 ODR/WINO6 SMOCK DETECTOR-01E MECHANICAL I RCM C TOILET ROOM LIGHT / PAN CORO tan PAN/ LIOFR COMEMLATION 120V W0 M, -- -- I • 0 !DOTING TO PRIM LDa ' eNC120V awV eM Y LIOItT HALOGEN LAMP 0 2 Ed6TNG TO REMAIN E LEAD 4LGIJM BATTERY WITI4 (2) HEAD6 G MOLT (2) PAR 36b __ __ 3 EX,TIG rook 1. ALL TRACKLI014T6 ARE TO BE 2. ALL 6T011o'RONR LIONT, AND TOWN T TO GOON I -HOUR APTER STORE CLOWNS 3. ALL PIXTURE6/ACCESSO TES 4. L10WiNG SUPPLIER TO 't COMM, ON WALL PIXTURIEL SCRAM APE TO BE O1 A 24 -HOUR TIMER SET BY GCi I -HOT! PRIOR TO STORE OPEN1I40, AND 1U1141NG O!1' TE SEPARATE PERMIT AND APPROVAL TO BE 11311111 N NT COLOR OR PAWED © OtLANRITIES MR SHIPI"NG THE REQUITED AMOUNT. 90% SET- 1- .19 -12 AEROSOLES CO co O Y W Z � 4zi Z I,1,1 (NI O N W 0 I_ IZ OVwV) 00IQUQ r� = 3 o I- * j w LLI I- O J WI W I- Ce I- O Z M Q H W W M W to 3 I- (0 to SHEET TITLE: ELECTRICAL LIGHTING PLAN REVISIONS: NO: DATE: 8 -14 -12 BY: J138/D6 PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: 12874.00 SCHMID, SOSA SHEET OF POWER CODED NOTES 1. COMMUNICATIONS ( VOICE/DATA) HEADEND EQUIPMENT TO BE LOCATED AT MANAGER'S DESK MILLWORK. VERIFY LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT WITH COMMUNICATIONS CONTRACTOR. 2. ROUTE 3/4" CONDUIT TO VOICE/DATA COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT BOARD. 3. TRENCH 3/4" CONDUIT FOR VOICE/DATA IN FLOOR TO NEAREST WALL. EXTEND TO CEIUNG SPACE AND TERMINATE AT COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT BOARD. 4. TRENCH CONDUIT IN FLOOR TO NEAREST WALL. EXTEND TO CEIUNG SPACE AND ROUTE TO DESIGNATED PANEL 5. SEE MANAGER'S DESK ARCHITECTURAL MILLWORK ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATION OF MUSAK UNIT. LOCATE RECEPTACLE AT UNIT LOCATION. 6. ELECTRICAL AND COMMUNICATION DEVICES AT CASHWRAP MILLWORK TO BE LOCATED BEHIND FALSE PANEL 7. PROVIDE SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES FLUSH MOUNTED IN CEIUNG. CONNECT CIRCUIT THROUGH NEW CONTACTOR 'LC2' WHICH IS CONTROLLED BY NEW 24 HOUR/7 DAY TIMECLOCK TC. 8. FIELD VERIFY EXACT CONDITIONS AT MANAGERS DESK LOCATION. COORDINATE BEST LOCATION OF RECEPTACLES WITH ARCHITECT AND /OR TENANT PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLING. 9. EXISTING FIRE ALARM DEVICES (IF APPUCABLE) SHALL REMAIN. THIS INCLUDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO HORN /STROBES, PULL STATIONS, SMOKE DETECTORS AND DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS. MAINTAIN CONNECTION TO EXISTING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AND PROTECT THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. 10. REFER TO ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM ON SHEET E -3 FOR MORE INFORMATION ON THE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT. 11. PROVIDE QUAD RECEPTACLE FOR SECURITY SYSTEM. COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT AND LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN. 12. CONNECT CIRCUIT THROUGH UGHTING CONTACTOR LC1 CONTROLLED BY SWITCH "b ". REFER TO LIGHTING CONTACTOR SCHEDULES, LIGHTING CONTROL DETAIL AND SWITCH BANK DETAIL ON THIS SHEET FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. 13. UTIUZE EXISTING RECEPTACLES IN SALES/BOH AREA WHEREVER POSSIBLE. OTHERWISE, REMOVE DEVICE, CONDUIT AND WIRING BACK TO PANEL IT IS THE RESPONSIBIUTY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO ENSURE THAT ANY DOWNSTREAM ELECTRICAL DEVICES BE RECONNECTED TO AN EXISTING INTACT BRANCH CIRCUIT. 14. EXISTING HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN. MAINTAIN AND PROTECT ALL ELECTRIC CONNECTIONS AND ASSOCIATED DISCONNECT SWITCHES, CONVENIENCE RECEPTACLES, ETC. POWER GENERAL NOTES A. ANY PENETRATIONS THROUGH ARE— RESISTANT/RATED WALLS, PARTITIONS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS SHALL BE FIRESTOPPED USING APPROVED METHODS TO MAINTAIN THE FIRE RESISTANCE RATING. B. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A TYPED PANEL DIRECTORY WITH ALL CIRCUITS ACCURATELY USTED PRIOR TO STORE OPENING. C. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND RACEWAY FOR THERMOSTATS AT 60" A.F.F. THERMOSTATS AND TEMPERATURE SENSORS INSTALLED AND WIRED BY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR. TYPICAL OF ALL. D. E. F. G. ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN WALLS AND OUTLET BOXES SHALL BE FLUSH WITH FINISHED WALL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ALL WORK SHALL BE IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE AND ALL LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL RECEPTACLES AND DATA/TELEPHONE SHALL BE MOUNTED +18" A.F.F. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, NO LOWER THAN +15" A.F.F. TO BOTTOM OF DEVICE. RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS UP TO 100' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTIUZE #12 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS FROM 101' -0" TO 150' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTIUZE #10 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS FROM 151' -0" TO 250' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTIUZE #8 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. RECEPTACLE CIRCUITS ABOVE 250' -0" IN LENGTH SHALL UTIUZE #6 CONDUCTORS MINIMUM. H. SECURITY SYSTEMS CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL OTHER SECURITY SYSTEM CONNECTIONS. I. IT IS THE RESPONSIBIUTY OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW ALL ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS, ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND NOTES TO INSURE THAT ALL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS ARE MET. J. ALL POWER AND ALARM WIRING FOR EXIT DOORS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN DOOR FRAME. K. DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL NOT BE ROUTED OVER ELECTRIC PANELS OR TRANSFORMERS. L PROVIDE NAMEPLATES ON PANELBOARDS, DISCONNECT SWITCHES, TRANSFORMERS, ETC. INDICATING EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION OR EQUIPMENT SERVED AND VOLTAGE. M. VERIFY LOCATION OF FLOOR OUTLETS WITH ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ROUGH —IN. N. DATA/TELEPHONE CONDUIT SHALL BE 3/4" MINIMUM UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 0. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BID AND VERIFY THAT CONDITIONS ARE AS INDICATED. CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BID, COSTS REQUIRED TO MAKE THEIR WORK MEET EXISTING CONDITIONS. P. ALL WORK AND MATERIAL SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LANDLORD'S TENANT CRITERIA MANUAL ALL CONTRACTORS SHALL OBTAIN A COPY FROM THE LANDLORD'S TENANT COORDINATOR FAMIUER WITH THE REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED WITHIN PRIOR TO BIDDING THE JOB. WHERE LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS CONFUCT WITH CODES OR ORDINANCES THE STRICTEST INTERPRETATION SHALL APPLY. 23) 21) PROVIDE UGHT Fl CASHW ONNE RE TION TO ITHIN ORK 3/4" CONLJIT 1 ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN 1/4" • 1' -0" RECEIVED AUG 232012 PERMIT CENTER FELD VERIFY ALL CONDITIONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR TENANT PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR TENANT AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR TENANT OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. IMPORTANT DEMOLITION NOTE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT SITE AND VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR REMOVING ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES (UGHT FIXTURES, RECEPTACLES, SWITCHES, ETC.) AND EQUIPMENT INCLUDING CONDUIT AND WIRING BACK TO PANEL, THAT IS NOT BEING REUSED. NOTHING SHALL@ p► ABANDONED IN PLACE. s RM S % SET- 1 -1S -12 SEAL: AEROSOLES AU 012 VZOWPCrtg LEXPIRES FEE 2 2014 1 SHEET TITLE: ELECTRICAL POWER PLAN REVISIONS: NO: DATE: N N W U Z 4 NGTON 98188 Z M Q L,JM W 1- (O N BY: PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: 12874.00 SCHMID, SOSA E -2 * EET OF NOTE: EQUIPMENT SHOWN FADED AND DASHED ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. LANDLORD ELECTRIC ROOM -I`- FLOOR LC:1 O e 200AS /3P /200AF LANDLORD'S SWITCHBOARD 277/480V, 30, 4W -- AEROSOLES TENANT SPACE L_. ,... 30kVA TO TELEPHONE _ µ DISTRIBUTION EXISTING TC a +'+ 11 PANEL 1 FH I L # - .,. T 11 1 30,4W 1 L 225A BUS 1200A MLO I O' 1 42 POLE J m® T _ E _ EXISTING TELEPHONE 1 1 EQUIPMENT 1 BOARD TTB .1 ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE 1 18 "Wx4'Hx 1 3/4 "TH L -J FLOOR ® CODED NOTES 1. EXISTING 200AS /3P MAIN SWITCH SHALL REMAIN. PROVIDE NAME PLATE TO READ "AEROSOLES ". NAMEPLATE SHALL BE BLACK WITH 1" HIGH WHITE LETTERS. LABEL SHALL BE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO EQUIPMENT. 2. EXISTING ELECTRIC UTILITY METER SHALL REMAIN. E.C. SHALL CONTACT UTIUTY COMPANY TO TRANSFER ELECTRIC SERVICE INTO OWNER'S NAME. PROVIDE NAME PLATE TO READ "AEROSOLES ". NAMEPLATE SHALL BE BLACK WITH 1" HIGH WHITE LETTERS. LABEL SHALL BE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO EQUIPMENT. 3. EXISTING 200 AMP WIRE AND CONDUIT SHALL REMAIN. 4. EXISTING 240 VOLT, 3 PHASE DISCONNECT SWITCH SHALL REMAIN. 5. EXISTING PANEL L SHALL REMAIN. REUSE BREAKERS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. REFER TO SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. 6. EXISTING 100 AMP WIRE AND CONDUIT SHALL REMAIN. 7. EXISTING 30kVA, 208V TO 480V, REVERSE FEED, FLOOR MOUNTED TRANSFORMER SHALL REMAIN. 8. EXISTING WIRE AND CONDUIT TO HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN. 9. PROVIDE UGHTING CONTACTORS AND TIMECLOCK. SEE UGHTING SWITCH BANK AND NOTES ON UGHTING PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION. 10. EXISTING PLYWOOD TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT BOARD SHALL REMAIN, 11. EXISTING CONDUIT FOR TELEPHONE/DATA FROM LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION POINT TO EXISTING TELEPHONE BOARD LOCATION SHALL REMAIN. PROVIDE ALL 'TELEPHONE/DATA CABUNG AS REQUIRED FOR TELEPHONE AND DATA SERVICES. NO EXPOSED TELEPHONE CABLES IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS. E.C. SHALL CONTACT THE LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY TO ARRANGE FOR TELEPHONE SERVICE IN OWNER'S NAME. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND LANDLORD. 12. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED TELEPHONE AND DATA CABUNG AS REQUIRED BY AEROSOLES. NO EXPOSED TELEPHONE CABLES IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH AEROSOLES' PROJECT MANAGER. 13. EXISTING FIRE ALARM BATTERY CABINET SHALL REMAIN. GENERAL. RISER NOTES A. PARALLEL FEEDER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE CUT TO EXACTLY THE SAME LENGTHS AND SHALL BE FROM THE SAME FACTORY RUN. ALL CONNECTIONS FOR SAME SHALL BE TORQUED TO IDENTICAL VALUES. B. EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL NOT ONLY BE WEATHERPROOF AND WATER - TIGHT, BUT SHALL ALSO BE RUST - RESISTANT. C. CONDUCTORS BELOW GRADE OR SUBJECT TO MOISTURE SHALL BE "XHHW -2 ". D. PROVIDE FACTORY SERIES COORDINATION FOR ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS (INCLUDING ALL BRANCH BREAKERS), RELATIVE TO "UPSTREAM" BREAKERS, SO THAT ONLY THE BREAKER CLOSEST IN THE CIRCUIT TO THE LOAD TRIPS UPON AN OVERLOAD OR FAULT CONDITION. E. POWER DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SUPPUER SHALL PROVIDE EQUIPMENT APPROPRIATELY RATED AND BRACED TO ACCOMMODATE THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT THE UTILITY COMPANY TRANSFORMER SECONDARIES. THIS SUPPLIER SHALL ACCORDINGLY PROVIDE ANY RELATED CALCULATIONS SO THAT THEIR EQUIPMENT IS PROPERLY COORDINATED FOR THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THIS SUPPUER WITH COPIES OF THE ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS AS REQUIRED SO THAT PROPERLY RATED /BRACED EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED UNDER BASE BID. F. GROUNDING ELECTRODE WITH N.E.C., INCLUDING CONDUCTORS MAY NOT PROVIDED UNDER BASE G. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING WITH N.E.C., INCLUDING CONDUCTORS MAY NOT PROVIDED UNDER BASE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE N.E.C. ARTICLE 250 AND TABLE 250 -66. THESE BE INDICATED ON RISERS OR SINGLE -UNES, BUT SHALL BE BID NEVERTHELESS. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN STRICT COMPUANCE N.E.C. ARTICLE 250 AND TABLE 250 -122. THESE BE INDICATED ON RISERS OR SINGLE -UNES, BUT SHALL BE BID NEVERTHELESS. H. WORKING CLEARANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, TRANSFORMERS, STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, ETC. AS APPUCABLE) IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH N.E.C. CHAPTER 1, PART B, SECTION 110- 26(a). LOCATIONS SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS ARE SCHEMATIC AND DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING COMPUANCE WITH THE ABOVE N.E.C. REFERENCE. THIS REQUIREMENT APPUES TO EQUIPMENT ON FLOOR PLANS AS WELL AS TO EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON RISER. I. HOLD ALL NEW OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL WORK AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OVERHEAD STRUCTURE. LOCATE ANY RELATED PULLBOXES SO THAT THEY WILL BE FULLY ACCESSIBLE AFTER ALL CONSTRUCTION WORK IS COMPLETE. AS WITH ALL WORK, COORDINATE IN ADVANCE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. J. ROUTE FEEDER CONDUITS BELOW GRADE WHEREVER POSSIBLE. VERY UMITED SPACE EXISTS ABOVE ACOUSTICAL TILE CEIUNGS AND MANY, IF NOT MOST, OF THE SPACE ABOVE THE GYPSUM BOARD CEIUNGS IS NOT AVAILABLE FOR RUNNING CONDUIT. STUDY ALL ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL & MECHANICAL DRAWINGS VERY CAREFULLY BEFORE LAYING OUT FEEDER ROUTES. K. ALL PANELS HAVE NEMA 1 ENCLOSURES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. L ALL PANELS ARE SURFACE MOUNTED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. N. E.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS, EQUIPMENT SIZES AND LOCATIONS, AND FEEDER SIZES PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND. ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ELECTRIC LEGEND SYMBOL G.C. DESCRIPTION SITE COND. LIGHTING FIXTURES FURN INST FURN FLUORESCENT 1' X 4' LUMINAIRE MK NM INST EXIST NEW TEMPORARY POWER TRACK UGHTING IN LENGTH SHOWN & WITH NUMBER OF LUMINAIRES (HEADS) AS INDICATED PROVIDE ALL REQ'D. FACT. ACCESSORIES (T's, L's, X's, ENDS, PWR.FEEDS, FITTINGS, ETC. 0 a a 0 H PENDANT MOUNTED HIGH -BAY LUMINAIRE F® ® X SINGLE SIDED EXIT SIGN - CONNECT AHEAD OF SWITCHING I® ® MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICE IN LANDLORD'S ELECTRIC ROOM DOUBLE SIDED EXIT SIGN - CONNECT AHEAD OF SWITCHING ist M EMERGENCY BATTERY PACK (W/ NUMBER OF HEADS INDICATED) - CONNECT AHEAD OF SWITCHING A,B,C LUMINNRE /UGHIING FIXTURE TYPES POLE LIGHTING CONTROL /SWITCHING a,b,c SWITCHING DESIGNATION NL nl ilk`; ":� UNSWffCHED NIGHT -UGHT FIXTURE ® X OCCUPANCY SENSOR (PIR) AUTO WALL SWITCH 0 48• AFF /AUTO -OFF & DIP SW. CHOICE OF AUTO OR MANUAL ON, 180 DEG. /1000 SQ.FT. (WS #WI -200, 0- 800W/120V, 0- 1200W/277V) $ SERVICE ENTRANCE FEEDERS TO LEASE SPACE VI SINGLE POLE SWITCH 3$ MANAGER'S DESK 3 -WAY SWITCH E:. \,. RECEPTACLES /MISCELLANEOUS OUTLETS 0 DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ELECTRICAL PANELS DOUBLE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ( "QUAD'S 0.1 DUPLEX GFCI RECEPTACLE - COUNTER HEIGHT OR SPECIAL HEIGHT - DO NOT FEED DOWNSTREAM OUTLETS FROM LOAD SIDE TERMINALS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON DWGS. (1) X FLUSH CEIUNG DUPLEX RECEPTACLE REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM DATA/VOICE ® 0. 8 TELEPHONE OUTLET ®W TELEPHONE OUTLET - WALL PHONE (PROVIDE ONE CABLE DROP) v COMBINATION TELEPHONE /DATA OUTLET V DATA OUTLET 5 MISCELLANEOUS 0 THERMOSTAT (LOW VOLTAGE) - FURNISHED, INSTALLED AND WIRED BY H.C. OUTLET BOX AND CONDUIT STUB -UP BY EC. REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM TIMECLOCK & CONTACTORS TEMPERATURE CONTROL SENSOR (LOW VOLTAGE) - FURNISHED, INSTALLED & WIRED BY H.C. OUTLET BOX AND CONDUIT STUB -UP BY EC. © X a LIGHTS TRACK INDICATES A DIRECT CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT El X HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT SWITCH (NON- FUSED) Eh HEAVY DUTY DISCONNECT SWITCH (FUSED) MOTOR ®_ X MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER 12 FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY H.C.) PO WER AND INTERLOCK WIRING BY E.C. HVAC CONTROLS RECESSED OR SURFACE MOUNTED PANELBOARD AS INDICATED ON PLANS Gi � < ; Ix'. 0.3 PLYWOOD EQUIPMENT BOARD BY EC. (SEE DIVISION 16 SPECIFICATIONS) .......0.8 .. � LIGHTS - PENDANT X CIRCUIT BREAKER (NEMA 1 ENCLOSURE UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE) B INDICATES GROUNDING BY EC. PER N.E C . ARTICLE 250 MINIMUM II 9 TRANSFORMER T TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT & CABLING ELECTRIC METER f W 0.6 D DOOR OPERATORS/ DEVICES 05 DOOR 0 BELL WITH TRANSFORMER & PUSHBUTTONS UNDER SPEC. SECTION 16810 AS SPECIFIED N GENERAL CONDUIT & WIRING FLUSH PUSHBUTTON F OR DOOR CHIME OR DOOR BELL (SEE SPEC. SECTION 16810) D 10 FIRE ALARM 0- 0.2 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR IS 2�v, FIRE ALARM SYSTEM KEYED TEST SWITCH WITH LED. INDICATOR LIGHT MOUNT NO HIGHER THAN 6' -0" A.F.F. TO THE CENTER OF THE DEVICE X RACEWAY /WIRE /CABLE ,-011,3) X HOME RUN WITH CIRCUIT NUMBER(S) SEE POWER PLAN (SHEET E -2) UGHT FIXTURES & LAMPS CABUNG /RACEWAY - CEIUNG OR WALL - SEE SPECS. FOR APPL CONDUIT/RACEWAY REQ'TS. (FULLY CONCEALED IN FINISHED AREAS, CONCEALED TO OVERHEAD STRUCTURE IN UNFIN. AREAS) ___ _ ___ X CABUNG /RACEWAY - BELOW FLOOR /GRADE - SEE SPECS. FOR APPL CONDUIT/RACEWAY REQ'TS. 0 X JUNCTION BOX - ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR AT STRUCTURE IN AREAS WITH NO CEIUNG SEE LIGHTING PLAN (SHEET E -1) SOUND SYSTEM JUNCTION BOX WALL (FLUSH FLUSH IN FINISHED AREAS) D X X ABBREVIATIONS AND NOTES EC. X ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR G GENERAL CONTRACTOR AFF X ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (OR GRADE /PAVEMENT WHERE APPUCABLE) TO CENTER OF OUTLET (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED) W/P X PROVIDE WEATHERPROOF EQUIPMENT /FIXTURE /DEVICE 42" DISTANCE ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR (OR GRADE /PAVEMENT WHERE APPUC.) TO CENTER OF OUTLET CH • ....- :....., COUNTER HEIGHT OR SPECIAL HEIGHT DEVICE COORDINATE WITH EQUIPMENT & ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS al / GFt� �`t�1�:Gf3t �� >WA ;�.. :�.....�.. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER DEVICE (UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE ON DRAWINGS, DO NOT FEED DOWNSTREAM OUTLETS FROM LOAD SIDE TERMINALS OF GFI RECEPTS.) IG 3:i INDICATES ISOLATED GND. DEVICE W /PARITY SIZED ISOLATED /INSULATED EQT. GND. CONDUCTOR (GREEN W/YELLOW TRACER). PROVIDE DEDICATED #10 AWG NEUTRAL COND. FOR EA. PHASE COND. EWC >.;s: >`<1.> ELECTRIC WATER COOLER UCR 0.5 UNDER COUNTER REFRIGERATOR EWH 16 ELECTRIC WATER HEATER FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY P.C., WIRED BY E.C. IWH INSTANTANEOUS ELECTRIC WATER HEATER FURNISHED & INSTALLED BY P.C., WIRED BY EC. NOTE: EQUIPMENT SHOWN FADED AND DASHED ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. LANDLORD ELECTRIC ROOM -I`- FLOOR LC:1 O e 200AS /3P /200AF LANDLORD'S SWITCHBOARD 277/480V, 30, 4W -- AEROSOLES TENANT SPACE L_. ,... 30kVA TO TELEPHONE _ µ DISTRIBUTION EXISTING TC a +'+ 11 PANEL 1 FH I L # - .,. T 11 1 30,4W 1 L 225A BUS 1200A MLO I O' 1 42 POLE J m® T _ E _ EXISTING TELEPHONE 1 1 EQUIPMENT 1 BOARD TTB .1 ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM SCALE: NONE 1 18 "Wx4'Hx 1 3/4 "TH L -J FLOOR ® CODED NOTES 1. EXISTING 200AS /3P MAIN SWITCH SHALL REMAIN. PROVIDE NAME PLATE TO READ "AEROSOLES ". NAMEPLATE SHALL BE BLACK WITH 1" HIGH WHITE LETTERS. LABEL SHALL BE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO EQUIPMENT. 2. EXISTING ELECTRIC UTILITY METER SHALL REMAIN. E.C. SHALL CONTACT UTIUTY COMPANY TO TRANSFER ELECTRIC SERVICE INTO OWNER'S NAME. PROVIDE NAME PLATE TO READ "AEROSOLES ". NAMEPLATE SHALL BE BLACK WITH 1" HIGH WHITE LETTERS. LABEL SHALL BE PERMANENTLY ATTACHED TO EQUIPMENT. 3. EXISTING 200 AMP WIRE AND CONDUIT SHALL REMAIN. 4. EXISTING 240 VOLT, 3 PHASE DISCONNECT SWITCH SHALL REMAIN. 5. EXISTING PANEL L SHALL REMAIN. REUSE BREAKERS WHEREVER POSSIBLE. REFER TO SCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET FOR MORE INFORMATION. 6. EXISTING 100 AMP WIRE AND CONDUIT SHALL REMAIN. 7. EXISTING 30kVA, 208V TO 480V, REVERSE FEED, FLOOR MOUNTED TRANSFORMER SHALL REMAIN. 8. EXISTING WIRE AND CONDUIT TO HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL REMAIN. 9. PROVIDE UGHTING CONTACTORS AND TIMECLOCK. SEE UGHTING SWITCH BANK AND NOTES ON UGHTING PLAN FOR MORE INFORMATION. 10. EXISTING PLYWOOD TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT BOARD SHALL REMAIN, 11. EXISTING CONDUIT FOR TELEPHONE/DATA FROM LANDLORD'S DISTRIBUTION POINT TO EXISTING TELEPHONE BOARD LOCATION SHALL REMAIN. PROVIDE ALL 'TELEPHONE/DATA CABUNG AS REQUIRED FOR TELEPHONE AND DATA SERVICES. NO EXPOSED TELEPHONE CABLES IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS. E.C. SHALL CONTACT THE LOCAL TELEPHONE COMPANY TO ARRANGE FOR TELEPHONE SERVICE IN OWNER'S NAME. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND LANDLORD. 12. PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED TELEPHONE AND DATA CABUNG AS REQUIRED BY AEROSOLES. NO EXPOSED TELEPHONE CABLES IN RETURN AIR PLENUMS. COORDINATE EXACT REQUIREMENTS WITH AEROSOLES' PROJECT MANAGER. 13. EXISTING FIRE ALARM BATTERY CABINET SHALL REMAIN. GENERAL. RISER NOTES A. PARALLEL FEEDER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE CUT TO EXACTLY THE SAME LENGTHS AND SHALL BE FROM THE SAME FACTORY RUN. ALL CONNECTIONS FOR SAME SHALL BE TORQUED TO IDENTICAL VALUES. B. EXTERIOR ELECTRICAL WORK SHALL NOT ONLY BE WEATHERPROOF AND WATER - TIGHT, BUT SHALL ALSO BE RUST - RESISTANT. C. CONDUCTORS BELOW GRADE OR SUBJECT TO MOISTURE SHALL BE "XHHW -2 ". D. PROVIDE FACTORY SERIES COORDINATION FOR ALL CIRCUIT BREAKERS (INCLUDING ALL BRANCH BREAKERS), RELATIVE TO "UPSTREAM" BREAKERS, SO THAT ONLY THE BREAKER CLOSEST IN THE CIRCUIT TO THE LOAD TRIPS UPON AN OVERLOAD OR FAULT CONDITION. E. POWER DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT SUPPUER SHALL PROVIDE EQUIPMENT APPROPRIATELY RATED AND BRACED TO ACCOMMODATE THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT AT THE UTILITY COMPANY TRANSFORMER SECONDARIES. THIS SUPPLIER SHALL ACCORDINGLY PROVIDE ANY RELATED CALCULATIONS SO THAT THEIR EQUIPMENT IS PROPERLY COORDINATED FOR THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THIS SUPPUER WITH COPIES OF THE ELECTRICAL DOCUMENTS AS REQUIRED SO THAT PROPERLY RATED /BRACED EQUIPMENT IS PROVIDED UNDER BASE BID. F. GROUNDING ELECTRODE WITH N.E.C., INCLUDING CONDUCTORS MAY NOT PROVIDED UNDER BASE G. EQUIPMENT GROUNDING WITH N.E.C., INCLUDING CONDUCTORS MAY NOT PROVIDED UNDER BASE CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN STRICT COMPLIANCE N.E.C. ARTICLE 250 AND TABLE 250 -66. THESE BE INDICATED ON RISERS OR SINGLE -UNES, BUT SHALL BE BID NEVERTHELESS. CONDUCTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN STRICT COMPUANCE N.E.C. ARTICLE 250 AND TABLE 250 -122. THESE BE INDICATED ON RISERS OR SINGLE -UNES, BUT SHALL BE BID NEVERTHELESS. H. WORKING CLEARANCES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT (SWITCHBOARDS, PANELBOARDS, TRANSFORMERS, STARTERS, DISCONNECTS, ETC. AS APPUCABLE) IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH N.E.C. CHAPTER 1, PART B, SECTION 110- 26(a). LOCATIONS SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS ARE SCHEMATIC AND DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE. THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ENSURING COMPUANCE WITH THE ABOVE N.E.C. REFERENCE. THIS REQUIREMENT APPUES TO EQUIPMENT ON FLOOR PLANS AS WELL AS TO EQUIPMENT SHOWN ON RISER. I. HOLD ALL NEW OVERHEAD ELECTRICAL WORK AS TIGHT AS POSSIBLE TO THE BOTTOM OF THE OVERHEAD STRUCTURE. LOCATE ANY RELATED PULLBOXES SO THAT THEY WILL BE FULLY ACCESSIBLE AFTER ALL CONSTRUCTION WORK IS COMPLETE. AS WITH ALL WORK, COORDINATE IN ADVANCE WITH ALL OTHER TRADES. J. ROUTE FEEDER CONDUITS BELOW GRADE WHEREVER POSSIBLE. VERY UMITED SPACE EXISTS ABOVE ACOUSTICAL TILE CEIUNGS AND MANY, IF NOT MOST, OF THE SPACE ABOVE THE GYPSUM BOARD CEIUNGS IS NOT AVAILABLE FOR RUNNING CONDUIT. STUDY ALL ARCHITECTURAL, STRUCTURAL & MECHANICAL DRAWINGS VERY CAREFULLY BEFORE LAYING OUT FEEDER ROUTES. K. ALL PANELS HAVE NEMA 1 ENCLOSURES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. L ALL PANELS ARE SURFACE MOUNTED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. N. E.C. SHALL FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS, EQUIPMENT SIZES AND LOCATIONS, AND FEEDER SIZES PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK AND REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND. ELECTRICAL RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE ITEM LANDLORD G.C. OWNER SITE COND. REMARKS FURN INST FURN INST FURN INST EXIST NEW TEMPORARY POWER L R M H C BREAKER X KVA/PHASE A B C DESCRIPTION MAIN OVERCURRENT DEVICE IN LANDLORD'S ELECTRIC ROOM L R M H C# X POLE REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM SERVICE ENTRANCE CONDUIT TO LEASE SPACE t > € <T': ilk`; ":� F • - X > =T!'�u REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM SERVICE ENTRANCE FEEDERS TO LEASE SPACE VI .............................. MANAGER'S DESK E:. \,. X REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM ELECTRICAL PANELS 3 0.1 O. 1 X REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM METER REQUIREMENTS QU 0. 8 : LIGHTS S TRACK . X REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM TENANT ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMERS 5 0.4 X REFER TO RISER DIAGRAM TIMECLOCK & CONTACTORS RECE' P. T STOREFRONT X X LIGHTS TRACK 4 X ELECTRICAL SERVICE FOR HVAC MOTORS T. /�' X HVAC CONTROLS 1 .i Gi � < ; Ix'. 0.3 i: .......0.8 .. � LIGHTS - PENDANT X TELEPHONE CONDUIT STUB UP 9 X 0. 2 TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT & CABLING a; r TIMECLOCK W 0.6 X E GENERAL CONDUIT & WIRING X X 10 X X 0.2 RECEPTACLES AND SWITCHES 2�v, X X 7121F(7.7 X X SEE POWER PLAN (SHEET E -2) UGHT FIXTURES & LAMPS 0.3 X X 12 X X SEE LIGHTING PLAN (SHEET E -1) SOUND SYSTEM >» >.x +�: ...... X X 0.5 .. ........ X PROVIDE ROUGH -IN ONLY FIRE ALARM SYSTEM 0.3 X X X X MODIFY OR ADD TO EXISTING SYSTEM AS REQUIRED. PANEL NAME L (EXISTING) VOLTAGE 208 PHASE 3 WIRE 4 LOCATION STOCK ROOM SOURCE LANDLORD DISTRIBUTION THROUGH ADJACENT DISCONNECT SEE RISER - PROVIDE NEW ISOLATED GROUND BAR # L R M H C BREAKER DESCRIPTION KVA/PHASE A B C DESCRIPTION BREAKER L R M H C# AMP POLE AMP POLE t > € <T': ilk`; ":� F • - < €� > =T!'�u A'r ><`_ >:::«:<' >`'<<'� ><<'<<I 1.6 .............................. MANAGER'S DESK E:. \,. 3 0.1 O. 1 �:x LIGHTS RESTRO M 0. 8 : LIGHTS S TRACK . 0.6 5 0.4 [.�}I, RECE' P. T STOREFRONT ........... LIGHTS TRACK 4 0.5 1 .i Gi � < ; Ix'. 0.3 i: .......0.8 .. � LIGHTS - PENDANT 9 0. 2 a; r TIMECLOCK W 0.6 LIGHTS SALES E 4 10 0.2 2�v, +, CONTACTORS 7121F(7.7 5 STOREFR ONT ONTDOWNL DOWNLIGHTS 0.3 12 ,.._ >» >.x +�: ...... �:� A 0.5 .. ........ .0 ...S T ORE FR ONT TRACK �: 0.3 • ....- :....., :.:.. ;. <. \.....,.. ":� ';�.. ,..>U �`t�1�:Gf3t �� >WA ;�.. :�.....�.. 2.2 3:i RECEPT - MUSIC SYSTEM C MUS C S STEM a'`2I?:>.`.: >.;s: >`<1.> 0.5 16 : - ti3 :......:.:.::..: ?! g:: 3::'' �' t' s' a' s:: u;::f �: zY:: i:: "::::5 >s >'f�g::; >:z�:'<: <`ti ;,:.a . >.I :.:.:.�.; >«:: >:»,,,;;;> >; #li .'..: "; '£X�� 'I~ {�'�<''`��_'= 0.4 ....... ............:.. SPARE >4�2::.,, ; 20 21 0.5 >Ils >�'<:� • RECEPT CASHWRAP 0.5 SPARE 23 0 5 I: 2 <; •r - IG RECEPT CASHWRAP 0.9 T f�T*I ' .. \ �: :s >:: � a. . <. <':'' 25 5 1 1 ti RECEPT SALES S S 1 xr<:: <:;1'3::' >;l�i�l :...... i •� 1.8 ............... ............... x. , k: "<c..," ; �";'; >•"<;;:`:: >s� Wdi» '� � =.?a <::+' :: "'�':\ ,. 29 0.7 ss: \: a RECEPT SALES • :. \xx: >'.: \: < <:: > \ : ?> \a: >h:� �`Z''`i�?4�.. ... \.. . u.c iys', : r»;.«..>:>> �! >'` € € <>i %:::i %.<.; ", >:x,:.�:>'2 ......<�� >�: -a i >Yi' �:z.,x> ;:eg:i : xx:s',,,, _ .:.Las. ca. �> < X <`?'P�'` , >2i .,'s. ";`:` u<: r' x<; ::;..:':x::; >::.�;: < >;::ii::i:i is <,xx: iii: 22>::;: 2:: x<: i:.:> s. s.. s:.::. s:;. s:. s.:. >'.:, >:.;;s;:.; >: >:. >: >:. >: �.' %':: >l�l�> :: , 4.8 _ .. .......... .................. �:` ? \::Si sa...::.s.,o:. oss:.as > ...::...::..:::,....... ,v.>;"::;;;:.:., .. ,::.::._:::: a:,<:;<. kl vog` as ;,.::: >:.. :41 >xy » >: <::;ax2> ze � ::: Esssvc,.; }� .:�:;t.. :. `x; \tj 38 ... ...:::vv�xiii::ppv: <,.'..,.:.,'2*: ... ,,. >:C x..,.,. . \::;i'. �;v: ii.:. ....., .._.. .,........: <x.,.. >:>.'.. i >:. >:. >: 7i .....:: �.:. '";::.r.x : v:. w;.: x;.. 5.,., >u^''o *'.a`...� v'F::, ^ ;,:'�=y"`�' �. v.. onk` w:; :ii`.ffs`: >i,,;f:`;:iv(,;:w:.:: :: %::::%x:�': %'�, : xac' a':: x;: xa:::>: i:?!! ::; is2zasit:> E��::: i:; ii'' s<:�[ ><z: >:o: ;3 ?oi >:`as.;:w ...}..,. ... Y� .2 >:;;:�' ,:'- ,:.a:. ' >:' €�' ..<i:...':.�.: }r:: ..:.'I.... '�:: "� ; >�< ...I.......; <a:., SPARE :;2..::2'2€I�a" x;x} .......:,, . ,:.gay >�fi .ha.kc., us :tiro _0.0 _ -- r..•.:��x:::i<a, .a u�,.., 0.5 SECURITY SYSTEM 20 1 0.5 42 TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD /PH SUBFED TCL FROM TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD 8.8 9.5 11.5 S = PROVIDE SWITCHING DUTY RATED BREAKER. L = PROVIDE A HANDLE LOCK -OFF BREAKER G = PROVIDE A GFI BREAKER. T = INDICATES C/B CONTROLLED BY TIMECLOCK EX = EXISTING CIRCUIT TO REMAIN CT = COMMON TRIP BREAKERS 0.00 29.83 L = LITE DEMAND 125% 5.1 3.6 7.9 14.3 0.0 KVA R = RCPT FIRST IOKVA AT 100% AND REMAINING AT 50% KVA M = MISC DEMAND 100% KVA H = HEAT DEMAND 100% IF H >C, 0% IF H <C KVA C = COOL DEMAND 100% IF C >H, 0% IF C <H KVA COMMENTS 1. PROVIDE (2) #12,(1) #12GND,3 /4 "C FOR ALL BRANCH CCTS UNLESS STATED OTHERWISE. 2. PROVIDE HACR RATED BREAKERS ON ALL MOTOR LOADS. 3. PROVIDE LOCKING TYPE BREAKER FOR ALL LIFE SAFETY AND NIGHT LIGHTING BRANCH CIRCUITS. xr: TOTAL PANEL DEMAND = (FACTOR) X TOTAL CONNECTED LOAD: 29.8 KVA GROWTH FACTOR: 1.00 TRANSFORMER KVA LOAD: 29.8 KVA 30.8 KVA 1.00 30.8 KVA 85.7 AMPS �RgR9TE 19pp � /Tqy� RFQF� RECEIVED AUG 23 2012 PERMIT CENTER 90% SET- t -19 -12 SEAL: AUG 2012 (f t PN1'110r� t AEROSOLES EXPIRES FE rr CO CO O W I.L. 1- Z Z O W N U CE N {.L I_ Z O (A' V) U I.1.I Y U N a_3 Q 4k --I LI Z U X < F- O W W M W v) r co cn SHEET TITLE: ELECTRICAL RISER DIAGRAM AND PANEL SCHEDULES REVISIONS: NO: DATE: BY: PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: 12874.00 SCHMID, SOSA SHEET OF 1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS The General Provisions of the Contract including any General and Supplemental Conditions and General Requirements apply to the work in this section. Before submitting a bid, examine all Mechanical, Architectural, and /or Structural documents, visit the site and get acquainted with all conditions that may any whatsoever affect the execution of this contract. Take measurements and be responsible for exact size and Y wa Y locations of all openings required for the installation of work. Figured dimensions are reasonably accurate and should govern in setting out work. Where detailed method of installation is not indicated or where variations exist between described work and approved practice, direction of the Owner's representative on job site shall be followed. The contract includes all items of material and labor required for the complete installation and full operation of the electrical work as shown on the drawings and hereinafter specified. All work, materials, and equipment shall have a one year warranty after acceptance of the work by the Owner. Any defective items shall be removed and replaced at the electrical sub - contractor's expense and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Perform work under this contract in close harmony with other contractors so completed work shall present a neat and workmanlike installation. Exposed finished materials and equipment shall be carefully cleaned and wiped to remove grease, smudges, dust and other spots and left smooth and clean. During the progress of the work, the electrical sub - contractor shall carefully clean up after his men and shall leave the premises and all portions of the building in which he is working free of debris and in a clean and safe condition. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including screws and bolts, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's published torque tightening values for equipment connectors. Where manufacturer's torquing requirements are not indicated, tighten connectors and terminals to comply with tightening torques specified in applicable UL and NEC Standards. Whenever the words "contractor ", "this contractor, etc. appear on drawings or in these specifications for the Electrical Work, it shall refer to the Electrical Sub - Contractor. Whenever the word "provide" appears in these documents, it shall be interpreted to mean "Furnish & Install ". Outlet mounting heights as indicated on the plans are approximate to be used for bidding purposes only. The exact mounting height of outlets shall be determined in the field with relation to architectural details and equipment being served. It shall be the responsibility of this contractor to coordinate outlet location with equipment. The Owner's representative shall be permitted to relocate any outlet prior to installation within a 15 foot limit at no additional charge in contract price. All fasteners, hangers and methods of hanging exposed work in finished areas shall be submitted to the Own r representative for approval be f ore installation. If during construction if becomes apparent that certai n minor r changes in layout will effect a neater job or better arrangement, such alterations shall be made as part of the contract. Engineer's approval shall be obtained before making such changes. Workmanship throughout shall conform to the standards of best practice. Marks, dents or finish scratches will not be permitted on any exposed materials, fixtures or fittings. Inside of panels & equipment boxes shall be left clean. The system shall ring entirely free from ground when tested out in the presence of the Owner's representative. This contractor shall be responsible for the proper instruction of each system to the satisfaction of the Owner's representative. Upon completion of the job, this contractor shall furnish the Owner with a complete set of operating instructions on all electrical systems installed. The Electrical Contractor shall consult the plans of all other trades in all instances before installing his work so that his piping will not interfere with those branches. In the event of a conflict, this contractor shall report to the Owner's representative at once and do no further work to be installed until a satisfactory arrangement is decided upon. Any work done, or equipment placed in position by this contractor, creating a conflict in violation hereof, shall be readjusted to the satisfaction of the Owner's representative at the expense of the contractor. The decision of the Owner's representative shall be final in regard to changes due to conflicting conditions. TEMPORARY ELECTRIC SERVICE Unless directed otherwise, the general contractor will pay for all current for all trades during construction. The electrical contractor shall provide and maintain all power lines (including circuit protection, physical protection, grounding, etc.) to the temporary offices of all trades requiring same, extending from the temporary electrical service. Where applicable, provide temporary security site lighting as required and /or as directed in field. Make all necessary arrangements with local utility companies for temporary electrical service and pay all associated fees for inspections, connections, initiation, etc. Power may be derived from the existing building electrical systems. Coordinate carefully in advance with the owner and do not permit any electric welders to be used from any building service. Electrical contractor shall furnish all temporary light (including lamps) and power complete with all wiring and similar equipment as required, for all work on the site and within the affected buildings during the construction period. Feeders shall be properly fused and ground fault protected per N.E.C. and per all authorities having jurisdiction. Feeders and lamps shall be physically protected along their entire length. Temporary branch circuit wiring shall be installed per NEC in each area with outlets on minimum ten foot centers to accommodate lamps and with receptacles on nominal fifty foot centers to accommodate extension cords provided by the contractor in need of them. The electrical contractor shall furnish and maintain all lamps required for the duration of the job. Sufficient sockets and circuit capacity shall be provided for all construction areas. A minimum of 10 foot candles of illumination shall be maintained in all spaces or as required by OSHA. Provide all necessary specialty temporary power and /or supplementary light for all trades requiring same. At the conclusion of the project, all temporary electric service materials shall be removed by the electrical contractor and become the property of same. 2. SHOP DRAWINGS The contractor shall submit shop drawings on all items of material and equipment for approval by the Engineer. The contractor is not authorized to purchase any material until such approval is obtained. A minimum of six separate sets of drawings is required and will be distributed as follows: 1 copy for Engineer's file; 1 copy for Architect's file; 2 copies for the Owner's file; 2 copies for the contractor. Shop drawings shall be neatly bound in a flat ring binder having job name and contractor's name on cover. A single submission is preferred having all items included. Loose sheet or incomplete submittals will not be accepted. All items of material to be supplied which do not require shop drawing submission such as conduit, wire, boxes, etc., shall be listed as separate material showing manufacturer's name and catalog number and type and shall be included with shop drawings submittal. 3. RECORD DRAWINGS AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS & SERVICE MANUAL Two sets of mechanical /electrical drawings shall be provided as record drawings which shall be separate, clean, sepia reproducibles reserved for the purpose of showing a complete picture of the work as actually installed. These drawings shall also serve as work progress report sheets and the electrical sub - contractor shall make any notations, neat and legible thereon daily as work proceeds. The drawings shall be available for inspection at all times and shall be kept at the job at a location designated by the Owner's representative. At the completion of the work, these record drawings shall be signed by the electrical sub - contractor, dated and returned to the Owner's representative. Final payment of contract will not be made until receipt and review of said drawings. Provide two neatly bound (with tabbed sections) copies of maintenance and instruction books, parts list pertaining to all equipment furnished. Submit to the Owner's representative for approval. Final payment will not be made until drawings for record, maintenance and instruction manuals are delivered to the Owner's representative. 4. PERMITS AND REGULATIONS The latest edition of the National Electric Code shall be the minimum requirement for all work. All electrical materials used in this work and all workmanship nd tests performed therein, unless specifically specified shall conform to the latest rules and regulations and specifications of the P P P Y P National Board of Fire Underwriters, local and state codes and authorities having jurisdiction and utility company. Examine the drawings and specifications for compliance with prevailing codes, regulations and ordinances and base bid and work accordingly. Any minor discrepancy between these drawings /specifications and codes, laws, ordinances, rules and regulations shall be corrected by this contractor as required without any additional reimbursement. Major discrepancies shall immediately be brought to the attention of the engineer (in writing), prior to installation, along with the contractor's proposed cost for correction. This contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits or certificates of inspection and approval required for this branch of the work. Owner shall be furnished with certificates of final inspection and approval prior to final acceptance of this branch of the work. 5. DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS The specifications and accompanying drawings are intended to describe the scope of all electric /mechanical work. The drawings are an outline to indicate the approximate location and arrangement of raceways, wiring and equipment. The drawings shall be followed as closely as possible in executing of the work. Should there be a conflict between drawings and specifications, this contractor shall refer the matter to the Owner's representative for a decision as to method or material. Electrical Contractor shall refer to drawings of all other trades for details, dimensions and locations of other work and route his work so as not to conflict with any other branch. This contractor shall be responsible for checking quantities of equipment mentioned in the specifications with those shown on the drawings. If discrepancies are noted, provide the greater of the quantities or the better of the qualities as applicable. 6. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT All materials and equipment shall be new. All materials, apparatus and equipment shall bear the Underwriter's Laboratories Inc., label where regularly supplied. Certain manufacturers of material and equipment are specified and plans are detailed according to this material. This contractor shall base his bid on furnishing and installing this make of material and equipment. Where more than one make of material or equipment is specified, the contractor shall state in his bid which make he proposes to furnish. 7. ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Provide manufacturer's standard self- adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 -1/2" wide. Where applicable, install on all concealed raceways at connection t o all junction boxes , p ull boxes, equipment, wall/flood, etc. . Unless otherwise indicated or required by governing regulations, provide orange tape with black letters. Provide circuit identification bands for all cables and conductors. Provide manufacturer's standard color coding for cable /conductor jacket and /or insulation for all cables and conductors of all systems. Match identification with marking system used in existing systems (where applicable), shop drawings, contract documents, and similar previously established identification for project's electrical work. Provide on all conductors of all systems. Install engraved plastic - laminate sign on major units of electrical equipment, including central or master unit of each electrical system including communication /control /signal systems, unless unit is specified with its own self - explanatory identification or signal system. Except as otherwise indicated, provide single line of text, 1/2" high lettering, on 1 -1/2" high sign (2" high where 2 lines are required), white lettering in black field. Unless determined otherwise in field, provide text matching terminology and numbering of the contract documents and shop drawings. Secure to substrate with fasteners, except use adhesive where fasteners should not or cannot penetrate substrate. As a minimum provide signs for each unit of the following categories of electrical work where such work exists on the project all starters and disconnects; All remote fixture or equipment switching devices (via engraved wallplates); All System devices, ports, taps, J.B.'s, P.B.s, etc.; Panelboards, electrical cabinets ; Any other equipment designated by Owner or engineer in field. All equipment & system identification nomenclature shown on drawings or listed herein is shown for general design and installation reference only. The actual nameplate, etc. nomenclature for this project shall be verified by electrical contractor in field prior to fabrication and where applicable, shall be an extension of existing nomenclature used on the site as determined in field by electrical contractor. In addition to the above, all labeling for all electrical wiring work (for all systems) shall be 3M DCI No. 054007 -11954 "SWD" Write -on Tape Dispenser Kit with factory provided special fast drying marker included with kit. All markings shall be clear and legible. As determined in field, provide color coding for junction boxes, pull boxes and associated plates to match existing building standards. The following insulation color code shall be used for system and voltage identification for feeder and branch circuit wiring. 277/480V System - Brown, Orange, Yellow & Gray (neutral 120/208V System - Black, Red, Blue & White (neutral) Equipment Grounding - Green Systems - To match existing, verify in field. 8. GROUNDING All metallic conduit, surface wireways, supports, cabinet and equipment shall be grounded in accordance with the latest issue of the National Electrical Code and shown on plans. The ground terminals of receptacles shall be connected to the equipment ground bus of the source branch circuit panelboard. All grounding conductors shall be protected from mechanical injury. All connections to equipment or conduit shall be make with an approved conductor and same shall be bolted or clamped to equipment and conduit. All contact surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned and bright before connections to insure a good metal contact. All new branch circuiting installed under this contract shall be provided with redundant insulated parity sized green ground wire by this contractor, installed in strict accordance with NEC Article 517. This contractor shall field test all exposed conductive surfaces in all new "Patient Vicinity" areas, and provide all necessary corrective work (if any) to comply with grounding requirements of NEC Article 517. Provide documentation of all testing results to engineer and state electrical inspector. 9. CONDUIT AND FITTINGS All wiring f or different power voltages shall be installed lI ed in raceway systems separate from m each other (i.e. 24V separate from 120/208V). 08V). Only voice and data cables may share raceways. All wiring run in finished spaces shall be run in Wiremold surface steel raceway. All conduit installed indoors shall be galvanized steel EMT (3/4" minimum); all fittings for same shall be set screw type steel, with insulated throats. All wiring of all systems shall be installed in conduit unless specifically indicated otherwise herein or on drawings. Conduit runs exceeding 100 feet in length or having in excess of three 90 degree turns shall be provided with pull boxes. Conduit fill shall not exceed 30 percent. All conduit systems (including J.B.'s, P.B.'s, etc.) shall be permanently identified. New branch circuit home -run conduits shall be no larger than 1 -1/4" diameter. Conduit fill shall not exceed NEC requirements. Conduit shall be cleaned inside before any wires are pulled. Conduit ends shall be capped and plugged with standard accessories as soon as conduit has been permanently installed. Conduit installed without conductors shall be provided with sweep bends and baling wire for pulling. All joints shall be made tight with watertight couplings matching conduit and all corners shall be make with long radius. The ends of all conduits shall be cut square and reamed and all joints brought to a shoulder. Conduit shall be continuous between outlets to make a complete installation and to effect a continuous ground. Suitable supports and fastening shall be provided for conduit. Conduit shall be supported by approved straps, fasteners and hangers. Hangers shall be suspended from rods. Perforated straps will not be acceptable. Fasteners shall be lead expansion shields in block or concrete, toggle bolts in hollow walls, machine screws on metal surfaces and wood screws on wood construction. All conduit shall be supported independently from all other building systems and shall be supported directly from structural components. Provide sleeves for all fire wall and smoke partition penetrations (sealed accordingly). All raceways shall be entirely free of plaster, mortar, water and other foreign matter. Raceways installed under this contract without conductors shall have baling wire left in raceways from outlet to outlet for r future pulling of conductors. Raceways open ends shall be plugged or capped in an approved manner. Where "fishing" through existing hollow partitions is mandatory, use minimum 3/4" "Greenfield" (steel) for low voltage cabling and metal - clad /armored cable (listed for use in health care facilities) for power. Otherwise type MC /AC cable may only be used for 6' fixture whips, unless case -by -case permission is granted by engineer and owner. 10. METHOD OF WIRING - POWER Neatly dress all work. Install a ll work parallel and perpendicular to surfaces or exposed structural mem be r s, and follow surface ce contours, where possible. Keep conductor splices to minimum. Install splice and tap connectors which possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation rating than conductors being spliced. Use splice and tap connectors which are compatible with conductor material. All wires shall be run continuous from outlet to outlet/fixture to fixture. Insulation value of joints to be 100% in excess of wire. Provide adequate length of conductors within electrical enclosures and train the conductors to terminal points with no excess. Bundle multiple conductors, with conductors larger than no 10 AWG cabled in individual circuits. Make terminations so there is no bare conductor at the terminal. Branch subfeeder circuits shall be installed as shown on the floor plans. Where outlets are indicated by letters on plans, they shall be controlled by corresponding switches. No wire size smaller than No. 12 shall be used for any branch circuit unless otherwise noted on plans for control circuits. Larger sizes shall be used where required and /or indicated on the plans. Distances from panel to first outlet of a 15 or 20 ampere branch the following win circuit shall require th f II minimum wire size to the first outlet. g Up to 100 feet: #12 100 TO 200 FEET: #10 More than 200 feet: # 8 more than 200 feet in length shall be minimum No. 10 to the last outlet. Control circuits shall be N . 14 except for runs All branch circuits o e a o 9 P n feet where the shall be No. 12. Outlets shall be located approximately as shown on the plans and shall be wired to provide exceeding 300 ee y pp y p p control of outlets indicated. All wires of any one circuit shall be run in the same conduit. All wires shall be run continuous from outlet to outlet. Insulation value of joints to be 100% in excess of wire. Mechanical wire splicers shall be Scotchlock insulated type, T &B Stakon or approved equal. The conductors terminating at each wired outlet shall be left not less than 8" long at their outlet fittings to facilitate installment of devices of fixtures. Friction and rubber tape conform to Federal Specifications HH -T -11 and HH -T -111. Plastic electrical tape shall be Scotch #33+ or approved equal. Type MC Cable shall be formed from continuous length of spirally wound, interlocked zinc - coated or galvanized (inside & outside) strip steel. All conductors shall be rated for 90 deg. C. minimum. Provide with full parity sized green insulated equipment ground conductor. Provide compatible steel fittings with integral red plastic insulated throat bushings, compliant with NEC 350 -5. Cables shall be 90 deg. C. rated with all components and fittings listed for grounding and compliant with the following. a) UL Std.4 and UL Std. 83. b) ANSI E119 and E814. c) NEC Articles 250 and 333. Type MC cable may be utilized only if NEC approved and if approved by local authority having jurisdiction and if included in the limited applications defined below. 1) All new 15 or 20 ampere branch circuit work. This shall apply only under all of the following circumstances and conditions. a) Only where concealed (all exposed wiring shall be installed in conduit). b) Route all cables perpendicular and parallel to the building architectural lines /surfaces /structural members, keeping offsets to a minimum and following surface contours where possible. Maintain a uniform elevation for all cable runs wherever possible. All cables shall be supported /anchored at maximum 4 foot intervals and within 12" of box or outlet and shall not sag. Install cables in a manner that prevents overheating. Cables shall be fastened directly to the structure using factory clamps /clips specifically designed for the respective cable (Caddy or equal). ALL EXPOSED MC CABLE SHALL BE FIELD PAINTED BLACK. 11. COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS GENERAL Voice and data cables shall be installed in "J- Hook" style pathway where indicated on drawings. All other wiring /cables of voice /data systems and all other systems shall be installed in conduit, 1" minimum. Verify route for "J - Hook" work above ceiling in field in advance with owner. Provide outlet boxes and conduit stubs for systems as indicated on drawings. Conduit stubs shall be turned out in joist space and, where located in areas with drywall ceilings, shall be extended to the nearest area with no ceiling or with acoustical tile ceiling. Provide conduit, bridle rings and raceways as required. All conduits shall be provided with sweep "L" 90's and insulated throat fittings (or bushings). Typical outlets shall consist of a flush wall mounted 4" square X 2 -1/8" deep box with a double gang plaster ring. Maximum conduit fill for new YP q P 9 9 P 9 work shall be 40 %, based on manufacture's published data of cable outside diameter. Cable, terminations, jacks, labeling, hardware, shall be provided by a certified Communication Technology Contractor. Cabling system shall be provided as required for a turnke y, complete working systems. Determine exact locations of communication technology equipment, equipment outlets, etc. in field. Use caution not to exceed the allowed bending radius for respective cables and not to compromise the integrity of the cables during installation by pulling tie -wraps too tightly, damaging cables, etc. Raceway /Cabling bending radii shall be minimum as directed by cable manufacturer. Use pulling compound or lubricant, where necessary; compound must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Neatly dress all cable work. Work shall be installed in a manner which results in maintaining a minimum distance of 24 inches from feeder /branch circuit raceways and from any ballasted lighting fixture. Provide color coded jackets to identify runs of different systems. Neatly route cables parallel and perpendicular to building architectural lines. Group cables by system type wherever possible. Verify exact locations of telephone switch, data server(s), head -end equipment, equipment outlets, etc. in field. Review all termination and labeling requirements with Owner in advance. All cable shall be provided with permanent adhesive labeling identification by this contractor. Provide transparent adhesive coverings over each label, wrapped around the labels at least two times. The long axis of the labels shall installed be parallel to the long axis of the respective cable assemblies. Labels shall be approximately 1 -1/2" long by 3/8" high. Install power cables in a manner which prevents over - heating. Otherwise, wherever possible, bundle cables of the same system together. Also provide color coded jackets, or other approved labelling /identification method, to identify runs of different systems. All cables which are not routed in conduit shall be neatly bundled, secured at four foot intervals and identified at ten foot intervals. Wherever possible, bundle cables of the same system together. Conduit sizes (and systems furniture whips where applicable) shall be provided as follows. Provide additional wall outlet boxes and additional whips as /if required at systems furniture to achieve same. Conduit Diameter Application (1) 3/4" All Wall Phones (1) 1" All Wall Tech. Outlets at Individual Desks or tables (1) 1" All Wall Tech. Outlets at Individual Work Stations, PC's, Copiers, Faxes, etc. Ceiling cavities will not be used as environmental air plenums. "J- Hook" Pathways Cable distribution bridle rings shall be equal to Caddy #4BRT64 or Mono - Systems Inc. "The Hook" (minimum 4" diameter or 4" square usable internal area) constructed of aluminum or corrosion resistant steel with rolled edges or equivalent to prevent damage to cable jackets and insulation. Provide splits or openings so that cables can be laid in the rings rather than threaded through. Provide maximum 30% fill (in cross section), based on outside diameter of cables. Accordingly, provide multiple sets of rings along any routes as /if required. Provide rings at four foot intervals and at all offsets. Route rings through corridors and similar open areas wherever possible to minimize wall penetrations. Securely anchor (mechanical - not adhesive) all rings directly to structural components of the building. Rings shall not be anchored to ductwork, conduit, piping, fixtures, equipment, ceiling supports, etc. All rings shall be fully and readily accessible after installation. Neatly route bridle ring paths parallel and perpendicular to building architectural lines and at a consistent elevation wherever possible. Route all bridle ring paths and cables perpendicular and parallel to the building architectural lines, keeping offsets to a minimum. Install bridle rings in a uniform plane /elevation wherever possible, keeping vertical offsets to an absolute minimum. Prior to installation, submit scaled coordination drawings showing all proposed routing and ring locations for review by Owner. Keep offsets to an absolute minimum. Bridle ring paths shall be routed so that a minimum of 24" exists between any cables and any EMI source such as ballasts, motors, power wiring, etc. 12. OUTLET, JUNCTION AND SWITCHBOXES Gang type outlet boxes shall not be used. The outlet box locations indicated on drawings shall be considered approximate, and therefore, it shall be incumbent upon this contractor to study the general construction with relation to spaces and equipment surrounding each outlet. All outlet, switch and junction boxes shall be made of code galvanized steel complete with rings and screw cover plates and located where shown and noted on drawings. Where conduit is concealed, boxes shall not be less than 4" square x 1 -1/2" deep. All boxes shall be equipped with proper covers to bring flush with finished wall surface. r in block, cinder, or concrete block, facing tile or other material where such materials form the finished wall surface, the Where outlet boxes occur b g opening for the box shall be cut neatly and of the size that the cover plate will cover all parts of the opening. Condulets shall be used on exposed raceways. In general, junction boxes shall be furnished and required by the National Electric Code, of the proper sizes, and shall be constructed of #12 gauge steel with removable front fastened on with counter sunk head screws or other approved means. For special application, junction boxes shall be noted, detailed and /or sized on the drawings or in the field as required. 13. HEIGHT OF BOXES Prior to rough -in, verify all box/device mounting heights and locations in field with Owner's representative relative to equipment being served and relative to existing conditions where applicable. In general, where not located at counter areas, the height of boxes from finished floor to center of boxes shall be as follows, unless otherwise noted on plans: Switches Receptacles Telephone Outlets (desk phone) Telephone Outlets (Wall phone) Data Cable Outlets Fire Alarm manual pull stations Fire Alarm AN alarms 14. WIRE AND CABLE 4'0" 1'6" 1'6" 4'0" 1'6" 4'0" 6'8" (verify) Furnish and install all necessary cable of the size and type indicated on the drawings or specified hereinafter. All wire shall be copper. All wiring shall be new. No wire smaller than #12 AWG shall be installed unless specifically designated. Use of #14 color coded wire will be allowed for control circuits only. All wiring shall be in conduit unless specifically indicated otherwise herein. All conductors shall be copper. Provide stranded conductors for all sizes unless indicated otherwise. Provide THHN /THWN insulation for all conductors size 500 MCM (kcmil) and larger, and no. 8 AWG and smaller. For all other sizes provide THW or THHN /THWN insulation as appropriate for the locations where installed. Provide color coded insulation /jacket for phase identification. All wires shall be rated at 600 volts. Provide type XHHW -2 insulation for all wiring subject to moisture, for all wiring below grade and for all wiring fed from isolated power systems. Keep conductor splices to minimum. Pull conductors simultaneously where more than one is being installed in same raceway. Use UL listed pulling compound or lubricant, where necessary. Install splice and tap connectors which possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and P 9 P rY P P P q 9 insulation rating than conductors being sp liced. Use splice and tap connectors which are compatible with conductor material. Increase wire sizes per NEC to offset voltage drop as /if required. 15. WIRING DEVICES DEVICE COLORS: REFER TO LIGHTING AND POWER PLANS FOR SPECIFIC DEVICE COLOR REQUIREMENTS. SPECIFICATION GRADE RECEPTACLES: Duplex receptacles shall be equal to Leviton #5362 series ( NEMA 5-20R). Ground fault circuit interrupter duplex receptacles shall be equal to Leviton #8899 series (NEMA 5 -20R). Duplex isolated ground receptacles shall be equal to Leviton #5362 -IG. SWITCHES: Occupancy sensor lighting switches shall be manufactured by Watt Stopper and Greengate - REFER TO LIGHTING PLAN. WALL PLATES: Provide wall plates with engraved legends where indicated on drawings and /or where required per ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION Section. All device wallplates shall be standard size; "midway ", "oversized" ( "jumbo ") or "extra deep" wallplates shall not be acceptable. Construct with metal screws for securing plates to devices; screw heads colored to match finish of plates. 16. SUPPORTS. INSERTS. CUTTING AND PATCHING This contractor shall do all cutting and patching required for the admission of his work. Any damage done by this contractor to the building during the progress of his work shall be made good at his own expense. All patching shall be done by a skilled craftsman in that respective trade. It shall be the responsibility of this contractor to supervise the installation of, and pay for all additional members, wood or metal and labor which may be required to support any type of permanent or temporary electrical apparatus employed in the execution of this contractor's work. SEAL ALL NEW FLOOR, CEILING, WALL, SLAB, ETC. PENETRATIONS TO MATCH OR EXCEED EXISTING /NEW ASSEMBLY FIRE RATINGS. PROVIDE SLEEVE SEALS FOR ALL SLEEVES; PROVIDE SLEEVES FOR ALL PENETRATIONS. VERIFY REQUIREMENTS IN FIELD. ALL PENETRATIONS OF FIRE -RATED OR SMOKE -RATED WALLS, FLOORS, CEILINGS, ETC. SHALL BE SEALED IMMEDIATELY AFTER RACEWAYS ARE INSTALLED. ALL NEW ELECTRICALLY RELATED WORK SHALL BE SUPPORTED DIRECTLY FROM BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. NEW ELECTRICALLY RELATED WORK SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM DUCTWORK, DUCTWORK HANGERS, CEILING SUPPORTS, EXISTING CONDUIT SUPPORTS, ETC. ALL CONDUITS (AND CABLE ASSEMBLIES, WHERE APPLICABLE) SHALL BE ROUTED PARALLEL TO BUILDING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. ANY AND ALL NONCOMPLYING WORK INSTALLED BY THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REMOVED AND REINSTALLED TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND THE ENGINEER, AT THE EXPENSE OF THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. 17. LIGHTING FIXTURES All surface mounted ballasted fixtures shall be mounted with air spaces between fixture and surface per latest edition of NFPA/NEC. All recessed fixtures shall be equipped with necessary plaster frames and surface trim. All recessed fluorescent fixtures shall be equipped and suitably constructed to operate with "P" rated ballasts. All recess mounted incandescent and H.I.D. fixtures shall have UL approved thermal protection per latest edition of NFPA/NEC. All junction boxes and serviceable components (ballasts, thermal protection devices, fuses, etc.) for recessed fixtures shall be readily accessible for service or replacement from below the ceiling, without removing any ceiling components (other than tiles). Where plaster frames are inferred for lighting fixtures (either by narrative or by catalog number or by application) the actual function shall be taken to mean for mounting within gypsum board or similar type ceiling system (i.e. not within wet plaster ceiling system). All lighting fixtures utilized for emergency egress lighting shall be connected ahead of switching. All ballasts of the same type shall be of the same manufacturer and catalog number. All lamps of the same type shall be of the same manufacturer and catalog number. Provide low energy solid state rapid start electronic fluorescent lamp ballasts (less than or equal to 20% THD) specifically designed for operating lamp types indicated. Fluorescent ballasts shall be Motorola or Advance equal. All fixtures shown on drawings with multi -level switching shall be provided with multiple ballasts to accommodate same. All other fixtures may contain either single ballasts or multiple ballasts as required to fulfill required function and as required to comply with construction schedule. Incandescent lamps shall be Sylvania or Philips, long life type (3000 hours). All incandescent lamps shall be inside frosted unless specifically directed otherwise. Provide socket adapters /extenders if required for accommodating the specified lamp. Fluorescent lamp color temperature shall be 3500K. Compact fluorescent twin tube /dual twin tube lamps shall be Osram or Philips, 82 CRI, minimum 10,000 hours rated. Long fluorescent twin tube lamps shall be Osram or Philips, 82 CRI, 3150 initial lumens, minimum 20,000 hours rated. F32T8 fluorescent lamps shall be rapid start, energy saving type, minimum 75 CRI, minimum 2850 initial lumens and minimum 20,000 hours rated. Lamps shall be Sylvania, Osram or Philips, equal to Sylvania #F032 /RS. All surface and recessed ceiling fixtures installed on grid or tile ceilings shall be installed to agree with module of ceiling either displacing a tile, or unit on center of tile, or centered on grid lines. Provide fixtures and /or fixture outlet boxes with hangers to properly support fixture weight. All lighting fixtures installed in or on suspended ceiling systems shall be anchored directly to the building structural system above (anchored per NEC). Such anchoring shall be independent of the ceiling support system. All fixtures shall be installed plumb and level. Support surface mounted fixtures greater than 2 feet in length at a point in addition to the outlet box fixture stud. Replace defective lamps for a period of one year following the time of Substantial Completion. Where used for temporary lighting prior to time of Substantial Completion, replace all incandescent lighting fixture lamps, as well as any lamps which are defective, damaged or burned out. For all existing fixtures which are scheduled for reuse, remove from existing ceilings during demolition; protect during construction; clean, service (if required), relamp (with lamps to match building standard or per this section as noted) and reinstall at locations indicated. For all existing fixtures which are scheduled to be removed and turned over to Owner, the fixtures shall be disconnected, carefully removed and turned over to Owner. Transfer such fixtures to storage area as directed in field. 18. MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT Provide all conduit and outlet boxes as required for all control wiring and thermostats. Furnish and install power wiring and make line connections to all heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment. Electrical Contractor shall examine the approved drawings of all branches and shall wire and connect all motors, disconnects, control devices and other items requiring electricity for operation. This contractor shall make the necessary electrical connections between the specified equipment and the junction box near equipment with flexible metallic conduit and matched connectors. No flexible conduit shall be exposed in finished rooms. Each motor shall have disconnect switch or manual starter installed by this contractor ahead of motor or motor magnetic starter. The Electrical Contractor shall provide control and interlock wiring as specifically indicated on the drawings. All other control wiring required for operation of the systems shall be provided by the Heating Contractor. 19. FIRE ALARM WORK (FULL FIRE ALARM) Where indicated on drawings, remove existing fire alarm devices in affected areas and protect during demolition and construction phases. Clean and reinstall these existing devices as indicated on drawings. Relocate devices as indicated on drawings and extend conduit and wiring as required. Modify and /or extend related existing wiring in conduit as required. Fire alarm system devices (smoke detectors, pull stations, bells, strobes, etc.) shall be of the same manufacturer as, and compatible with, the existing building fire alarm system. Provide auxiliary contacts if required for special applications. All strobe alarms shall be ADA compliant, minimum 75cd per ADA. All new wiring shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's requirements and in conduit (3/4" minimum). Fire alarm system wiring shall be installed in a raceway system separate from security sub - system wiring where /if applicable. The installation shall include a complete system test of the equipment by the local representative of the system installed. This test shall be performed in the presence of representatives of the owner, engineer, and local fire department. The fire alarm system supplier shall provide to the electrical contractor a complete set of floor plan drawings showing conduit sizes and number of conductors required to all components plus detailed wiring connections required at each type of device. It shall be the responsibility of the fire alarm systems manufacturer to submit these drawings to the state fire marshall's office (or other authority having jurisdiction) for approval. This action shall be taken during the shop drawing procedure. The system must be approved by this authority and a copy submitted to the engineer with the shop drawing submittal. All fire alarm system working drawings shall be provided by manufacturer. Provide all required modifications (cards, power supplies, hardware, firmware, software, etc.) to the existing fire alarm system as required to render the entire extension fully operable. Provide all required 20A/120VAC power as required to energize all new fire alarm related components. This requirement applies whether or not such power work is shown on the drawings. p a gs Branch circuits serving fire alarm related equipment shall be dedicated to fire alarm related equipment only. Smoke detector locations shall not exceed the rated coverage of the detector and, in general, shall be no more than 15 feet from a wall or 30 feet apart. Smoke detectors shall not be installed within 3 feet from a supply air diffuser. Provide contact bases for all applications where auxiliary contacts are required. The audio /visual and visual -only alarm indicating devices shall be red ADA- compliant units (with minimum 75 candela ADA - compliant strobes) wall mounted at 6'8" as shown on plans. Strobe units shall be synchronized wherever required by any authority having jurisdiction, including ADAAG. Additionally, where required by local authority, the strobes must meet ANSI S3.41 temporal code. The waterflow switches, tamper switches and pressure switches shall be provided by the sprinkler contractor. The electrical contractor shall wire and provide the related monitor modules as required. Provide isolation modules as required to isolate wire to wire shorts on a data loop to limit the number of other modules or detectors that are incapacitated by the short circuit fault and /or grounds. Isolation modules shall be part of the smoke detector base. The isolation modules shall permit the entire system to operate independently of the area disconnected by the isolation module due to wiring faults. Provide monitor modules as required to interface "non- intelligent" devices into the system as shown on the drawings (i.e. sprinkler flow switches, tamper switches, etc.). Provide control modules for all auxiliary devices including all supervised control functions such as air handler shutdowns. Exterior /roof mounted duct smoke detectors shall be in a NEMA -4x enclosure. The installation shall include a complete system test of the equipment by the local representative of the system installed. This test shall be performed in the presence of representatives of the Owner, Engineer, and local fire department. The fire alarm system supplier shall provide to the electrical contractor a complete set of floor p oo plan drawings showing conduit sizes and number of conductors required to all components plus detailed wiring connections required at each type of device. It shall be the responsibility of the Fire Alarm Systems Manufacturer to submit these drawings to the State Fire Marshall's Office for approval. This action shall be taken during the shop drawing procedure. The system must be approved by this State Inspection Agency and a copy submitted to the Engineer with the shop drawing submittal. All fire alarm system working drawings shall be provided by manufacturer. 20. ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION EQUIPMENT DISCONNECTS & FUSES: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide equipment of one of the following (for each type and rating): Allen- Bradley Co. General Electric Co. Siemans /ITE Square D Co. Westinghouse /Cutler- Hammer Disconnect switches shall be equal to Square D Type HD. All Safety Switches /Disconnects shall be heavy duty, safety type, quick make and quick break and externally operated. Unless noted otherwise on drawings or directed otherwise in field, all disconnect switches shall be fused. Unless noted otherwise on drawings or directed otherwise in field, brace all disconnect switches for 200,000 A.I.C. Provide heavy -duty switches, with fuses of classes and current ratings indicated and UL listed for use as service equipment under UL Standard 98 or 869. See Section "FUSES" for specifications. Where current limiting fuses are indicated, provide switches with non - interchangeable feature suitable only for current limiting type fuses. Install disconnect switches within sight of controller position unless otherwise indicated. FUSES: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fuses of one of the following. All fuses shall be of the same manufacturer: Bussman, LittelFuse, Shawmut (A4BQ series). Except as otherwise indicated, provide fuses of types, sizes, ratings, and average time - current and peak let- through current characteristics indicated, which comply with manufacturer's standard design, materials, and constructed in accordance with published product information, and with industry standards and configurations. Fuses 1 ampere through 600 amperes shall be rejection type. Fuses 601 amperes through 6000 amperes shall be Hi -Cap, bolt type. Provide factory fuse identification labels, installed on the inside of the door of each switch indicating type and size of fuses installed. For types and ratings required, furnish additional fuses, amounting to 10 percent of fuses supplied, but not less than one set of 3 of each kind. Each fuse shall be clearly factory marked with classification, characteristics, ampere ratings, voltage ratings, etc. Fuses shall not be shipped installed in switches nor shall they be installed in the equipment until the equipment until the equipment is ready to be energized. All fuses shall be of the same manufacturer. Prior to installing fuses for protection of specific equipment, motors, etc., verify recommended fuse size /type in field from respective equipment manufacturer. If a conflict in fuse size /type results between manufacturer's recommendations and above specifications, contact engineer. Provide all required fuses under base bid. Install fuses in fused switches. LIGHTING CONTACTORS All contactors shall be equipped with external green pilot lights in cover and external H.O.A. selector switches in cover. Lighting contactors shall be wired so that the "AUTO" position is the normal activated condition (i.e. photocell controlled, photocell /time -clock controlled, remote switch controlled, BAS controlled, etc.); the "OFF" position shall be a manual override to turn lighting off; the "HAND" position shall be a manual override to turn lighting on. All contactors shall be equipped with field convertible N.O. /N.C. contacts and descriptive nameplates. Lighting contactors shall be equal to Square D Class 8903 (or Allen-Bradley Bul. 500L -BA "94 series) for tungsten & ballast lighting and resistance heating loads. Lighting contactors shall be electrically held in factory NEMA 1 enclosure, with 120V coil and characteristics as indicated on drawings or as required. "Dry" contacts shall be rated at 30A, 250V or 600V as required. Provide number of poles (minimum of four poles) and number of contactors as required for each application. Verify all coil voltage ratings in field. TIMECLOCKS Multi- Purpose Time Clock shall be equal to Intermatic #ET70415C (or equal by Paragon, Tork). Time clock shall be programmable 365 day, 24 hour with override controls. Unit shall be 4 channel. Provide all required external contactors, relays, etc. to render the control systems fully operational. Verify zone control requirements in field prior to rough -in. Provide battery backup extended power carryover. Custom programming shall be configured as specified and detailed on plans. PANELBOARDS: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide panelboard products of one of the following (for each type and rating of panelboard and enclosure): Square D Company, General Electric Company, Siemens /ITE, Westinghouse /Cutler- Hammer. Panelboards shall bear UL labels for their specific applications. Panelboards shall be suitable for service voltage with number of branch circuits of capacity scheduled. Unless otherwise indicated, panelboards and sections thereof, if any, shall have main lugs only of capacity equal to, or greater than, the rating or setting of the over the current protective device next back on the line. All circuit breaker panelboard bus assemblies shall be of the distributed (sequence) bussing type throughout, so that any 2 adjacent single pole breakers and /or spaces shall be replaceable by a 2 pole internal common trip breaker, and any 3 adjacent single pole breakers and /or spaces shall be replaceable by a 3 pole internal common trip breaker, 15 amp through 70 amp inclusive, without disturbing any other breaker. All panelboards shall be UL listed and labeled for use as service entrance equipment where being used as such. Distribution panels shall be Square D I -Line. 480Y/277 volt high voltage panels shall be Square D NF. 208Y/120V Lighting and Appliance panelboards shall be equal to Square D NQOD with bolt -on branch breakers. All bussing shall be copper. RECEIVED AUG 23 2012 PERMIT CENTER All branch circuit breakers shall be full ambient compensated thermal magnetic molded case with quick -make and quick -break action and positive handle trip indication, both on manual and on automatic operation. Breakers shall be of the over - the - center toggle operating type with the handle going to a position between "on" and "off" to indicate automatic tripping. All circuit breakers shall be full size. "Tandem" or "split" breakers shall not be permitted. All multi -pole breakers shall have internal common trip with all load side box lugs of one breaker in the same gutter. All circuit breakers shall have sealed cases to prevent tampering. All 15 and 20 ampere branch circuit breakers shall be UL Listed as SWD (switching duty). All 15 -70 ampere branch circuit breakers shall be HACR Type. All GFI circuit breakers shall be UL Class A with maximum threshold of 5 mA. All branch circuit breakers serving all ballasted (fluorescent/HID) lighting loads shall be HID rated. Provide 20 ( + / -) non - padlock type breaker lock -on devices and install on branch breakers as directed in field (night lights, computers, security, etc.). Provide detailed typewritten schedules for all panelboards. Circuit breakers shall be furnished as scheduled on the drawings or as otherwise required based on field determinations. Provide all electrical distribution related equipment with appropriately braced bussing and properly rated breakers, fuses, etc. for the available fault currents. In existing buildings where fault current values are not indicated on drawings, coordinate with existing "upstream" distribution equipment provide equipment AIC ratings to meet or exceed same. Fill out panelboard's circuit directory card upon completion of installation work. Directories shall be neatly typewritten. All panelboard directories shall include the actual room names /numbers that are selected for interior signage /designation. All recessed panelboards shall be provided with a minimum of three 1 -1/4" empty conduits terminated to a single 12" X 12" X 6" degcfigq h ^ove accessible ceiling. �H/�11 C TRANSFORMERS: PERMIT AND APPROVAL Power Distribution Transformers shall be Square D Dry Type. Provide copper windings. Provide 4" high concrete housekeeping pR IEDedges) for all floor mounted transformers. Install units on vibration mounts; comply with manufacturer's indicated installation method. 90% SET- 1 -19 -12 N ix I W W Z viz L O dJ<': U R V W WY a J • to x mc Ea V Z I tg W m be -1 I • Y V 0 go ;; Y00Z ZtnOY O .� tit V 0 z Z '04 N^ O_ I Y r' N S U- W Y f p4 01: SEAL: AUG 1 4 2012 01 HO .a <.9 w sift AEROSOLES CO a0 ao X Y 0) W I- Q Z Zd.�O W V U Z I WZ O w V) CO U V1 U N az3 .- I- J D w w w tn LLH Q H M O wZ Q F- w M w cn 3 1- co SHEET TITLE: ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISIONS: NO: DATE: BY: PROJECT NO: 12874.00 DRAWN BY: SCHMID, SOSA E -4 SHEET OF GENERAL NOTES A ALL RECTANGULAR RETURN AIR AND SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK SHALL BE UNED WITH 1" THICK ACOUSTICAL UNER THE FIRST 15 FEET, THE REMAINDER SHALL BE WRAPPED. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. IN GENERAL, HOLD DUCTWORK TIGHT TO UNDERSIDE OF STRUCTURE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR REQUIRED BY FIELD CONDITIONS. B CONICAL BELLMOUTH FITTINGS WITH MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER TO BE USED FOR ALL ROUND BRANCH TAPS ABOVE ACCESSIBLE LAY -IN CEIUNGS. CONICAL BELLMOUTH FITTINGS WITHOUT MANUAL BALANCING DAMPERS TO BE USED FOR ALL ROUND BRANCH TAPS ABOVE INACCESSIBLE DRYWALL CEIUNGS WITH BALANCING REQUIRED WITHIN 2 FT. OF DIFFUSER WITH PLASTER FRAME. C FLEX DUCT SHALL BE UMITED TO 5' -0" IN LENGTH, NO DUCT BOARD ALLOWED, WIDTH OF DUCT SUPPORTS SHALL BE 2" WIDER THAN THE DUCT. D THE HVAC CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING BOX -OUT LOCATIONS FOR ALL DRYWALL MOUNTED AIR DEVICES WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND CEIUNG FRAMING. E MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TENANT WITH AS -BUILT DRAWINGS, ALL EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS, INFORMATION ON THERMOSTATS, CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAMS AND OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION AT COMPLETION OF PROJECT. MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL FIRE -RATED PIPE SLEEVES AND SEALS ON ALL EXISTING OR NEW PIPING THAT PENETRATES A FIRE -RATED PARTITION, WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. G MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR IS TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL FIRE DAMPERS ON ALL EXISTING OR NEW DUCTWORK THAT PENETRATES A FIRE RATED PARTITION, WHERE REQUIRED BY CODE. SEE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR CEIUNG HEIGHTS. 1 CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY SUFFICIENT SPACE TO RUN DUCTWORK, AND SHALL IDENTIFY ANY OBSTRUCTIONS THAT COULD HINDER THE ROUTING OF THE DUCTWORK. J THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL EQUIPMENT, PIPING AND DUCTWORK, NOT SHOWN TO REMAIN IS FULLY REMOVED AND NOT ABANDONED. K IT IS REQUIRED THAT THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR MUST VISIT THE JOB SITE TO BECOME FAMIUAR WITH MAJOR ITEMS SUCH AS STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS, PLUMBING LOCATIONS AND ELECTRICAL RUNS. ADDITIONALLY MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND DIMENSIONS OF SUCH ITEMS AS HVAC UNITS, DUCTWORK, ETC. PRIOR TO BID, AND CONTACT THE OWNERS CONSTRUCTION REP./ ARCHITECT/ ENGINEER AND REPORT ANY DIFFERENCES/ DISCREPANCIES IN THE DRAWINGS FOR A DECISION. L ALL MATERIALS EXPOSED WITHIN PLENUMS SHALL BE NON - COMBUSTIBLE OR SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A SMOKE - DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 50 WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTME E 84. GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES A. PRIOR TO BID, CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE JOB SITE AND FIELD VERIFY THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FIELD VERIFYING THE EXISTING STUB -INS, TAPS, ETC. FOR PLUMBING AND MECHANICAL SYSTEMS FOR THE TENANT SPACE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND BETWEEN PLANS AND FIELD CONDITIONS IN ORDER TO PREVENT UNKNOWN ADDITIONAL COSTS TO THE TENANT. B. ALL PIPING SYSTEMS SHALL BE PRESSURE TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE, LOCAL CODE AND LANDLORD'S REQUIREMENTS. C. PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE(S) AT EACH FIXTURE. D. ALL WASTE AND VENT PIPING SHALL BE CAST IRON. E. ALL UNDERGROUND SANITARY PIPES SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC. ALL ABOVE FLOOR SANITARY PIPING SHALL BE SERVICE HEIGHT NO -HUB CAST IRON. F. SLOPE ALL SANITARY PIPING 4" AND LARGER AT 1/8" PER FOOT. SLOPE ALL SMALLER SANITARY PIPING AT 1/4" PER FOOT. G. ALL PLUMBING PIPING DROPS TO PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED IN WALL SPACE EXCEPT WHERE NOTED. H. SUSPEND ALL HORIZONTAL WATER AND VENT PIPING AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE ABOVE CEIUNG. 1. SAW CUT ALL SLAB PENETRATIONS. SEAL AROUND ALL WALL, FLOOR AND CEIUNG PIPE PENETRATIONS WITH APPROVED SEALANT MATERIAL AND ENSURE PENETRATIONS REMAIN FIRE RESISTANT AND WATERTIGHT. PROVIDE FIRE CAULKING AS REQUIRED. J. ALL EQUIPMENT, INSTALLATIONS AND MATERIALS SHALL COMPLY WIN APPUCABLE LANDLORD CRITERIA, LOCAL AND STATE CODES. K. PROVIDE AND INSTALL WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS PER PDI REQUIREMENTS. L PROVIDE AND INSTALL WATER METER WHERE SHOWN ON PLANS. M. LABEL ALL BELOW SLAB PIPING. 12"0 UP 1 11 11 I I II • HVAC CODED NOTES: 1. EXISTING AIR HANDUNG UNIT TO REMAIN. EXISTING CONDENSING UNIT TO REMAIN. CLEAN COOUNG COILS. REPAIR/REPLACE FAN(S) AND COMPRESSOR, REPLACE FILTER(S), RECHARGE REFRIGERANT AND PROVIDE RECONDITIONING REPORT TO THE OWNER UPON COMPLETION OF WORK. VERIFY PROPER OPERATION OF SPUT SYSTEM PRIOR TO BID. PROVIDE NEW CONDENSING UNIT AS REQUIRED. UNIT SHALL BE TRANE MODEL TTA073D OR EQUIVALENT. PROVIDE NEW SECONDARY DRAIN PAN WITH HIGH WATER ALARM. CONFIRM RETURN DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR EXISTS, PROVIDE NEW AS REQUIRED. 2. EXISTING THERMOSTAT TO REMAIN. VERIFY LOCATOIN AND PROPER OPERATION PRIOR TO BID. REPLACE AS REQUIRED. 3. EXISTING AIR DEVICE TO REMAIN. CLEAN AND BALANCE TO CFM SHOWN ON PLANS. 4. PROVIDE NEW AIR DEVICE TO MATCH EXISTING. BALANCE TO CFM SHOWN ON PLAN. 5. CONNECT TO EXISTING DUCTWORK. INSTALL DUCTWORK AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE. CONFIRM ROUTING OF DUCTWORK WITH EXISTING OBSTACLES BEFORE FABRICATING DUCTWORK. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID 6. PROVIDE NEW CEILING MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN LIGHT COMBO AS SCHEDULED. EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW EXHAUST DUCTWORK TO EXISTING LANDLORD EXHAUST MAIN. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. 7. UNDERCUT DOOR 1" FOR AIRFLOW. 8. EXISTING LAVATORY TO BE RELOCATED. EXTEND AND CONNECT NEW CW & HW LINE, SANITARY AND VENT PIPING FROM EXISTING PIPING. FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. 9. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE TO REMAIN. FIELD VERIFY FIXTURE IS IN GOOD WORKING CONDITION PRIOR TO BID. 10. EXISTING TRANSFER GRILLE TO REMAIN. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION AND REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO BID. L IRISML1FD 24x18 J HVAC MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION AREA SERVED CROOF MODEL VOLTS PHASE T WEIGHT HTG MBH HTG GPM HTG KW ACCESS FLA MCA OCP EDH -1 EX. ELEC. DUCT HTR , ACU -1 EXISTING EXISTING HWALL HPART HGLASS HSLAB _ 10 HTOT 80 AHU -1 4.7 3 BALANCE 2700 CFM BALANCE 600 CFM HVAC EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE HVAC LOAD SCHEDULE DESCRIPTION MARK CROOF CWALL CPART CGLASS CSOLAR CUGHTS . CEQUIP CPSENS CSSENS CFAN COAS CTSENS CPLAT COAL CTLAT CTOT HROOF HWALL HPART HGLASS HSLAB HSPACE HOA HTOT 80 AHU -1 4.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 11.9 5.1 2.9 24.8 1.8 2.8 58.2 2.4 0.0 2.4 60.6 9.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.3 11.2 14.5 25.8 HVAC EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION AREA SERVED MFGR MODEL VOLTS PHASE WEIGHT EMERG CFM STATIC BHP HP WATTS RPM ACCESS FLA OCP EF -1 EXHAUST FAN RESTROOM GREENHECK SP- B110 -FL 120 1 10 739 80 0.25 58 11 80 17 25 1960 15 HVAC CONDENSING UNIT SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION AREA SERVED MFGR MODEL MIN EER MIN COP VOLTS PHASE WEIGHT EMERG CLG MBH CLG SENS ACCESS FLA MCA OCP CU -1 EX. CONDENSING UNIT ACU -1 TRANE EX. TTA036 101 SALES 208 3 739 0 61 58 11 11 17 25 I A BALANCE 1525 CFM 25 CFM MECHANICAL FLAN D I� 1/4" • I1 -0" s- BALANCE X525 IBA I F, I1 4•I -IIII I..... 1 II BALANCE 525 IFIA ::I..._ :.....I LITY II 2204 BALANCE 525 CFM ICI 4271 €.�..I PLUMBING LEGEND HVAC VENTILATION SCHEDULE WATER CLOSET ROOMNUM ROOMNAME SYSTEM ZONE AREA CLNGHT AIR CHGS OA CHGS PEOPLE DES PEOPLE RED OA PER OA SQFT _REQ SUP ACT SUP REQ OA ACT OA ACT RET ACT EXH CRITICAL PRESSURE 101 SALES 1 MC TYPE 739 0 0 0 11 11 7.5 0.12 1960 2100 196 210 2100 0 0.0814 E ROOFING 102 STOCK 1 EX 598 0 0 0 1 1 0 0.12 530 570 53 57 570 0 0.1263 E 103 RESTROOM 1 50 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 30 3 3 0 80 0 N D I� 1/4" • I1 -0" s- BALANCE X525 IBA I F, I1 4•I -IIII I..... 1 II BALANCE 525 IFIA ::I..._ :.....I LITY II 2204 BALANCE 525 CFM ICI 4271 €.�..I PLUMBING LEGEND HVAC ELECTRICAL C❑❑RDINATI ❑N SCHEDULE (MESCH) WATER CLOSET ABBREVIATIONS CONTRACTOR TYPE MOTOR CONTROL TYPE CONTROL TYPE DC LOCAL DISCONNECT MC MOTOR CONTROL (POWER) SD DUCT SMOKE DETECTOR CN CONTROLS 15 TOGGLE SWITCH C/B H.A.C.R. CIRCUIT BREAKER AT SOURCE PANELBOARD FUSE FUSE AT LOCAL DISCONNECT (VERIFY FIELD RATING) FLA OPERATING FULL LOAD AMPS MCA MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACIIY CP CORD AND PLUG CONNECTION EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR EX EXISTING FC FIRE PROTECTION CONTRACTOR GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR HC HVAC CONTRACTOR MFR MANUFACTURER PC PLUMBING CONTRACTOR OR OWNER OR OTHERS CS COMBINATION STARTER MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER MG MAGNETIC STARTER OR CONTACT MS MANUAL STARTER VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE MSR MANUAL STARTER W /CONTROL RELAY OV OVERCURRENT PROTECTION TC 11MECLOCK CPT CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM LOW LOW VOLTAGE CONTROLS UNE UNE VOLTAGE CONTROLS RUNE REVERSE ACTING UNE VOLTAGE STAT MAN MANUAL FA FIRE ALARM CO CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR INT INTEGRAL TO EQUIPMENT MARK DESCRIPTIDN VOLTS PHASE EMERG BHP HP HTG KW WATTS FLA MCA OCP DC FURN DC INST DC WIRE MC TYPE MC FURN MC INST MC WIRE CN TYPE CN FURN CN INST CN WIRE SD QUAN AHU -1 EX. AIR COND. UNIT 208 3 X ROOFING EX - - EX - - - EX - - - 0 CU -1 EX. CONDENSING UNIT 208 3 17 25 EX - - EX - - - EX - - - 0 EDH -1 EX. ELEC. DUCT HTR MC 10 WALL FIRE DAMPERS EC EC EC - -- - -- - -- - -- INT MFR MFR MFR 0 EF -1 EXHAUST FAN 120 1 MC 80 15 MFR MFR MFR MG MFR MFR MFR MAN EC EC EC 0 D I� 1/4" • I1 -0" s- BALANCE X525 IBA I F, I1 4•I -IIII I..... 1 II BALANCE 525 IFIA ::I..._ :.....I LITY II 2204 BALANCE 525 CFM ICI 4271 €.�..I PLUMBING LEGEND WC WATER CLOSET LAV LAVATORY FIELD VERFY ALL COIIDMONS DESIGN DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE PRIOR TO BIDDING OR AWARD OF CONTRACT TO INSPECT EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. THIS CONTRACT SHALL INCLUDE ALL LABOR AND MATERIALS NECESSARY FOR FIELD MODIFICATIONS DUE TO EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONTACT THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER PRIOR TO BIDDING FOR INTERPRETATIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS OF THE DESIGN AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS TO MEET THE DESIGN INTENT. CLARIFICATIONS MADE BY THE ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER AFTER BIDDING WILL BE FINAL AND SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED AT CONTRACTORS COST. BIDDING CONTRACTORS SHALL HAVE A WORKING KNOWLEDGE OF LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES AND SHALL INCLUDE IN THEIR BIDS THE COSTS FOR ALL WORK INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNING CODES, THE PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS NOT WITHSTANDING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ALERT ARCHITECT, ENGINEER OR OWNER OF ANY APPARENT DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN GOVERNING CODES AND DESIGN INTENT. HVAC SYSTEM EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE MARK DESCRIPTION AREA SERVED MFGR MODEL MIN EER MIN COP AHU -1 EX. AIR COND. UNIT AEROSOLES TRANE EX. TWE090 VOLTS 208 PHASE WEIGHT EMERG CFM STATIC OACFM BHP HP RPM COND GPM CLG MBH CLG SENS CLG GPM CW EWT CW LWT HTG MBH HTG GPM HTG KW ACCESS FLA MCA OCP 3 2700 0.5 270 61 58 0.00 39 0.00 HVAC DUCTWORK LEGEND HVAC LEGEND SYMBOL RETURN GRILLE DESCRIPTION °•µ ,••..• .«S' »• EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN LOW VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT MOD NEW WORK MVD 1 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER HVAC DUCTWORK LEGEND SYMBOL DESCRIPTION RETURN GRILLE RG O SD Kl CEIUNG DIFFUSER 0 LOW VOLTAGE THERMOSTAT MOD MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER MVD 1 MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER Tr BRANCH TAKE OFF T 1" UNED DUCTWORK ..-_-_:=4 X FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK CONNECTION STRUCTURAL SUPPORT FOR EQUIPMENT E- LOW VOLTAGE TEMPERATURE SENSOR -® DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTOR FIRE DAMPER TO MATCH RATING OF WALL/FLOOR FD fie® SMOKE DAMPER ROOF CURB UNEAR SLOT DIFFUSER LD MECHANICAL RESPONSIBIUTY S ITEM FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY REUSE EXISTING N \A REMARKS _ OWNER LANDLORD CONTR LANDLORD CONTR OTHER AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT X STRUCTURAL SUPPORT FOR EQUIPMENT X ROOF CURB X ROOFING X ROOF CANT STRIP X ROOF CURB LEVEUNG X AIR CURTAIN X DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES MC MC WALL FIRE DAMPERS X COMB. FIRE \SMOKE DAMPERS X LOW PRESSURE DUCTWORK MC MC HIGH \MEDIUM DUCTWORK X DUCT SUPPORTS MC MC SEISMIC BRACING MC MC TEMPERATURE CONTROL SYSTEM X WIRED BY MC REUEF AIR MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER X SMOKE DETECTORS X ZONE DAMPERS X DUCT HEATER X UNIT\BASEBOARD HEATERS X RETURN AIR FAN X OUTSIDE AIR INTAKE HOOD \FAN X REUEF AIR HOOD \FAN X TOILET EXHAUST FAN MC MC WIRED BY EC TOILET EXHAUST DUCTWORK MC MC TOILET EXHAUST WALL OR ROOF CAP X AIR BALANCE REPORT GC AS -BUILT DRAWINGS MC SECONDARY DRAIN PANS MC MC CONDENSATE PUMPS X SCHEDULES LEGIEN) APD CODED NOTES MC = MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR GC = GENERAL CONTRACTOR EC = ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR LL = LANDLORD RC = ROOFING CONTRACTOR * ** ALL ROOFING WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE LANDLORD'S ROOFING CONTRACTOR AT THE TENANTS EXPENSE. RECEIVED AUG 232012 ,PERMIT CENTER r _..n Aso 90% SET- 1 -19 -12 0 0 z Y g V 0 O Y 00Z iagbi 00 CC gia � �13" VCZ SEAL: AEROSOLES AUG 1 4 2012 >- a YCO W Z.4Z jj N 0 N W O I- Z I O0wVI 00 Ua W F- 0 J WU' Z VI� I- O W Z M a 14) LLI SHEET TITLE: MECHANICAL PLAN & SCHEDULES REVISIONS: NO: DATE: BY: PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY 12874.00 SCHMID, SOSA M - 1 r:,s -q► O 233423.00 -02 0 KEYED NOTES: 1. SPRING ISOLATORS 2. GALVANIZED ALL THREAD ROD SUSPEND FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE AND FROM FAN MOUNTING FLANGES. USE CHANNELS UNDER FAN AS AN ALTERNATIVE SUPPORT 3. CEILING FAN 4. OUTLET FLANGE 5. BACKDRAFT OR MOTOR OPERATED DAMPER (SEE SCHEDULE SPEC'S) 6. METAL HANGER, SECURE TO STRUCTURE AND TO DUCTWORK 7. FLEXIBLE CONNECTION CABINET EXHAUST FAN SCALE: NONE 0 0 NSULATION ////// //// /// rill. _ iiiiiii . n1 i 0 0 KEYED NOTES: 3 O MAIN SUPPLY DUCT 1. MAXIMUM LENGTH OF INSUL. FLEX DUCT EQUALS 5 FEET. FLEX NOT PERMITTED IN INACCESSIBLE CEILINGS 2. INSULATED DUCT, COLLAR AND DIFFUSER BY HVAC CONTRACTOR HIGH EFFICIENT 3. TAPERED H IENT TAKE -OFF G C 4. INSULATION 5. MANUAL VOLUME DAMPER ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL, INSTALL MAXIMUM 5' ABOVE CEILING. PROVIDE 18" LONG ORANGE MARKER TAPE ATTACHED TO DAMPER TO IDENTIFY LOCATION 03713.00-05 6. SECURE TO CEILING PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND PER CEILING FINISH. PROVIDE GRID CLIPS PER MFG'R REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE FRAMING FOR DRYWALL INSTALLATION. 7. HANGER, SECURE TO STRUCTURE AND DUCTWORK 8. PEEL BACK INSULATION AND PROVIDE STRAPPING AND SHEET METAL SCREWS AT FLEX CONNECTION TO DUCT. THEN PROVIDE STRAPPING AROUND INSULATION. 9. HARD SHEET METAL ELBOW ON CONNECTION TO AIR DEVICE. DIFFUSER INSTALLATION (TYPICAL) SCALE: NONE 2009 Washington State Energy Code Compliance Forms for Nonreskieril)al and Muitifernily.RosideMial Mechanical - Complex Systems (back) 2000 Wastlidgton :pieta Ener[gy.coda Gontpearide Roils for Nbomstdential end 'Muittffiroily Reaideatiel: MECH- COMP Renaed Febma: 2 ':01'1 Hydrtinic system Nix sect o0 1437 3 2 throlgh: 143323 5 DeD•c lsola0on RegUtretl rte o HR• umpH P 3 , cr HPs11.3 antl >�9:dpntrolv�W NO' •Seotiriri 1432 3 :1 Vadabte Flow Design R,egOrSd; fi�r' lfcrpnls Syst Heated or Cooled: 300.030 st R Section 432.2.2 Wales Temperature Reset Required r Macnenieal�� yt.s:; Cooing? f. 'CNa Section 1433. Ee namizer Required C Present Total Cooling. , . 780kbiuh•.y Section' 14351 53% Etfective Hell tic overyRequired 4 Hou Op er Cooled Conde No No Section 1436_3 Condenser Heat' Recovery' Required SC. 00414324 4.: DDC Required With Trend; ig and Detflarie RESport5e: Senaon 1435 2 • • Yes ;Homiensate rem . Recovery Required erro 7 „4NteN, Refrigeration Condensers: 50014313.1. No: NC Section 1436 :4 Refrigeration CoroJenssr Haat. Recovery Required: vstem or :.Zoneb'�Ye r7 Simultaneous/ Sertion 1435 Zone Controls Must Reduce Supply AR Quantity Before RehearmglRe ling �,hystool ,Yetems sere a Loom have 1 0:000 aF pP! N. Section 1438:3 ControlsMgst Yes-I. Reduce Alr1ow When System In Nat Heating or Cooling %Fan o Puri KMdlors :_ "r.5 HP? 5ectidd 1438: Variabie FloW devices j�equlru°c rotor ncl. in Egpnt Gov't' b/' Np TM 14.10.14 -- t[al: Bl.1% LabotatOW haunt, :5,000 No DONE Yes Yes' 4 Multi spae4 Motor Ili 74410- ipeed.system Section 1437 Motors :Must Meet: Meier-ores in Table 14.4 Yes Section 1430 1 No gating or Cgcing for el Least 50 %af Make,up;Air Yes Secton- 1436-2. One F Qq sred' a neat Recoveryper 14302 U. 501 VAVF,42 O & Makeup c 75%,0tied Makeup :tv / Terllperir1gq C1g3Y. d. Combing :Energy RedUetian Qer > =Qmin Yes ';1 1 ,:.- a tr 200H t! a�htrl tart Sla Erie de.� i ne' "or fur �. e 1 bf R i Enar UOrie; Cvfr, li�neaf= otrilstorNr> nr+ ratdefrtfaland :kttllh.atnll.idestdeniiaL Mechanical Summary tiVa:hopton :Waf Project infra Energy 40 Ca711p1a p F ma Nang a1 zn4gl : :fJnd.MUt arra.y.. Project: 'Descriptitati Bnefiy 'describe mocharscal s,rstem type.and features: r in_lud>;s tans n 71i1 CF. 'C) t Prof. Address; im:rbsales.Shire: W'17ff MECH -SUM Reylsecl Fehreary2tf11 pet f ?)X4120'14 333 8ot,thcenler 0t arkwey, -Space 4224: Se sate .WA9e :es Ap3licanf t¢eme:,: ApolleatitAddri Ap._d! ii Fcn'6 didltiLl OaCi Use O :rnOnaJmUat'Onta;n little ¢rbgtxratttgi.cornr7hance : Wits 'aatninisstCtnrlgr64UK6merita =';Ise (1on141S' t t t rI EC1sm lox S 6l8m : u tarn,,<At�i ,g 1 a Y5t S rip � �s er yb Y° Q Y . G' v 1 r li c ion . 'se to ':ME H-.iUt e �sim io is rid >)ex ieaCeetaslnlxFlc rtlarl dvr. fo tsi fi at s U sacs to C f r n ml Fqu.ipmtent Schedu Pen rh51 fallowtrig rifomlaIian is :leq.raa.1lo be Incorpctaterf w4 thte techerueo equiprnsril schedi es ti I 1 r'+ 1 laf aniha plans. Fatprdjects tlthcut plE?lgs, fit n She :: qu r3:d room I.,n below; Cooling Equipment Schedule Equip Typo equip. ID Brand Name'` Model Nd:i Ciscaati-' 6tuith osfi. OF to. orkcorlo l: SEER orEER al_ \A IntANL•' MISTING T4i4740 gfiootl 270 la- 2 ERR E unnil -er `Op14tt :0 Exception Heating Ec 'itipn:Lesit Schedule Ennp. Equip: 19 `TYpe Ena -1 brand Nonni Ia'1"1:G Model MISTING' � &pac:ly" 34150 OSA drii or i.,ocrto/ : tnluf BWh ,141:4:0, OtApli 81,11 t 34130 •EIC dent i.0 t2sEciN; Fan .Equipmeni Schedule Egikti l'ypa' ZS Arend :Name' Model No :1: ss- N710FL GFNI. tat: Sgt: HP1BF!I?'� 0.2;5 Flaw Coritrals N -' Lgratioi rif : A5RSTRf)05 : :.. �CPA.C5: 1If availtib!e; = AS :tesiad RE:4;0 jog to Tanln- 14= 1A..11vtlugh 14. G. 4;1' required, 4: COP, HSPE. Gnmhl Jion F.ff an :,y, :6r.AFU,E, Ss apphc5lble. Slow oor ir'ii types: vsrable e'r'vaitbme) Aiff.denstent volume .YCV). or vanablt'rpeed.(VS) ° Exceptit> 1 nuriiber fro lit 200 9 V7shin tuState Envr Code lian Forms fo r Nonresidential and ML ii b fam ) ly Residential Economizer MECH -ECO 2009 Washington State Energy Lode carom :once Forms for Nanras!denflat and Multifamily Residential Revised Febn:erf 2011 Economizer Summary Chock box {es) for excephdns beln9 q etalmaCf. Llsi tn,. systemtequlpmant that qualifies for each exra3p 011 See i '3 f description f Seat do 14, 3 for NH o Economizer teguire'ments. 0 Ft:li Air Earn*: Not required under 1132:2 • Econpmlzer. uxixieaT . `1C Eiuhf " +.v..ct -101. : .006.kagad: *'i ■ z =1,35-ki0U 3.tohl. ❑ ❑ _. 1,..: E< 2: „i Ex &: 71Ex. 9tr; '•• . .... Ex 7: �.... Ex 3: .:: � f - ,„� Ez gc: L EN a: 1..jj i EA: 10: Decision Flowchart Use this fl rarart to daterm i ne if project compiles With Emdm ie r requirements. 11 not the Systems Analysis Option must be used. 1411 ;1; START , i No Yes Refarerree ti 1\ Section 1433 :4 9 '►�` U sup R C .z.. F.:coerstinn T' . Ch l ar'V441or $yo. `�Chri(e 2G hrorar a'E(el` 'No Not :,Fru. ni'i., . r• )ds3: CSW'+... URZCSef 33cee f3iuh> Yes.B„ a a nonrrmusr 'Wes !}tot reit Frtantir tit ' 72 000. Beth . - `v�td arse ;. •: v & tro: afes - VI_.. 4carAnn a.s--l'...;trtt Cep .:20.500 Stub _. . 3d Yes .t•0dg Cap wo Ecora •••?;430,000 Btu or ?PM: ,Ezr'Septv+h?: Water Coofr51 Re v t '1f 4: Waterside E oncmizte :'. Ca:'pann o Syst"t*...,.Yes Slm6ngc1aik4t besinj` Ye, � ` C,ap.'" 5000090, =' F ,:I Air Ec,nomiie rompiiec .8iceptta i tx,. *Vat 0bp 54.000 Bit:, 'unit t not Exterior cc ' 'Adjacent' the 1r e5 No No F4cepl'wh A < Cooing 550 Site .-•'Yes f +R or Soar.. ' No t Ce)trr15 Special 04 >Yee. •.`3.litra505 Needs,' 3o .EYa.pUd� t'v.... 0ehu n $i5csliai`.. Ye with N :Tolls sg;,' 'Amoy a,lahfeel ▪ Heat Pump Loop ` t42a1rg Ali Orlte.rlfl No e`` t)ediested Server or > El .m 'k�xc.ep an i:` 4RF System M54400 - All Criteria Yt1.r1 No Does Not Comply I •riercetl h�`. ."2...1▪ ,1-1A or 14.18'.> ▪ L:SU:prr!nnt' Yes OK,.; ELhb1Ft.4 `,.Yes i Dyer ■Mode bki -014 Fh 44 Vvi er 30553 `'y 5%13x4; "ode A6f )RAE 127 5 ,......Y. t .,. !Meets 14.70 14,46' isd?,lrrtir" .eati`a S1vht C or rimier , car i6,50Q :r.Yne • i)tup% hio V (lossfies ros' Pulf ▪ Air Economizer. Es;> pOon 015124ies :C . t X00.1- Vashiri ton Statr3 ner uode:'C.cr h ce f'ctrlsfor .lnresi e f c ... - . �.. . tp. en ... t .. h. cI ,l>}lz� a 1d FhuiHfamtty R5lsjdential:_ Mechanical Summary (back) MECH -SUM; -- 1009 ttUpahiripfon State .L-nergy 4o0e:;Campuancp.Farmv far Nonrdsidernal Muftife ly RaeidenNal :tltert•sed1-ejrcerri,„ 11 ', . ,. .. System DescrLptrsin See SentiOn 142:1 foiluiii description 'of Slhlple:f5 tom txsflfica6olxa; n . All %iStants,; D No t° redly. en? D $9 : i@aapP' •The fodow;rtg in( \nnatlgl t9 nP,ClYa3.J /L..e.CIIEC.k 8 I1.ECflatllCrll peiiril {- applfCainfl for Arptfanee wl,fl {i1e.InEt�lallttii! IY.gIItYefnent�l lnflle .7Parhitlg ?nn 3tatr Nalmsidc!iUal •E9tergy :Gods. - .: . - MheatUi;f,Cuoltng Or 00010.34 :Pow . a n ■ �atlst rx vat? ❑3pMsystyty•: Qs .84,00!.• Hkb1, ■ • Econpmlzer. uxixieaT . `1C Eiuhf f000 tt 1:._. u _d N7 era a R ire . +.v..ct -101. : .006.kagad: *'i ■ z =1,35-ki0U 3.tohl. ❑ ❑ _. • Cool!rig Cap r -15 Btutvft DtHeal`tg Gp: > 0 b NHeiitngOnly. 015 outs:rte. atr7 Haatulq Ctik, a:.i a. fdtuttffl2'?' h 00tl.pfnl NIi3 D Decision Flowchart; tis6 1)00 eocv non to detcmlrnr d prgletx qualifies For Simp a 5ystain Opilori. M -r1nt, etIliei'Ykte Cornpla x System pr 550(65 0 .?;hails jp00000 rrusl he used, 3 START ) lf� ' i•lumidlhtativn or Reheat?.•,- Ct>.gI'U'at> T5„ He*VCoct,Eq e'? Y6.5t 4<:9 stem Type Hesti1 .Only. ✓ ,` 10oo N. Lfns? / ?HeetingA7bo)in or 00 118...5 RPferetl e . Seitieh .1421 41e tatNed�'``�� rtstantyd189, YES' Total .. i FM Sesyfng 5rllgie Room Yes YE5 .30% OSA \ Ctta118esfsj �%EconG Economizer `. included? Exception ,Eta Sir :le Intent Atiwved. (Section 1420): op 133 Yee .U5e :i 012)163 'Sjisiem5 (section: 1430) Complex S. sterns Rafe lo i*IECH COI4P MPCh010cal Comple6 Systems_ for p4 istarice.in del M'': L:UnT 11P.te5 .. tit: 1. " f .. t tants;at .i, 13n am., are dPF••.canle ta1hie 717j9G1; Inclieilly -WO 09.Wa b gfRtS fate E h e `: i. e F. r ei a ;' 1' lti, 4od Cot once SNms tot Non asldardiol and Mu tamp Residential ltpl ... _ d : Y lde . _ Mechanical Permit Plans'Checklist .2806 ltJpshingion :5ta(e•Enargy'Code Gvmplianca Forms: tor�Nonrasidontlal and klulFf!arttily Rasidsrltiai MECH -CHK. Ravisad>.Fehrre 2.1 i. 01 Piny:UMt1ress: 7"1art44ett $,tare 104 -Date •The fodow;rtg in( \nnatlgl t9 nP,ClYa3.J /L..e.CIIEC.k 8 I1.ECflatllCrll peiiril {- applfCainfl for Arptfanee wl,fl {i1e.InEt�lallttii! IY.gIItYefnent�l lnflle .7Parhitlg ?nn 3tatr Nalmsidc!iUal •E9tergy :Gods. - .: . - .Apptica! d.lY T:6 110 -n•) , a Oede Sa !on' ct ' n befit .Cur on p f000 tt 1:._. u _d N7 era a R ire . Lnratlon : tvlPlalis L. BulkJ!rg7apanrtuanc �' :: No4.s HVAC RE' UiREMENTS Sections 1401-1424) _. . . . Yes 1411 E Sui mat P tior riance- Yee 1411 ;1; Mininlutr ei itsency Equipment achedule with type,.cepactty, etbcianey N -4. S9eterni zing NSA. 1411;1 Combustion h'. n I I r ., hdieale fntemiiffet: nUOr u&drefl den erA ecketl Se. 1482,1 Sotbae4 & shut -off N, A. 1411:1 A.frcooi }d'shine,' Provide %7'i Air end:Water chllW_roapbelty 143,21 Airsytern meet N.n. 1411.2,1 Weter•feoreciehiller Fut-wad andNPLVvdues'adju5tedfar :any non- s!anderd.ccndia is' 1432:24 Hydr. Sys: reset N :A , 1411,4 Fhg e!ed htg'; :&.eig, List, heat pumps onschedule 142.3 >1 Hydr.Var..Fkw N,A . 1411.5 UnanUESad Heat hdipete radiant Net *tarn endrietupency corlimts 1482.3:x _.. 1412 RVAC Controls Yes ' rre dicate IUUdns ol plane. -1. .... es: 2 412.2 ; Jeadband control t . kdreata a degree deadband rnimpturn.. AS -3 _. N..A: 1472.3 Huiludity caltrrot . hdicate hunidislet :. N ":3: Y®d 1412.4 5ethackand Shatoft Indicate thermrsetatWith 7 daypregrei aliillty 8.mqutnd eetba k 14 A Egistidq 1gpt.. y44 1.4124.1 dampers iiullcate carper tecoort, leakage Nato Ourileil: type, R:max, ;laekage N`I N..A. :. EMIIMI N.: a_ Yes 71418.,2 Oirlimum Slat. ilditlale.on inlulnelad rWntrrils )`f -1. 1464 N :2t :. 1412.5 Heat pumpctinrol hrJitaiC hear pump 'errresrart :$ utdtwrlcckc„t on3rxiedule- Ind design mini.rhun• Condensing teelp,en4 ,control., N :.A:. 1412.6 W'Y,mbustrttn 11641100 hifJtiate modulating' Ur staged: roittrtii *i4-. 1412.7 Betandng Initi40 batancirlg;ieatures 0.014n0 N`I ezie'ai.rig . N z.. 141241 VeniiletinnGoti:trol h1dirltedemandContro1v>', 14'ladflnb,'high4occupancyareee. H :A. 14129 Loaning00*R: Gage Ventilation In dlcetoonelor,adlriedhg tJeck& •padOrkg garage esetiletton systeol. a6UVa5.on and edntrbd nue45ad. M-.2 Yon 1422 The iosiai interlu* hdieatethermostai intedbck an Wane M -3 Yps 1432.2.1. Temperature Reset itdisate ten•peteture reset rrietnr.<1 1.V•3 N„ A:_ 1013 Airfhufater. Economizers Yes 1412,1 Single zonasystema krJilaie muliple.onelirg:}zige Yxintii cepontdty. N ^2: Inofcatc HR, VAV, semi - conditioned nt AietJp, :orOERM eoic No "4f3 • Air:twono Operation h'rd'aatt (' capability on schedule !EC:ex:Ma Epp. 1413iii Wtrl=cnnn 900adnn hrdirala OW l',130101:0'. 45 dagF db 7L 40 deg F wit 1433:2 Mr Etoriti.C.Ibetilinent krllriatt` Ira). 0A_cA,lldidal fr design cig Io9d & 01410 h rtt pi=rfnrmanca data, _ !. N.A.: 1413.3 Iniegriried operation indicate capahitltyfarparUal gorl ng ti -4.: 1413,4 t- lumIdltioation: kdicetedin:ti eyap :afog atemizeion Wtein.econoni!zor :. : :.- 1414.::. .....:�:: D.dating ayefam:s Yes 141??.. DLICt Sealing k iojie.d; {at daSig1 p.C'asttres, se4111nt1, altd festktg I•Equtreti ents...... H -3 Yes' 1414.1.2 Lmx press, duct test lndidate epplicebl6 low pressure .rluc s }xsterris shall beteaktested- _ M -3 N .R,. 1414.1.3 Nigh press. durt.tesl kigicatElligh pmtisun duM�.ystems shalltirl: teak tesied:e4410endly:hr:- Ipcetitz ,of this 'dudwodt on. ,tans yes 1414.2 qupt lnsulatiOn 1dipata R-Yaueef7nWoilal. 08 duCL: .1415 Piping Systems , ' Yes: - 1415.1 Piping inauiati die R•alur3_ot::insula ..j::On piping. 74-.3. 1416 Conlptotfon Requlremame: Yes' 1416.12 Sy,i 11i Belandhg hlditete ilr end Water dysten1b arcing mgairein ns M-3: Yes 1416,3.3 Functional Testiria Providesegtrenm et dperatiOnaand test piacedurc5. K-3 Yes: 14163 .4 Dacumeniait9.: 4tdicate O& 1.manuais. reoord:dracangs, stet4relefng: J4-3. Yes 1418.3.5 Comn1 R _ epos e hdieateregwrepientatortinaJ 'rAmmiaslaning :repoiY: �_,3: .. Ya$ 1416.4 Complfanee :Gakllst Stibinitte buildingoffirdat uponsubs".antiet aelielefion. It"4 Yes Mechanical Summary Forst 6e41P1000 and hffached t4g(ptrent seI;eth le with types,.1 .141.0utpu ,: PIOClehdy can,: hp:: eeencOli2e°• '4'4: 2009 Washington State: Energy Code Compliance FOrnIS. for Nonresidential and Multifamily Residential Mechanical - Complex Systems Checklist MECH -COMP 2000 Washington 8 4 a h eRY Cat a.om I lanceE1n1 t a : r ros tlrn t ai and M undam :I . R cs d nt9 T ReW aa d RibMary.mit Project Addrese A.xasotam stare :tire Date . The following a tt ,i1al infomtation is necessary is cheek :a mechanical permit appiiCeffeh fore.(cnlpiex meohentogl. s �stam for dttnl Alanco With the meohanicaj . uiramenlx in .he Washirt on Stat ®: Nalrt5sldenflal :Energy ,Carte. Use s r n'g g! the ehecidist OS a roteiLnce for notes adde4 1r,:the mechanical drawings (see the: MECH- CHK•Checkllet for :endltienal. requirements) This Intormation ntustbe an the plans since, this !s the otgrtal record of the permit, Having: this informatirn ih separate specuicatiof{s adios Is NO T an acceptable alternath:a For t3u11dingnaparhnerit Use: Applicability. (yes, no. na) Cede Section Component Intormetion :.Required 4oc11;lon On Plan building Deparfman . hates ADDITIONAL CHECKLIST:ITEMS FOR COMPLEX SYSTEMS ONLY Yes 1431;1: H0 44001. Mi. Provide cxl. utations for -toiatMelte :010gyinpuTlcutput te:egufp: to -2 -- : Ytes 14311 S9eterni zing lndicateeittjipment in sy rem s1,'ting complies tyifh :1431.2 11-2: .'1.443 N.k, 1482,1 Sotbae4 & shut -off Jndicate separate systems or show isc tics devices o. plans N.A.: ..... 54.44 Yea 143,21 Airsytern meet Inaiatn autamatia temperature reset.& operation sequence M.3 144 N.A.. 1432:24 Hydr. Sys: reset Indieateaut'ahta6c kemperatura reset.& operatiorysequtinre 140 zr;A•• 142.3 >1 Hydr.Var..Fkw indicate mad/ le flow: method forst!applicablesystems 10.A,. .1482 N.A. . 1482.3:x Hydronic: isolation - Indicate method of Isolation for all applicable systems N .: N-A:.. 1432-4 DDC f..iiepabitities Indicate control capabilities includ'ing'demand response setpoind adj, ' N'..A 1432:4 DDC data mgmt: tneicate metering and tr mdirtg tepabilities. MIIIIIIICEIRZEattIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII :. 1432.5 Riessura;R.eset Indicate satic pressure reset forVAV systems.' 11310111111= No 1433: Air E ci iemizer Indicate - economizer onequ 01'00.:adsed ile.orprovide oatculatlons to (ustifyaJtemption. Demonstrate higher efflcfenOiequipment iflequired :. 14 A Egistidq 1gpt.. 1433- WaterECanomiier: ihdicatewaitereconcrttizerandprovide Calculation satlrvving :compliance with 1413 if 1433 Exaction ion 3 Is utilized 1460 -1465 CaU13tdragu N..A. :. EMIIMI N.: a_ 7463 1434 Sepatefe :air sys:: Indicate special requirement .iirtes. :and Illc'Ikzete :sy$tams 1464 N.A., 143• &: .., htg. h erg.: Indicate,ticthod of prohibiting simultaneous ht'ating •and :ctldlirg o r:staty axcpetton and show supporitng e:alcuta inns Ind design mini.rhun• Condensing teelp,en4 ,control., N •? • 1436: Heat feFZiVary indicate heat recovery of all appIieti41' systems on plans; c miilete slid. attach hea• recovery caleulatier;s No 143`7' F.lec mrrtpr effib.. MECH -MOT Ctr Equip. $enndUla With hp rpm. etfk envy ezie'ai.rig . 1434 Vana01e_9peeddrives Indicate VS: control ori:>aiivalent o:n srhodi"les far all appI the equip. - Yee 1438:1:. float R jectien Indicate heat r ei ecion equipment t Y es and fr.iY tes M-.2 N..11.- 1438.1 Hot GwBypa$R- indicate COOrtng equipment staging :and capacity. rnotlulatloh ebilitfes. 1486.;3 I.:wil Volume sys Iidkt e miltiple system rooms & indicate ventilation contrat: N„ A:_ 1438:1 Kitchen Bloods indicate :source and conditioning:of'maka =upa!r N.A' 1439.2 Lahorrtory Exhaust: Inofcatc HR, VAV, semi - conditioned nt AietJp, :orOERM eoic if t`no" 4s circled for any auestton. orovide exolanation: Decision Flowchart 10se flowchart to dOtl f line how the :requ)rements of the Compie x Systems Option apply to the project, !Refer to the 118106)601 Glide Santana' for complete :Infoiiisation on the re-quirementS. 8eotlon'1411 1 E5uipMent. E{rroiercy Shall Meet Tables 14- 11513:0 1, 14-10 sr011 Fuma•- input 7 225;000 uh or Any U ease Yes -v 1411,1' iltt &.Power VenlingorOamper;. If Input_: 225,000' Btub -M61'11412 5 Modulating: :Controls Requiett Fuel Fume Input:1221:000 13tuh? Yes SoCt6f 141111 0,75% Maximum _ecke1:1055 N' . wart design 525 padple per 40$ Yes :Seolkin 1412.0 Ventilation CiuSttdls rot Htop- oceuca7t4 Arene Equipment? Yes y Section 1431.1 Calculations of Total 05 -6ale Energy Input 5 043:1 t Requited 1 (3intinued on track.)- 20U3 Waahingtotl 'State Energy Coda Corllpliaflce fonts, ION Air Sy4Seni Servkg Multiple Zorieet Yes 500505 1432 2.1 Supply Air 'Reset DonttelO Requted residential alad A401fert i. Residential Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist Continued MECH-CHK 26 9 W i in - Ear .;. d - li e:.F < r-0 nt - - f Oa a_h rrBStfe n Co eCo .Uric orm_7o.. klnraslde.JSI and.fdulaarN �Resl �ontl f ....... 94?..... .. AY.... .rap. ... . .. IY...d., a.. ..RSvtsad Fetiruery 2911 Project Address: •A+r-NDUIaS • stops - - i58 : Pate is TI �e :. Un ' t lrrforit a rbn rs. ua ssa• 4U crier a.rrreda' ! 'r �. . r °'+ t . . ): i'e ton I _ J .It ari.rxV peatt,., appkr�itcll f,r .ocri`ptisnre yells iha:rnacfignical rarjijirnrt ty1Ls in the -� Washington Stela:. Ndnre:,tdeottai Lnorgy code. -. ''Ph Will es no ,ill Cade Section a ooa4on rill Praia Building 0epartinent Notes: SERVICE WATER HEATING ANO:HEATED FOOLS S.ect)ans 1440 -1454' 82311111Sarvcawaiiertdgi .. .. " _... .__. _.. .... ..... ___.. No 1441 L'lOi. wafer neater 44Ir.1 Nc. 4 ..T Indicai 1 mue tation under tak ' S hut.oconos: Intcieau'dat) shut<ptocrculaors or heamce :B$I, N©E . Yea .'1.443 petit .: ,.: .. Plulabon ..,__.. .s ... :_ :. :... 1naratE R•Value olmsulaUdn onpiping M -2 N.A.: ..... 54.44 " .... hump EnarOg eete.. .._ S Inolcak+171tY.Tiptlofpump atelgy:managemmti5ec'145fi:) N.A :. 144 fleas ReeoVery - Indieisio . preheat capacityas r of petr serv•waterdemand. ®.. 140 Heeztl Peote 10.A,. .1482 1-teat:'PUrnp COP hrdreatef nnnm rani CO' ni43] N .: -. Indicate ",,.. - ,ealr"r'eteiency -11111111111111111 ' P 1iitti941% WntOE1S In04}i?:5witcil Uetd45 degree vontrnl . MIIIIIIICEIRZEattIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII 11310111111= Plots: g0 +dagtieS 1ndit;ate R. -2 ptcI aever ®IIIIIIIIIIIIIIII _11111111111111111 14 A 11/2111ESZESINE Inc: irate: k.$10 an'4 oopat5ty df eidteuet4ir iSIOptV'atu e...N rtuc!ion COLD STORAGE Sections 1464 1460 -1465 CaU13tdragu N..A. :. EMIIMI N.: a_ 7463 EVaporatcii$ 11 dceter :notorwpe and 'spoor Barisal 1464 ilendellaers kidieate Oneeb-set Cfi78!nii'typa, assign. wb temp and dottrel ®11111.11.1111 ®... 1465 Ccattpressom: Ind design mini.rhun• Condensing teelp,en4 ,control., if "no', is indicated tonally it in Sections 1401,1424 or 1440 -1465 , provide explanation: bi»s 1 Al p loft `fttit 144 RECEIV AUG 232012 PERMIT CENTER 90% SET- 1 -19 -12 (n Y cz W V O W Z O g W C lax woo d J v = 0W VN O=e°IIX AmoO z s» W 3.3 \ Y 1 te J 4 � V to goJ a_ Z p e.. O W r' W E 7 3 5,0 (4 to he NJ I O ligS iligliaS I M N M O 1 1 SEAL: AEROSOLES AUG 1 4 2012 CO 00 W N 300 I.L Y W I.L Z w 4 a 0 V (NI N1- = N I.L O wZ Z = O w N U CO V1 0 Q �I r■ a = 3 0 (f) 1r_ I- OW W LL Z V) I_ X I- Q I- • w W M W V) S 1- co V) SHEET TITLE: MECHANICAL DETAILS & ENERGY COMPLIANCE REVISIONS: NO: DATE: BY: PROJECT NO: 12874.00 DRAWN BY: SCHMID, SOSA SHEET OF 2 ■ 1 . • 1 GENERAL: General Provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements apply to work of this section. SCOPE: The base bid includes furnishing all materials, labor, tools, and equipment and the performance of all work required to install a complete heating and air conditioning system as outlined herein. QUAUTY ASSURANCE: Provide a complete installation in conformance with the following standards. AGA: American Gas Association ASHRAE: American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers NFPA: National Fire Protection Association SMACNA: Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association. Statewide Building Code IMC: International Mechanical Code PERMITS, FEES, INSPECTIONS, LAWS, AND REGULATIONS: Permits and fees of every nature required in connection with this work shall be obtained and paid for by this contractor who shall also pay for all the installation fees and similar charges. Laws and regulations, which bear upon or affect the various branches of this work shall be complied .. with by this contractor and are hereby made a part of this contract. All work, which such laws require to be inspected, shall be submitted to the proper public official for inspection and a certificate of final approval must be furnished. SEISMIC BRACING: Provide seismic bracing of mechanical and electrical components where required by code. QUALITY ASSURANCE The contractor shall provide seismic restraint systems to meet total design lateral force requirements for support and restraint of piping, conduit, cable trays and other similar systems and equipment where required by the applicable building code. SEISMIC BRACING AND SUPPORT OF SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS Seismic restraint designer shall coordinate all attachments with the structural engineer of record. Provide engineered stamped and signed drawings of seismic design. Seismic restraint designer shall provide visual inspection after installation and approve installation of seismic design components. Design analysis shall include calculated dead loads, static seismic loads, and capacity of materials utilized for the connection of the equipment or system to the structure. Analysis shall detail anchoring methods, bolt diameter, and embedment depth. All seismic restraint devices shall be designed to accept without failure the forces calculated per the applicable building code. Friction from gravity loads shall not be considered resistance to seismic forces. Fire protection systems shall meet the requirements of NFPA -13 and NFPA -14 for the building seismic requirements. WORK IN EXISTING SPACES: General: Care shall be taken when working in existing spaces so as not to damage existing walls and ceilings where work is being performed. Ceilings: Where work is being performed above ceilings, and the architectural drawings do not indicate ceiling modifications by the general contractor, it shall be the responsibility of this contractor to remove and replace existing ceilings where work is being performed. In those .instances, all repair and installation of new grid, ceiling panels, etc shall be the responsibility of this contractor. Match existing finishes. Walls & Floors: It shall be the responsibility of this contractor to patch existing walls and floors and match existing finishes where work is being removed or installed and patching is being performed, unless noted otherwise on the architectural drawings. DEMOLITION: Any Equipment to be demolished shall also include the demolition of any and all ductwork, piping etc serving or served by the equipment, all accessories, air devices, wiring, gas piping, venting, control wiring and power wiring associated with the equipment. Demolition shall be coordinated with all trades. All materials shall be turned over to the owner or disposed at the owner's direction. Contractor is responsible for reclaiming any refrigerant in association with the demolition in accordance with all local, ' state and federal regulations. Any roof or wall penetration shall be patched watertight to the satisfaction of the architect. TESTS AND ADJUSTMENTS: No ducts, piping, fixtures or equipment shall be concealed or covered until they have been inspected and approved by the Architect and the inspector who shall be notified by the contractor when the work is ready for inspection. Work shall be completely installed, tested and leak tight before inspection is required. All tests shall be repeated to the satisfaction of those making the inspection. METAL DUCTWORK DUCTWORK MATERIALS Exposed Ductwork Materials: Where ductwork is indicated to be exposed to view in occupied spaces, provide materials which are free from visual imperfections including pitting, seam marks, roller marks, stains and discolorations, and other imperfections, including those which would impair painting. Exposed ductwork which is to be painted shall have paint grip applied. Sheet Metal: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate ductwork from galvanized sheet steel, lock forming quality, with G 90 zinc coating and mill phosphatized for exposed locations. Minimum gauge shall be 24. MISCELLANEOUS DUCTWORK MATERIALS Volume Dampers: Provide volume dampers in all branch ducts or as required for balancing to required air flows. Fittings: Provide radius type fittings fabricated of multiple sections with maximum 15 deg. change of direction per section. Unless specifically detailed otherwise, use 45 deg. laterals and 45 deg. elbows for branch takeoff connections. Where 90 deg. branches are indicated, provide conical type tees. Duct Sealant: Non — hardening, non — migrating mastic or liquid elastic sealant, type applicable for fabrication /installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for sealing joints and seams in ductwork. Duct Cement: Non — hardening migrating mastic or liquid neoprene based cement, type applicable for fabrication /installation detail, as compounded and recommended by manufacturer specifically for cementing fitting components, or longitudinal seams in ductwork. Ductwork Support Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide hot — dipped galvanized steel fasteners, anchors, rods, straps, trim and angles for support of ductwork. INSTALLATION OF METAL DUCTWORK General: Assemble and install ductwork in accordance with recognized industry practices which will achieve air — tight (5% leakage for systems rated 3" and under; 1% for systems rated over 3 ") and noiseless (no objectionable noise) systems, capable of performing each indicated service. Install each run with minimum number of joints. Align ductwork accurately at connections, within 1/8" misalignment tolerance and with internal surfaces smooth. Support ducts rigidly with suitable ties, braces, hangers and anchors of type which will hold ducts true —to —shape and to prevent buckling. Support vertical ducts at every floor. Sealing: Seal all longitudinal seams, S's and drives and all joints with mastic or cement. Install according to SMACNA standards. Balancing Dampers: The sheet metal contractor shall be fully responsible for installing balancing dampers in the ductwork, (whether shown on the drawing or not) in order to arrive at the intended air flow. The balancing sub — contractor shall provide direction and assistance in determining locations where dampers are required. Additional dampers, if required shall be installed at no additional cost to the owner. Wall Penetrations: Seal and pack around all ducts and piping sleeves which pass through walls that extend to bottom side of structure and rated walls. Field Fabrication: Complete fabrication of work at project as necessary to match shop— fabricated work and accommodate installation requirements. Routing: Locate ductwork runs, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally and avoid diagonal runs wherever possible. Run ductwork in shortest route which does not obstruct useable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment. Hold ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building. Limit clearance to 1/2" where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts, but allow for insulation thickness, if any. Where possible, locate insulated ductwork for 1" clearance outside of insulation. Wherever possible in finished and occupied spaces, conceal ductwork from view, by locating in mechanical shafts, hollow wall construction or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions, except as specifically shown. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Do not route ductwork through transformer vaults and their electrical equipment spaces and enclosures. Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same gage as duct. Overlap opening on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2". Fasten to duct and substrate. Where ducts pass through fire -rated floors, walls, or partitions, provide fire dampers and firestopping between duct and substrate, in accordance with requirements of Division -7 Section "Firestopping ". Coordination: Coordinate duct installations with installation of accessories, dampers, coil frames, equipment, controls and other associated work of ductwork system. ACCESS PANELS: Furnish all access panels required for proper servicing of equipment. Provide access panels for all concealed valves, vents, controls and cleanout doors, and sprinkler devices required by NFPA. Provide frame as required for finish. Furnish panels to General Contractor. Exact locations to be approved by the Architect. Minimum size to be 12 x 12 ", units to be 16 gauge steel, locking device shall be screwdriver cam locks. HANGERS AND SUPPORTS: Support all piping, ductwork and equipment by hangers or brackets. Furnish structural steel members where required to support piping and equipment. No portion of piping or valves shall be supported by equipment. Ductwork — Support by means of hangers as follows: Duct Width Hanger Size and Type Max. Spacing 30 or less ( #16 gage) 8 31 to 60 ( #14 gage) 8 61 to 90 3/8" dia. Rod 8 A pair of hangers shall be located at every transverse joint and elsewhere according to the table. Hangers shall be sized to allow insulation to pass through unobstructed, provide saddle support for insulation at all hanger. Hanger spacing for steel piping unless otherwise noted is to be as follows: 1 -1/4" or smaller to be 8' on center; 1- 1/2" -2" to be 10' on center; 2 -1/2" and larger to be 12' on center and at each change of direction. Hanger spacing for copper pipe to be as follows: 1" or smaller 6' on center; 1 -1/4" or larger 8' on center. Piping shall be also supported at each change in direction, at valves, and at equipment. CEIUNG AIR DIFFUSERS: Diffuser Faces: Square: Square housing, core of square concentric louvers, square or round duct connection. Diffuser Mountings: Surface Mount: Diffuser shall have rolled edge below finished ceiling for surface mounting or diffuser shall be fumished with accessory plaster frame. Diffuser Dampers: Opposed Blade Dampers: Multiple opposed blade dampers connected to linkage adjustable from face of diffuser with key. Diffuser Accessories: Plaster Ring: Perimeter ring designed to act as plaster stop and diffuser anchor. Titus TRM frame kit Diffuser Finishes: White Enamel: Semi —gloss white enamel prime finish. Manufacturer. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide diffusers of one of the following: Anemostat Products Div., Dynamics Corp. of America. Metal —Aire Titus Products Div., Philips Industries, Inc. Tuttle and Bailey. Price CEIUNG & WALL REGISTERS & GRILLES: Steel Construction: Manufacturers standard stamped sheet steel frame and adjustable blades. Register Dampers: Opposed Blade: Adjustable opposed — blade damper assembly, key operated from face of register. Register and Grille Finishes: Register and Grille Finishes: White Enamel: Semi —gloss white enamel prime finish. Register and Grille Acoustic Performance: NC less than or equal to 30 Manufacturer. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide diffusers of one of the following: Anemostat Products Div., Dynamics Corp. of America. Metal —Aire Titus Products Div., Philips Industries, Inc. Tuttle and Bailey. Price FANS AND VENTILATORS CEIUNG VENTILATORS Centrifugal Ceiling Exhausters: Provide centrifugal ceiling exhausters, designed for ceiling or wall mounting, of type, size and capacity as scheduled. Provide AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. Type: Provide galvanized steel housing lined with acoustical insulation, adaptable for ceiling or wall installation. Provide centrifugal fan wheels mounted on motor shaft with fan shrouds, all removable for service. Provide integral backdraft damper fan discharge. Grille: Provide steel louvered grille with flange on intake with thumbscrew attachment to fan housing. Motor Provide permanent split— capacitor motor, permanently lubricated. Accessories: Provide manufacturer's standard roof jack, wall cap, and transition fittings as indicated on drawings or schedules. Vibration Isolation: Provide spring floor isolators or hangers depending on type of installation. Duct Lining: Provide 1" thick, 3—lb density duct liner a minimum of 5' (five feet) up and down stream of fan. Manufacturer Subject to compliance with requirements, provide centrifugal ceiling exhausters of one of the following: Acme Breidert Carnes Cook Co., Loren. Greenheck. Penn Ventilator Co., Inc. Jenn Fan Twin City Fan & Blower INSPECTION General: Examine areas and conditions under which power and gravity ventilators are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. INSTALLATION OF POWER AND GRAVITY VENTILATORS The power ventilator(s) shall be installed a minimum of 10' -0" from any roof edge regardless of location indicated on plans, unless a screen wall or railing is installed per the local building code. See the architectural plans for coordination. Coordinate ventilator work with work of roofing, walls, and ceilings, as necessary for Pproper interfacing. rovide access door in duct below ventilator to service damper. Solder bottom joints and up 2" of side joints of duct under roof ventilator to retain any moisture entering ventilator. Access: Provide access and service space around and over fans as indicated, but in no case Tess than that recommended by manufacturer. Roof Curbs: Furnish roof curbs to roofing Installer for installation. Install according to roofing manufacturer's recommendation and specifications. Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory - mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of Division -16 sections. Ensure that rotation is in direction indicated and intended for proper performance. Do not proceed with centrifugal fan start —up until wiring installation is acceptable to fan Installer. FIELD QUAUTY CONTROL Testing: After installation of ventilators has been completed, test each ventilator to demonstrate proper operation of units at performance requirements specified. When possible, field correct malfunctioning units, then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace units, which cannot be satisfactorily corrected. ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Cleaning: Clean factory — finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's touch —up paint. SPARE PARTS General: Furnish to Owner, with receipt, one spare set of belts for each belt drive power ventilator. SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: SMALL SYSTEMS Split System ACU (Electric Heat/DX, with 0.A.) 1. Startup The unit shall operate on a 7 day /night programmable thermostat. 2. Supply Fan Control The supply fan speed shall be constant and set to the required CFM. 3. Space Temperature Control Provide local wall mounted room temperature thermostat with digital display of room temperature and setpoint ( +/— deg. F. adjustable) and override feature. 4. Minimum Outside Air Control During occupied mode the minimum outside air damper shall be open. Provide motorized outdoor air damper. 5. Cooling Control Cooling shall be controlled to maintain space temperature setpoint. On a call for cooling the heating shall be off. On a further call for cooling the mechanical cooling shall be staged on. 6. Heating Control Heating shall be controlled to maintain space temperature setpoint. On a call for heating, the mechanical cooling shall be off. On a further call for heating the electric heating shall be staged on. 7. Smoke Detector When the smoke detector is alarmed, the system shall be alarmed and the air handler s a a sa e w manua rese . ec r ca con rac or s a ms, i v on rac or s a mount & Electrical contractor shall wire a UL listed photoelectric smoke detector per local code authority having jurisdiction. Fan Shutdown — Hard Wired 8. Unoccupied Mode During the unoccupied mode of operation, the ACU shall go into night setback mode. 9. Night Setback /Shutdown At night setback /shutdown the ACU shall go to fail safe position. Fail safe position is defined by the following: The supply fan is off, the outdoor air intake damper is closed, the heating is off and the mechanical cooling is off. The supply fan shall cycle in conjunction with either the heating or cooling system to maintain a minimum /maximum space temperature depending on the season. CONDENSING UNITS All safeties interlocks associated with the condensing unit shall be hard wired. Software interlocks are acceptable as secondary additional safeties. Unit shall have self contained controls by unit manufacturer. On a call for cooling, with all safety devices satisfied, the first stage compressor contactor and condenser fan contactor energize causing the compressor and condenser fan motor to operate (the indoor fan contactor shall be wired to start at the same time as the compressor). A liquid line solenoid valve will open when the first stage compressor starts. On a further call for cooling, the second stage compressor contactor and condenser fan contactor energize causing the second stage compressor and condenser fan motor to operate. A liquid line solenoid valve will open when the second stage compressor starts. As cooling demand decreases, the second stage compressor contactor and condenser fan contactor de— energize causing the second stage compressor and condenser fan motor to shut down. A corresponding liquid line solenoid valve will close when the second stage compressor i ff preventing refrigerant migration back to the compressor during the off is o P 9 9 9 P 9 cycle. EXHAUST FANS Toilet Exhaust Fans (Manual) Exhaust fans shall be controlled by local manual switch furnished, installed and wired by electrical contractor. When activated, exhaust fan motor damper shall open and fan shall start. (Indicated by EC on MESCH schedule) TERMINAL UNITS Electric Duct Heater Provide a self — contained integral thermostat with adjustable setpoint. On a call for heating, fan shall start and coil shall activate to maintain room temperature setpoint. Provide relays and controls to automatically disconnect power to the electric heaters when the Cooling system is in operation. CONTROLS Electrical contractor will provide power wiring. HVAC contractor shall provide all the low voltage wiring of HVAC units and controls, thermostats and controllers. Thermostat shall be by the manufacturer of the HVAC unit (heat /cool /auto /off) with night setback. Provide plastic protective cover for all thermostats. CONTROL WIRING Low Voltage Thermostats Low voltage thermostats shall be fumished, installed and wired by the HVAC contractor. The electrical contractor shall provide 4" square x 1— 1/2" deep wall outlet boxes (with single —gang rings) for all thermostats /sensors. The electrical contractor shall provide one 3/4" empty conduit from each thermostat /sensor location, turned out above accessible ceilings (in joist space or against overhead slab /deck). The HVAC/Temperature Control Contractor shall provide all other necessary conduit, raceway and wiring related work. Conduit shall be identified in ceiling cavity and shall be provided with sweep bends, bushings and dragline. General Control Wiring Requirements and Installation Methods Except where specifically indicated otherwise above, the HVAC /Temperature Control Contractor shall provide all electrical work as required for all temperature control related wiring (i.e. conduit, raceway, outlet boxes, junction boxes, wiring, etc.) in accordance with Division 16 requirements. All conduit shall be 3/4" minimum. Coordinate all thermostat /sensor locations in field (case by case) with Architect, Owner and Electrical Contractor to ensure that they are placed in locations that will not interfere with furniture, equipment, artwork, wall —hung specialties, room finishes, etc. All thermostat /sensor wall locations indicated on HVAC drawings are schematic only and must be verified case -by —case prior to rough —in. All electrical work as described in this specification shall be per the latest edition of the National Electrical Code (NEC) and per applicable state and local codes. Where "Free —air" installation methods (either exposed above the ceilings, in bridle rings or in cable trays) are permitted under Division 16 above ceilings, provide plenum —rated cables wherever plenum ceilings (if any) exist and install as defined under Division 16. Install low voltage circuits, located in concrete slabs and masonry walls, in inaccessible locations, or exposed in occupied areas, in electrical conduit regardless of what wiring methods are permitted under Division 16. Where cable trays or bridle rings are provided by the electrical contractor for low voltage cables, these raceways may be utilized for control wiring by this contractor (provide special color coded jackets, label cable jackets per Division 16 and group control wiring cables together). Provide conduit drops from cable tray/bridle ring paths to wall outlet boxes and equipment unless directed otherwise under Division 16. Regardless of permitted methods in Division 16, all cables /wiring installed concealed by gypsum board, masonry or other inaccessible materials in walls or above ceilings shall be installed in conduit, 3/4" minimum. All conduit, bridle rings, raceway, outlet boxes, etc. necessary for complete operational installation of control wiring shall be provided (furnished and installed) by the temperature control contractor in strict compliance with Division 16 documents. Coordinate all work with all other applicable trades including the electrical contractor. Provide all required conduit work to and between equipment in a manner compliant with that described above (i.e. between VAV boxes, to boilers, starters, condensing units, etc. as applicable). Install control wiring without splices between terminal points, color— coded. Install in neat workmanlike manner, securely fastened. Install in accordance with National Electrical Code and per Division 16. Install circuits over 25 volt with color — coded No. 12 wire in electrical metallic tubing, per Division 16. Install circuits under 25 volt with color —coded No. 18 wire with 0.031" high temperature (105 degs. F [41 degs C]) plastic insulation on each conductor and plastic sheath over all. Install electronic circuits with color —coded No. 22 wire with 0.023" polyethylene insulation on each conductor with plastic — jacketed copper shield over all. SMOKE DETECTOR All duct smoke detectors will be furnished by electrical contractor, installed by the HVAC contractor, and wired by the electrical contractor per local codes. HVAC contractor will interlock RTU fan with smoke detector. MOTOR OPERATED DAMPERS: All fresh air intakes and exhaust louvers shall have motor operated dampers. Dampers shall be low leak with blade and edge seals. Motor operated dampers shall provided, installed and wired by the mechanical contractor unless otherwise noted. Provide all necessary transformers, contactors, controls and wiring for interlocking equipment to motor operated dampers. TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING Test, adjust, and balance the following mechanical systems: Supply air systems, all pressure ranges including variable volume and double duct systems: Return air systems. Exhaust air systems. Quality Assurance Codes and Standards: AABC: "National Standards for Total System Balance ". ASHRAE: ASHRAE Handbook, 1984 Systems Volume, Chapter 37, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing. SUBMITTALS Certified Reports: Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing reports bearing the seal and signature of the Test and Balance Engineer. The reports shall be certified proof that the systems have been tested, adjusted, and balanced in accordance with the referenced standards; are an accurate representation of how the systems have been installed; are a true representation of how the systems are operating at the completion of the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures; and are an accurate record of all final quantities measured, to establish normal operating values of the systems. Follow the procedures and format specified below: Final Report: Upon verification and approval prepare final reports, type written, and organized and formatted as specified below. Submit 2 complete sets of final report to the owner / landlord. Report Format: Report forms shall be those standard forms prepared by the referenced standard for each respective item and system to be tested, adjusted, and balanced. QUALIFICATIONS The contractor shall procure the services of an independent Balance and Testing Agency, approved by the Engineer, and a member of Associated Air Balance Council (AABC) or NEBB, which specializes in the balancing and testing of heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems, to balance, adjust and test all air and water systems and equipment as herein specified. All work by this agency shall be done under direct supervision of a qualified heating and ventilating Engineer employed by this agency. All instruments used by this agency shall be accurately calibrated and maintained in good working order. SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Test, adjust, and balance the air systems before hydronic, steam, and refrigerant systems. Test, adjust and balance air conditioning systems during summer season and heating s ystems d ur i ng winter season, including at least a period of operation at outside conditions within 5 deg F wet bulb temperature of maximum summer design condition, and within 10 deg F dry bulb temperature of minimum winter design condition. Take ii• _ 11 • _ • _ _ • • , • - • 1 • _ _ • ; • 1 • • • _ • • , Check all filters for cleanliness, provide new as required. Check dampers volume and fire) for correct and locked position, and temperature control for completeness of installation before starting fans. Place outlet dampers in full open position. Lubricate all motors and bearings. Check fan belt tension. Check fan rotation. Open valves to full open position. Remove and clean all strainers. Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow. Air balance and testing shall not begin until the system has been completed and is in full working order. The Contractor shall put all heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems and equipment into full operation and shall continue the operation of same during each working day of testing and balancing. The contractor shall submit within 30 days after receipt of contract, 8 copies of submittal data for the testing and balancing of the air conditioning, heating, and ventilating systems. The Air Balance and Testing Agency shall provide proof of having successfully completed at least five projects of similar size and scope. The air balancing contractor shall include the additional cost to change every fan factory installed sheave, pulley and /or belt of in order to obtain the design air flows Renovations: In areas where existing HVAC equipment is being utilized, balancing contractor shall include the cost to pre -check each equipment air flows, serving the area of work, prior to demolition, and re —check and adjust each air handler after new construction. Air flows of existing air handlers serving existing spaces shall be similar after project is complete. PERFORMING TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system identified, in accordance with the detailed procedures outlined in the referenced standards. Cut insulation, ductwork, and piping for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. Patch insulation, ductwork, and housings, using materials identical to those removed. Seal ducts and i in and test for and repair leaks. P P 9• Seal insulation to re— establish integrity of the vapor barrier. Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions; valve indicators, fan speed control levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. Mark with paint or other suitable, permanent identification materials. Retest, adjust, and balance systems subsequent to significant system modifications, and resubmit test results. PIPING INSULATION (New/Existing): Provide 3/4" armaflex on refrigerant piping. Provide 1" fiberglass insulation on concealed condensate drain piping. Insulation shall have a minimum R value as required by Code. All insulation and adhesives shall have a flame spread index not more than 25 and a smoke developed index of not more than 50. DUCTWORK INSULATION (New /Existing): Provide insulation on all concealed supply, return and outside air ductwork. All liners, insulation and adhesives shall have a flame spread index not more than 25 and a smoke developed index of not more than 50. Rigid Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 612, Type IB, without facing and with vapor barrier all— service jacket manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film. Insulation shall hove a minimum R value as required by Code. Flexible Fiberglass Ductwork Insulation: Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C 553, Type II, without facing and with vapor barrier all— service jacket manufactured from kraft paper, reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film. Insulation shall have a minimum R value as required by Code. Vapor Barrier Material for Ductwork: Paper— backed aluminum —foil, except as otherwise indicated; strength and permeability rating equivalent to factory — applied vapor barriers on adjoining ductwork insulation, where available; with following additional construction characteristics: High Puncture Resistance: Low vapor transmission (for ducts in exposed areas: Mech. Rooms, etc.) Moderate Puncture Resistance: Medium vapor transmission (for ducts in concealed areas). GUARANTEE The contractor shall provide a guarantee in written form stating that all work under this section shall be free of defective work, materials, or parts for a period of one year from the date of owner's final acceptance and shall repair, revise or replace at no cost to the owner any such defects occurring within the guarantee period. Contractor shall also state in written form that any items or occurrences arising during the guarantee period will be attended to in a timely manner and will in no case exceed four (4) working days from date of notification by owner. Plumbing specifications General The general conditions, supplementary conditions and instructions to bidders shall apply to and be part of this specification. Contractor shall comply with all applicable codes, rules and regulations. Contractor shall obtain and pay for all permits, certificates of inspection and approvals required. cope of work Water piping systems Soil, waste, and vent piping systems Plumbing fixtures Plumbing equipment Painting and electrical work is not part of this contract. General standards The applicable provisions of the following standards shall govern: American society for test materials (astm); American standards association (asa); Underwriters laboratories (ul); National fire protection association (nfpa); State building code. The installation of all plumbing work shall conform to the applicable local plumbing and statues. Excavation and backflll codes Do all excavation and backfllling. Lay sewer and underground piping lines on 6" compacted sand. Backflll under building and all drives, roads and walks with bank —run gravel. Water piping systems Interior backflow preventers with funnels and drains Domestic cold —water piping Domestic hot —water piping Trap primers for floor drains Interior water piping: Tube size 2" and smaller: copper tube. Wall thickness: type I, hard —drawn temper. Fittings: wrought— copper, solder — joints. Tube size 2 -1/2" and larger: copper tube. Wall thickness: type I, hard —drawn temper. Fittings: wrought— copper, solder — joints. RECEIVED AUG 232012 PERMIT CENTER The domestic water piping system shall be flushed with clean potable water until contaminated water does not appear at the outlet and shall be filled with a solution containing fifty (50) parts per million of chlorine and allowed to stand as required by code before flushing. The system shall be flushed completely with clear water until all residual chlorine content is removed. Chlorination shall be performed after all piping and final connections and pressure testing has been completed. $oil. waste and vent piping system Furnish and install a complete soil, waste and vent system in the building and on the site as indicated on the drawings and as specified herein. No —hub cast iron may be used above floor slab. Above ground soil, waste and vent piping within buildings including soil stacks, vent stacks, horizontal branches, traps, and connections to fixtures and drains. Underground building drain piping including mains, branches, traps, connections to fixtures and drains, and connections to stacks, terminating at connection to existing sanitary sewer. Floor drains Interior piping: Cast iron soil piping and fittings service weight astm a -74 with astm c -564 gasketed • n s. Waste and vent piping 2-1/2" and under — type "m" copper astm b88.62. Soil, waste and vent piping 3" and over in size and all underground cast iron soil piping and fittings, astm a -74, service weight. No —hub cast iron pipe and fittings may be used above floor for soil, waste, and vent piping. Piping alignment shall be as indicated on the drawings using approved y branches or eight bands for direction changes and shall be surely supported or secured to maintain such alignment. Pitch of piping shall be uniform at a minimum of 1/4" per foot for building drains and as indicated on the drawings for sewers. Protection shall be given all footings, other structural elements during underground work adjacent to such items. Refer to structural drawings. Vent all fixtures, connect branch vents to main vent risers at least three feet and six inches above vented fixtures. Pitch vent lines back to soil or waste pipe, free of drops and sags. Cleanouts shall be full size of pipe up to 4 ", and 4" for larger sizes. For underground and concealed lines, provide cleanouts in accessible positions at each right angle tum and at intervals not to exceed fifty feet. In floors, install flush with finish floor with extension pipe from cleanout "y". Floor drains Refer to schedule on drawings. Note: all floor drains located in rooms which have tile floors (toilet rooms, kitchen, etc.) Shall have square tops (type "s" strainer). The plumbing contractor shall provide and install trap primers for all floor drains. Trap primer shall be equal to ppp inc. Model "oregon #1" trap primer valve. Plumbing fixtures Water closets. Lavatories. Service sinks. Water coolers. Fixture schedule See plumbing drawings for fixture schedule. Plumbing equipment Electric water heaters Cathodic protection Provide dielectric insulation at points where copper or brass pipe comes in contact with ferrous piping, reinforcing steel or other dissimilar metal in structure. Shock absorbers Remove shock conditions from all piping. Provide and install shock absorbers on all piping serving flush valve fixtures. Valves Main shut off valves shall be installed as shown on the plans. Shut off valves shall be nibco sit 580 ball valves or equal. Valves shall have blowout proof stem, tfe seats and brass ball. Pressure rating of all main valves shall have a rating of at least 400 psi working pressure. Valves shall be installed as shown on the plans. When valves are not shown in detail on the plans, the contractor shall furnish and install all valves necessary for the control operation and isolation of equipment. Pitch all pipe to low points and install drain valves. Gate valves or ball valves shall be used in services requiring the valves to be fully opened or tightly closed. Globe or angle valves shall be used where throttling or flow control is desired, or in by —pass lines. Globe and angle valves shall be equipped with the appropriate disc material for the intended service. Cold water globe valves shall have rubber disc; hot water shall have composition disc. This contractor shall furnish and install shut —off valves to isolate each fixtures, item or unit at the fixture items or unit whether fumished by this contractor or by others. Fixtures, item or units furnished by the manufacturer with integral stops or stops specified with the fixture are considered to be properly valved off at the fixtures. Access shall be provided to all valves. Pipe joints and connection All cutting and patching of finished construction of building shall be performed by this contractor under the section of specifications covering these materials. Any minor adjustment in location of alignment of new work or to connect to existing utilities shall be performed as directed by the architect without additional cost to the owner. The contractor shall be responsible for damages to the grounds, walks, road, building, piping systems, electrical systems, and their equipment and contents, caused by leaks in the piping systems being installed or having been installed by him. He shall repair at his expense all damaged so caused. All repair work shall be done as directed by and in such manner as satisfactory to the architect. Owner reserves the right to make emergency repairs as required to keep equipment in operation without voiding the contractor's guarantee bond nor relieving the contractor of his responsibilities during the bonding period. Pipe insulation Provide r -6 insulation for hot water piping. Fiberglass piping insulation: astm c 547, class 1 Flexible closed cell elastomeric piping insulation: astm c 534, type i, (equal to armaflex). Encase pipe fittings insulation with one —piece premolded pvc fitting covers. Vapor barrier material: paper— backed aluminum foil, except as otherwise indicated, strength and permeability rating equivalent to adjoining pipe insulation jacketing. Staples, bands, wires, and cement: as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. Adhesives, sealers, and protective finishes: as recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. Cover all cold water piping with 1/2" thick flexible closed cell elastomeric insulation, having a "k" value of .25. Cover all hot water piping with 3/4" thick flexible closed cell elastomeric insulation, having a "k" value of .25. Flexible closed cell elastomeric installation: slit tubular sections onto pipe. On areas where pipe end is open, slide full sections onto pipe. All edges shall be clean cut. Insulation shall be pushed onto pipe, never pulled. All seams and butt joints shall be adhered and sealed using adhesive equal to armaflex 520 adhesive. Interruption of services When it is required to interrupt existing services, this contractor shall first notify the architect that an interruption is required. It should be noted that facilities must by kept in operation as much as possible. This contractor shall advise the architect of the length of time the service will be interrupted and shall get permission from the architect before proceeding with the work. Warranty This contractor shall warrant that all work under this section shall be free of defective work, materials and parts for a period of one year after acceptance of the work and shall repair, revise, and replace, at no cost to the owner, any such defects occurring within the warranty period. 1J is -.z s-i Sem SET- 1-19 -12 ce W W z -2 O W Q v 71 6 M ✓ eg H 2 WV W J a Y cc z inz O x 'Y" W m M J AEROSOLES W Z W � U = I- D � W Q 4k W J F_ La L Z X 1 W W rn31— SHEET TITLE: MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISIONS: NO: DATE: Q cc 0 W 1- W 1 0 I- D 0 M M to SEATTLE, WASHINGTON 98188 BY: PROJECT NO: DRAWN BY: M 12874.00 SCHMID, SOSA SHEET OF 3